DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the...

145
DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 SO 008 205 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And Others TITLE Elementary Art Guide, 1S"2-1973. INSTITUTION Greenville County School District, Greenville, S.C. PUB DATE 73 NOTE 145p. EDRS PRICE DESCRIPTORS MF-$0.76 HC-$6.97 PLUS POSTAGE *Aesthetic Education; Art Activities; **art Education; Ceramics; Curriculum Guides; Elementary Education; *Elementary School Curriculum; *Handicrafts; Instructional Materials; Painting; Puppetry; Sculpture; Sewing Instruction ABSTRACT This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal expression, self-evaluation, and ease in using art media. The following art experiences are covered with activities classified in order of difficulty: clay, collage, crayon, drawing, masks, mobiles, mosaics, murals, painting, paper, printmaking, puppets, stitchery, three dimensional art, and weaving. Other practical resources include tools and materials necessary for a complete art program, formulas for art media, ways to display art, a guide to basic needlework stitches, and a list of art elements and principles. The manual also introduces the teacher to the characteristics of a well-conducted art class and to ways for motivating and evaluating children's experiences with art. Other educational guides for the teacher include a categorization of developmental stages for art activities and the mechanics of an art lesson. (JH)

Transcript of DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the...

Page 1: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 103 334 SO 008 205

AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And OthersTITLE Elementary Art Guide, 1S"2-1973.INSTITUTION Greenville County School District, Greenville,

S.C.PUB DATE 73NOTE 145p.

EDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS

MF-$0.76 HC-$6.97 PLUS POSTAGE*Aesthetic Education; Art Activities; **art Education;Ceramics; Curriculum Guides; Elementary Education;*Elementary School Curriculum; *Handicrafts;Instructional Materials; Painting; Puppetry;Sculpture; Sewing Instruction

ABSTRACTThis guide to teaching art in the elementary grades

aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness,personal expression, self-evaluation, and ease in using art media.The following art experiences are covered with activities classifiedin order of difficulty: clay, collage, crayon, drawing, masks,mobiles, mosaics, murals, painting, paper, printmaking, puppets,stitchery, three dimensional art, and weaving. Other practicalresources include tools and materials necessary for a complete artprogram, formulas for art media, ways to display art, a guide tobasic needlework stitches, and a list of art elements and principles.The manual also introduces the teacher to the characteristics of awell-conducted art class and to ways for motivating and evaluatingchildren's experiences with art. Other educational guides for theteacher include a categorization of developmental stages for artactivities and the mechanics of an art lesson. (JH)

Page 2: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

U S DE l'AltIME NT OF 14F 41.1Nt DUCATION&WtLIIflNATIONAL INSTITUTE OF

EDUCATIONVI '4' 1

;

. t, r,

' 2 ' I t. l't ' I , I 1'61

00002

Page 3: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BO

AR

D O

F T

RU

ST

EE

S

T. G

. Cha

ppel

ear,

Chm

n.

J. H

. Bon

dsD

r. A

lex

A. C

ham

bers

Palm

er C

ovil

T. C

. Hoo

per

ittD

r. D

onal

d G

. Kilg

ore,

Jr.

6G

eorg

e W

. Mor

row

cW

. D. W

orkm

an, I

II

Cal

Mel

vin

K. Y

ount

s

SU

PT

. OF

SC

HO

OLS

AS

ST

. SU

PT

. FO

R IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

Dr.

J. F

loyd

Hal

lG

ordo

n L

. Sm

ith

TH

IS A

RT

GU

IDE

IS T

HE

PR

OP

ER

TY

OF

GR

EE

NV

ILLE

CO

UN

TY

SC

HO

OL

SY

ST

EM

Page 4: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

ELE

ME

NT

AR

Y A

RT

GU

IDE

GR

EE

NV

ILL

E C

OU

NT

Y S

CH

OO

L D

IST

RIC

T

PRE

FAC

E

\o c

urri

culu

m is

eve

r co

mpl

ete.

Spa

ce is

lim

ited.

Tre

nds

chan

ge. M

etho

ds c

hang

e.

Thi

s ar

t gui

de p

oint

s to

war

d a

unif

ied

art p

rogr

am. I

t off

ers

gene

ral o

bjec

tives

and

res

pons

ibili

ties.

Ide

as f

or c

ondu

ctin

gth

e ar

t les

son

inte

nd to

exp

and

Cie

chi

ldre

n's

expe

rien

ces.

Var

iatio

n an

d in

nova

tion

are

enco

urag

ed.

Whi

le le

sson

s ar

e cl

assi

fied

by

grad

e le

vel,

wor

k re

mai

ns to

be

done

tow

ard

stru

ctur

ing

art e

xper

ienc

es in

suc

h a

wav

as

to a

void

rep

etiti

on f

rom

gra

de to

gra

de a

nd in

sure

new

cha

lleng

es c

,),-

e.c

li co

mpe

tenc

e le

vel.

I. th

roug

h 12

.

The

mat

eria

l tha

t fol

low

s is

bas

ed o

n ne

eds

expr

esse

d in

a s

urve

y of

Gre

en ii

:el

emen

tary

teac

hers

. Maj

or s

pace

has

bee

ngi

ven

to th

ose

mat

ters

rec

eivi

ng m

ost i

nqui

ry.

It g

oes

with

out s

avin

g th

at th

e co

nten

ts o

f th

is g

uide

rep

rese

nt m

any

hour

s of

uns

elfi

sh. e

nthu

sias

tic w

ork

on th

e pa

rt o

fth

e co

mm

ittee

s lis

ted

belo

w. T

o th

em a

nd th

eir

tirel

ess

effo

rts

go s

ince

re a

ppre

ciat

ion.

Inde

bted

ness

is a

lso

ackn

owle

dged

to m

any

of th

e na

tion'

s le

adin

g ar

t edu

cato

rs f

rom

who

se le

arni

ng w

e ha

ve d

istil

led

usef

ulid

eas.

Gui

de C

omm

ittee

:M

rs. M

ildre

d Y

oung

. Chm

n.M

iss

Susa

n B

arbe

rM

rs. G

lady

s B

lack

mon

Mrs

. Dor

othy

Sul

livan

Mrs

. Dor

othy

Zei

sM

rs. M

arga

ret G

illia

m,

Art

Dir.

4111

1111

1111

=11

1111

1166

611a

Rev

iew

& C

ritiq

ue:

Mrs

. Ann

aba

Ben

nett

Mrs

. Kay

Qui

nn

Spon

sore

d &

fun

ded

byT

he C

urri

culu

m C

ounc

il

Page 5: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TA

BLE

OF

CO

NT

EN

TS

Page

Pref

ace

1

Con

tent

s2

Fore

wor

d3

Philo

soph

y an

d O

bjec

tives

4

Staf

f R

espo

nsib

ilitie

s5,

6

Prin

cipa

lC C

Tea

cher

s

CSp

ecia

list

CA

Con

sulta

nt

Art

And

The

Tea

cher

7

The

Vv.

-Al-

Con

duct

ed A

rt C

lass

Mot

ivat

ion

Eva

luat

ion

App

reci

atio

n

Cor

rela

tion

Dev

elcp

men

t Sta

ges

nC

onte

sts

And

Com

petit

ions

12

Art

Exp

erie

nces

13

Con

duct

ing

The

Art

Les

son

14

Art

Ele

men

ts A

nd P

rinc

iple

s14

Art

Act

iviti

es15

Art

Exp

erie

nces

, con

tinue

dPa

pe

Cla

y_

.17

Col

lage

23

Cra

yon

.27

Dra

win

g33

Mas

ks39

Mob

iles

43

Mos

aics

...

49M

ural

s..

51

Pain

ting

..

57

Pape

r67

Prin

tmak

ing

75

Pupp

ets

.....

81

Stitc

hery

....

37St

itche

ry G

uide

.91

3-D

imen

sion

al A

rt10

1

Wea

ving

.....

109

Form

ulas

115

Dis

play

119

Bas

ic M

ater

ials

131

Stor

age

And

Car

e O

f M

ater

ials

134

Bib

liogr

aphy

137

In C

oncl

usio

n14

1 2

Page 6: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

"Art

exp

erie

nces

are

ess

entia

l to

the

fulle

st d

evel

opm

ent o

f yo

uth

atal

l lev

els

of g

row

th. b

ecau

se th

epr

omot

e th

e se

lfre

aliz

atio

n of

the

who

lem

thid

ual b

% in

tegr

atin

g th

e im

agin

at;%

e. c

reat

ive.

inte

llect

ual a

nd m

anua

lca

paci

ties.

-B

. run

W. f

lans

ford

. Com

mis

sion

of

Edu

catio

n. C

olor

ado

Stat

e D

epar

tmen

t of

Edu

catio

n.

Thi

s st

atem

ent s

er%

es a

s a

mos

t app

ropr

iate

intr

oduc

tion

toou

r E

le-

men

tary

Art

Gui

de..

We

real

ize

that

art

aff

ects

eve

ryon

e in

his

dai

ly li

ving

.T

he im

prov

emen

t of

our

com

mun

ity h

as it

s ba

sis

in th

e fo

unda

tions

of

the

fine

art

s as

wel

l as

the

soci

al e

ns ir

onm

ent.

Ifw

e ar

e to

fos

ter

crea

tivity

inst

uden

ts. w

e m

ust p

lace

str

ong

emph

asis

upo

n ar

t exp

erie

nces

as a

con

tinu-

ing

and

% it

al p

art o

f th

e to

tal d

evel

opm

ent o

f th

e ch

ild.

The

mai

n pu

rpos

e of

this

gui

de is

to o

ffer

idea

s fo

r re

aliz

ing

am

ore

effe

ctiv

e ar

t pro

gram

in th

e sc

hool

s. W

een

cour

age

teac

hers

and

ad-

min

istr

ator

s to

use

it a

s a

prof

essi

onal

tool

fro

m w

hich

they

can

secu

rehe

lp in

impr

ovin

g ar

te,

:ruc

tion.

Spe

cifi

c ac

tiviti

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s w

illne

ed to

be

wor

ked

out i

n th

e lo

cal s

choo

l to

be c

onsi

sten

t with

com

mun

ityva

lues

.

I

r

J. F

. Hal

lSu

peri

nten

dent

The

pur

pose

of

this

Ele

men

tary

Art

Gui

de is

to e

nabl

eev

ery

teac

her

to I

.:ing

est

hetic

sen

sith

ity in

to th

e lif

e of

eac

h pu

pil.

The

art

gui

de is

a f

irst

of

its s

ize

for

Gre

emill

e C

ount

y an

d po

ssib

lyfo

r an

scho

ol d

istr

ict i

n S.

C. I

t rec

ogni

zes

the

need

to p

ut g

ood

art i

nto

ever

y cl

assr

oom

.

Art

Ira

ni'.

g go

es b

eyon

d be

ing

an a

ctiv

ity.

It h

as a

res

pons

thig

ityfo

r se

nsiti

zing

and

judg

men

t bui

ldin

g. f

or d

evel

opin

g cr

eativ

ity in

pro

blem

solv

ing.

It o

ffer

s an

atm

osph

ere

free

fro

m f

ear

of f

ailu

re s

ince

wha

tap

pear

to b

e er

rors

can

oft

en b

e tu

rned

into

use

ful i

nnov

atio

ns. I

ndiv

idua

l wor

this

giv

en h

igh

prio

rity

. whi

le s

hari

ng o

f id

eas

enha

nces

and

enr

iche

s ea

chpu

pil's

con

trib

utio

n.

Succ

essf

ully

impl

emen

ting

the

art p

rogr

am w

ill r

equi

re m

axim

umco

oper

atio

n fr

om th

e pr

inci

pals

in p

rovi

ding

nece

ssar

y 'm

ater

ials

. and

inde

velo

ping

pro

fess

iona

l int

eres

ts o

n th

e pa

rt o

f th

e te

ache

rs.

Art

has

alw

ays

belo

nged

in th

e cu

rric

ulum

. We

belie

ve th

e E

lem

enta

ryA

rt G

uide

will

do

muc

h to

lend

em

phas

is a

ndsu

ppor

t to

the

deve

lopm

ent

of a

sou

nd e

lem

enta

ry s

choo

l art

pro

gram

.

Ass

ista

nt S

uper

inte

nden

t for

Im

am-f

lan

Gor

don

L. S

mith

Muc

h tim

e an

d ef

fort

hav

e go

ne in

to th

e w

ritin

g of

this

Art

prog

ram

. Sin

ce it

is th

e fi

rst g

uide

ava

il-ab

le. y

ou w

ill w

ant t

o st

udy

it ca

refu

lly. A

n ho

nest

eff

ort h

as b

een

mad

eto

acq

uain

t our

teac

hers

with

con

-ce

pts.

tech

niqu

es, m

ater

ials

and

und

erst

andi

ng o

f ar

t.

Man

y m

ater

ials

are

ava

ilabl

ein

you

r sc

hool

thro

ugh

the

prin

cipa

l. O

ther

s, a

s yo

u st

ud: y

our

guid

e, m

ay b

e im

prov

ised

fro

mhe

rr o

ften

dis

card

ed. I

t is

hope

d th

at if

you

hav

e qu

estio

ns a

syo

uad

opt t

his

prog

ram

for

you

r ow

n, y

ou w

ill c

onta

ctyo

ur p

rinc

ipal

or th

e di

rect

or o

f ar

t. B

oth

can

be o

f he

lp to

you

!B

en C

arso

nD

irec

tor,

Ele

men

tary

Edu

catio

n

Page 7: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PH

ILO

SO

PH

Y

We

belie

ve th

at:

Edu

cato

rs h

ave

a re

spon

sibi

lity

to f

oste

r es

thet

ic c

reat

ivity

as

a co

unte

r-ba

lanc

e fo

r de

hum

aniz

ing

forc

es.

Art

is a

hum

an n

eed.

Art

exp

ress

ion

isal

so a

ple

asin

g an

d na

tura

l com

mun

icat

ion

for

child

ren.

Exp

erie

nce

with

an

expa

ndin

g ra

nge

of a

rt m

edia

wil!

enh

ance

the

child

's p

erso

nal e

xpre

ssio

n an

d cr

eativ

ity.

Gro

wth

i- a

rt a

bilit

y co

mes

thro

ugh

cont

inuo

us u

se a

nd tr

aini

ng.

The

chi

ld is

dir

ecte

d to

war

d a

heal

thy

leis

ure

time

purs

uit w

hen

his

artis

tic p

erce

ptio

n an

d sk

ill a

re c

ultiv

.ted.

Con

sist

ent a

rt e

xper

ienc

es m

ake

disc

rim

inat

ing

art c

onsu

mer

s.

Chi

ldre

n be

com

e m

ore

activ

ely

conc

erne

d w

ith th

e be

auty

and

har

mon

yof

the

envi

ronm

ent w

hen

thei

r es

thet

ic s

ensi

tiviti

es a

re n

urtu

red.

OB

JEC

TIV

ES

To

prov

ide

two

hour

s of

wee

kly

art e

xper

ienc

es f

or e

very

ele

men

tary

pupi

l in

Gre

envi

lle C

o..-

ty S

choo

l Dis

tric

t.

To

aid

the

clas

sroo

m te

ache

r in

the

impo

rtan

t nee

d fo

r de

velo

ping

indi

vidu

al c

reat

ivity

.

To

deve

lop

thro

ugh

art e

xper

ienc

es th

L, c

hild

's a

bilit

ies

tow

ard

a.vi

sual

aw

aren

ess

b.pe

rson

al e

xpre

ssio

n

c.se

lf e

valu

atio

n

d.ea

se in

usi

ng a

rt m

edia

To

gene

rate

fro

m th

e ch

ild's

exp

erie

nces

an

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

ex-

pres

sion

s of

the

fine

art

ist.

To

prov

ide

for

the

verb

ally

inar

ticul

ate

a su

cces

sful

non

-ver

bal c

om-

mun

icat

ion.

To

utili

ze c

reat

ive

art f

or th

e he

ight

enin

g of

app

eal o

f ot

her

subj

ects

.

To

add

to th

e at

trac

tiven

ess

of a

ttend

ing

scho

ol.

To

mot

ivat

e pu

pils

tow

ard

cons

truc

tive,

cre

ativ

e us

e of

leis

ure

time.

Eve

ntua

lly to

aff

ect t

he u

pwar

d pr

ogre

ss o

f ou

r co

mm

unity

thro

ugh

the

cont

ribu

tions

of

mat

ure,

sen

sitiv

e. im

agin

ativ

ely

cons

truc

tive

hum

anL

eing

s.

Page 8: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

STA

FF R

ESP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

Art

act

ivity

is a

n in

tegr

al p

art o

f th

e el

emen

tary

cur

ricu

lum

. At t

his

time.

two

hour

s of

eac

h w

eek

are

desi

gnat

ed b

y th

e ad

min

istr

atio

n fo

rpu

re (

not c

orre

late

d I

art,

in th

e G

reen

ville

Cou

nty

Scho

ol D

istr

ict.

PR

INC

IPA

L'S

RE

SP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

To

have

con

cern

for

bui

ldin

g po

sitiv

e cu

ltura

l act

iviti

es to

fill

the

..row

ing

leis

ure

need

s o:

you

th

To

see

that

com

mun

icat

ions

fro

m th

e ar

t dir

ecto

r re

ach

the

teac

hers

.an

d vi

ce v

ersa

To

real

ize

that

his

ow

n en

thus

iast

,! is

ref

lect

ed w

here

ver

he s

how

sin

tere

st

TE

AC

HE

RS

' RE

SP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

To

prov

ide

two

hour

s of

art

act

ivity

a w

eek

To

seri

ous]

. abo

ut th

e cu

ltura

l dev

elop

men

t of

each

indi

vidu

alch

ild

To

know

the

phys

ical

. soc

ial a

nd in

telle

ctua

l env

irom

nent

of

the

cum

To

sche

dule

two

hour

s of

art

in th

e cu

rric

ulum

on

a re

gula

r w

eekl

y ba

sis

mun

itY

To

budg

et. a

t thi

s tim

e. a

ppro

xim

atel

y $1

.25

per

child

for

art

mat

eria

ls

To

prov

ide

adeq

uate

art

mat

eria

ls. f

airl

y sh

ared

and

ful

ly u

sed

by e

very

teac

her

To

enco

urag

e a

crea

tive

clim

ate

in th

e cl

assr

oom

To

mak

e th

e cl

assr

oom

est

hetic

ally

app

ealin

g

To

plan

and

ord

er f

ar e

noug

h in

adv

ance

to a

ssur

e ha

ving

ade

quat

eT

o co

nfer

with

teac

hers

abo

ut m

ater

ials

nee

ded

mat

eria

ls o

n ha

nd

To

faci

litat

e th

e co

llect

ion

and

stor

age

of f

ound

mat

eria

ls, u

sefu

l for

To

wor

k fo

r co

ntin

uity

in a

rt g

row

thM

Car

t act

iviti

es

To

prov

ide

a pr

ompt

mea

ns o

f pu

rcha

sing

spe

cial

mat

eria

ls s

uch

aspa

per

bags

. woo

d sc

raps

, wir

e sc

reen

, spr

ay p

aint

, bal

loon

s. e

tc..

from

To

wor

k w

ith th

e ar

t spe

cial

ist w

hen

one

is a

vaila

ble

loca

l dea

lers

. Tea

cher

s sh

ould

not

hav

e to

buy

thes

e.

To

info

rm p

r;nc

ipal

of

art n

eeds

at t

he p

rope

r tim

e

To

disp

ense

with

dis

play

of

copy

wor

k. s

tenc

ils, t

raci

ng. c

olor

boo

kpr

oduc

ts p

assi

ng a

s ch

ildre

n's

art

To

prov

ide

adeq

uate

dis

play

spa

ce f

or c

hild

ren'

s ar

t in

halls

caf

etor

ium

,lib

rary

. foy

er. e

tc.

To

enco

urag

e te

ache

rs to

atte

nd a

rt w

orks

hops

and

to f

ollo

w th

roug

hin

the

clas

sroo

m

To

enco

urag

e fi

eld

trip

s. m

useu

m v

isits

, and

oth

er e

nric

hing

act

iviti

es

To

appo

int a

key

teac

her

to r

epre

sent

com

mun

ity a

rt in

tere

sts

and

com

-m

unic

ate

with

oth

er te

ache

rs in

this

reg

ard

To

avoi

d tr

acin

g. p

atte

rns.

cop

y w

ork.

opa

que

proj

ectio

ns s

tere

o-ty

ped

tech

niqu

es w

hich

are

oft

en p

asse

d of

f as

art

To

hold

a p

ositi

ve v

iew

of

ever

y ch

ild's

art

eff

orts

To

mak

e us

e th

roug

hout

the

scho

ol o

f av

aila

ble

spac

e to

dis

play

child

ren'

s ar

t

To

coop

erat

e w

ith th

ose

com

mun

ity a

rt u

nder

taki

ngs

appr

,..-e

d by

the

scho

ol a

dmin

istr

atio

n

To

bew

are

of a

rt c

ompe

titio

ns a

nd o

ther

infl

uenc

es e

xplo

iting

the

child

To

grow

a;o

ng w

ith p

upils

. bot

h cr

eativ

ely

and

appr

ecia

tivel

y

5

Page 9: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

STA

FF R

ESP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

-C

ont.

AR

T S

PE

CIA

LIS

TS

' RE

SP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

To

be r

espo

nsib

le to

Art

Dir

ecto

r

To

know

and

sup

port

obj

ectiv

es o

f th

e ov

eral

l pro

gram

To

eval

uate

pro

gres

s

To

iden

tify

need

s an

d re

port

them

to d

irec

tor

To

wor

k w

ith te

ache

rs a

nd p

rinc

ipal

to im

prov

e th

e ar

t pro

gram

To

assi

st, n

ot r

epla

ce, t

he te

ache

r

To

keep

abr

east

of

new

tren

ds, p

roje

cts

and

mat

eria

ls

To

mai

ntai

n pe

rson

al c

reat

ivity

To

shar

e w

ith th

e te

nche

r re

spon

sibi

litie

s fo

r de

velo

ping

the

crea

tive

CI

pote

ntia

l and

per

sona

l art

exp

ress

ion

of e

very

chi

ldC C

)T

o ai

d in

impl

emen

ting

coun

ty-w

ide

disp

lays

, exh

ibiti

ons,

etc

.C C

P

DIR

EC

TO

R'S

RE

SP

ON

SIB

ILIT

IES

To

coor

dina

te a

rt p

rogr

am

To

prov

ide

lead

ersh

ip in

pro

fess

iona

l dev

elop

men

t and

for

war

d pl

anni

ng

To

clea

r al

l art

rel

ated

req

uest

s fr

om c

ivic

, etc

.. or

gani

zatio

ns

To

aid

in im

plem

entin

g co

unty

-wid

e di

spla

ys, e

xhib

ition

s, e

tc.

To

cond

uct o

r ar

rang

e w

orks

hops

for

pro

fess

iona

l dev

elop

men

t

To

assi

st in

pla

nnin

g ar

t fac

ilitie

s fo

r ne

w s

choo

ls

To

corr

elat

e co

llect

ions

of

art r

esou

rces

; viz

film

s, b

ooks

. rep

rodu

ctio

ns

To

up-d

ate

and

eval

uate

art

mat

eria

ls in

war

ehou

se

To

stay

abr

east

of

curr

ent t

rend

s, n

ew li

tera

ture

, res

earc

h an

d m

ater

ials

To

inte

rpre

t art

pro

gram

to a

dmin

istr

atio

n an

d to

com

mun

ity

To

mai

ntai

n pe

rson

al c

reat

ivity

To

be o

n ca

ll w

hen

prin

cipa

l req

uest

s he

lp

To

deve

lop

and

ealu

ate

inno

vatio

ns in

art

teac

hing

To

supe

rvis

e ar

t spe

cial

ists

To

be r

espo

nsib

le to

Ass

ista

nt S

uper

inte

nden

t in

char

ge o

f In

stru

ctio

n.

6

Page 10: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

AR

T A

ND

TH

E T

EA

CH

ER

-h)r

edu

cato

rs n

ot to

gra

sp th

e vi

talit

y, th

e 1,

iritu

alit

and

the

inte

llect

ualit

ofit

as c

entr

al h

) ;in

edu

cate

d ro

an is

to ig

nore

the

mea

sure

by

whi

h ou

r

i%ili

zatio

n w

ill h

e ju

dged

."'

Will

iam

Sch

ulm

an

Pres

iden

t. L

inco

ln C

ente

r fo

r th

e Pe

rfor

min

g A

rts

Page 11: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TH

E N

OR

MA

L W

ELL

CO

ND

UC

TE

D A

RT

CLA

SS

Will

be

char

acte

rize

d bt

pur

pose

ful m

utin

g ab

out

A c

hatte

r of

voi

ces

Occ

asio

nal e

xcla

mat

ions

, lau

ghte

r

1.T

he a

tmos

pher

e w

ill b

e fr

ee:

of f

ear

of f

ailu

reof

anx

iety

of d

eman

ds f

or p

erfe

ctio

n

2.-P

erm

issi

vene

ss"

t not

may

hem

impl

ies:

enco

urag

emen

t to

thin

k or

igin

ally

clas

sroo

m o

rder

that

is f

lexi

ble

-- n

otab

ando

ned

expe

rim

ent a

nd e

xplo

ratio

nre

spon

sibi

lity

on p

art o

f ea

ch c

hild

to b

e co

nsid

erat

e of

oth

ers

3.M

ater

ials

and

thei

r us

e w

ill b

e w

ell o

rgan

ized

as

the

resu

lt of

pre

-pl

anni

ng in

the

follo

win

g se

quen

ce:

Plan

mat

eria

ls n

eede

d. O

btai

n th

em.

Plan

cla

ssro

om p

roce

dure

s:vi

z. d

istr

ibut

ion.

mot

ivat

ion.

vis

ual,

aids

,pr

otec

ting

furn

iture

and

clo

thin

g. c

lean

-up,

sto

rage

.di

spla

y.Se

t out

mat

eria

ls f

or u

se. M

ake

them

attr

activ

e.D

iscu

ss ti

me

elem

ent f

or p

roje

ct.

Mot

ivat

e di

scus

sion

s re

late

d to

inte

rest

s an

d ex

peri

ence

s by

dem

onst

ratin

g ho

w to

use

mat

eria

ls a

nd b

y co

nsid

erin

g th

eir

prop

ertie

s.by

ask

ing

ques

tions

by m

eans

of

audi

o-vi

sual

s. s

tori

es. r

ecal

led

expe

rien

ces.

imag

in-

ed e

vent

s.by

cha

lleng

e to

inve

nt a

nd d

isco

ver.

by c

reat

ing

a m

ood

$ m

usic

, poe

try,

dra

ma

).

4.W

ork

begi

ns.

Aft

er e

xpla

inin

g cl

ean-

up. h

elpe

rs d

istr

ibut

e m

ater

ials

.T

each

er m

oves

con

stan

tly a

mon

g pu

pils

, rem

aini

ng a

war

e of

who

lecl

ass.

Tea

cher

enc

oura

ges.

re-

mot

ivat

esby

con

vers

atio

nal a

ppro

ach

to d

raw

out

idea

sby

sym

path

etic

inqu

iry

into

pro

blem

by f

indi

ng a

new

way

For

pupi

ls w

ho w

ork

too

rapi

d). -

they

may

try

agai

n. a

lteri

ng th

e pr

oble

m..

or s

ome

of th

em

ater

ials

or

colo

rs u

sed

For

pupi

ls to

o sl

owsn

ore

swm

pete

nt A

nal h

elps

the

slow

any

The

teac

her

is a

lert

to w

aste

ful a

ils W

es.

The

teac

her

is a

lert

to e

ntir

e cl

ass

....e

n w

hile

hel

ping

an

indi

vidu

al.

The

teac

her

face

s th

e la

rges

t par

t of

the

;sno

ut a

t all

times

.

5.Fo

llow

-thr

ough

incl

udes

ord

erly

cle

anup

. t :4

4211

com

snitt

er ta

kes

upto

ols:

and

mat

eria

ls ^

ther

s cl

ean

up a

t the

ir a

wn

plan

-. th

en s

itdo

wn.

A w

aste

bask

et is

pas

sed

arou

nd th

e ro

om. S

pills

. rte

_ ar

eno

ted

by te

ache

r fo

r sp

ecia

l atte

ntio

n.

6.E

valu

atio

nT

each

er lo

oks

for

and

appr

ecia

tes

alitr

rsit

of h

andl

ing

Tea

cher

invo

kes

child

's o

pini

onT

each

er g

uide

s th

ru le

adin

g qu

estio

ns,

Som

ethi

ng p

es*i

tite

is f

ound

in ~

IAtt.

ok.

7.D

ispl

ayin

gC

hild

ren

are

help

ful w

ith d

ispl

ayin

g w

ork.

Oft

en. r

ag -

h :-

..ae

rirs

a sm

all e

xpla

natio

n by

the

artis

t: tiz

..T

his

is m

s is

*.af

te a

ndm

y da

ddy

stan

ding

und

er a

tree

."In

the

room

. eve

ry p

ieee

*f

!wor

k s,

.4 n

ot p

lace

d on

vie

w a

t ow

e.Fo

ur o

r fi

ve p

iece

s. c

hang

ed f

requ

enth

. sta

ff-w

e. E

ters

does

not

dis

play

ese

rt p

aint

ing.

but

eac

h w

ill h

ave

a fa

ir s

hare

of o

ppor

tuni

ties.

Whe

neve

r th

is c

lass

has

arr

est*

to la

rge

disp

lay

:par

e in

the

halt.

or

libra

ry. e

ither

.las

s -1

1Vor

ads

a gr

oup

pirr

t. or

indi

vidu

alw

ork

from

eve

ry c

hild

med

. (lo

osin

g fr

om s

ever

al *

Wer

e:It

proj

ects

off

ers

an e

asie

r ch

oice

for

*w

alk.

. Ear

ly c

hill'

s na

me

is g

iven

bes

ide

his

wor

k.

8.A

rt a

ctiv

ities

for

thei

r ow

n no

rth.

con

sam

e a

min

imum

of

2 ho

urs

per

wee

k of

a p

upil'

s ed

ucat

ion.

Add

ition

al a

rt m

ay b

e co

rrel

ated

with

oth

er s

ubje

cts.

Art

may

he

carr

ied

on E

y th

e w

hole

dm

:**

in g

roup

.. or

indi

vidu

ally

.

Page 12: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

TIV

AT

ION

Mot

ivat

ion

is s

impl

% %

%in

tik.;

a ch

ild's

inte

rest

ant

i thu

sias

m to

the

poin

t of

actio

n an

d su

stai

ning

him

unt

il he

has

fin

ishe

d.

Whi

le m

otiv

atio

n is

tier

eN

.ar%

to a

ll su

bjec

ts. i

t fin

ds n

o m

ore

spon

tane

ous-

rece

ptio

n th

an ;!

. art

. It c

an o

rigi

nate

fro

m a

nof

the

follo

win

g.

wal

ks to

app

reci

ate

natu

re

fiel

d tr

ips

to th

e zo

o, p

ark.

4lu

seur

n. f

arm

. mou

ntai

ns. l

ake.

pub

licbu

ildin

g. a

rchi

tect

ural

spe

citn

ens

mai

% ie

s. f

ilmst

rips

. film

loop

s. s

lides

. etc

.

mus

ic. r

it th

ins.

gam

es

stor

ies

to w

hich

the

child

can

rel

ate

pets

. toy

!:

-dre

ssin

g-up

visi

ts f

rom

inte

rest

ing

4and

inte

rest

edpe

ople

ET

V a

nd te

le.is

ion

colle

ctio

ns a

nd h

obbi

ees

curr

ent e

vent

s of

not

e

the

child

's o

wn

expe

rien

ces

For

artis

tic p

urpo

ses

mot

ivat

ion

acqu

ires

mom

entu

m th

roug

h ap

peal

to

nove

lty

curi

osity

expl

orin

g

expe

rim

entin

g

disc

over

ing

inve

ntin

g

enjo

% in

g

com

mun

icat

ing

help

ing

imag

inin

g

man

ipul

atin

g

EV

ALU

AT

ION

Tra

ditio

nally

. e%

aitta

tit ta

kes

plat

. at t

he o

mpl

etin

of

an a

rt p

roje

ctT

he p

urpo

se is

to b

road

en u

nder

stan

ding

and

iser

cept

itene

ss. a

nd t

ap-

prei

ate

%ar

k's

in a

rt e

xpre

ssio

n. a

Thi

s is

als

o a

good

tim

e In

e%

allta

te th

ete

achi

ng t.

As

mur

kpo

ssib

le. a

void

pic

king

out

-th

e be

st o

ne.-

I:W

hite

n%

tilt:n

icer

thei

r pr

efer

, n.-

n.. 1

,1 th

eme

elip

laitS

loca

l the

m 1

1, in

form

alqu

estio

ning

to s

eek

othe

r go

od q

ualit

ies

14 s

thse

ned.

t Kek

rena

e to

the

sect

ion

on D

esig

n E

lem

ents

ant

i l'ri

nt ip

les

ail,

help

tlw

teac

her

kere

t.

prr4

1111

wor

k fu

r ea

luat

ion

1144

eac

h ch

ild s

hun

his

own

wor

k an

d ex

plai

n it.

2.Pu

t up

all t

he w

ork

for

tiew

ing

and

let p

upils

. ,gr

ades

3-1

-5-6

4te

ll w

hat t

hr%

like

abo

ut v

ario

usT

hese

sl"

! he

"'P

un"

tatte

ous

resp

onse

s no

t req

uire

d of

ese

rs r

hihl

.

.3.

If s

ome

uniq

ue tr

eatm

ent s

how

s up

. let

+ch

ild e

xpla

in h

ow h

e di

d it.

Eve

n ha

pps

acci

dent

s ar

e a

sour

ce o

f le

arni

ng.

1.I.

/ispl

ay c

hild

ren:

wrk

in th

e ro

om a

nd th

e .2

4-4

that

the.

,de

velo

p a

sens

e 41

wor

th a

bout

thei

r af

tki e

ffor

ts. T

his

is w

hxco

mm

erci

al a

rt. p

atte

rns.

ant

i adu

lt ar

t sho

uld

be m

inim

ized

. 'al

ha!

the

teac

her

disl

ass

tells

wha

t the

teac

her

valu

es. i

t Aso

impl

ies

wha

t she

con

side

rs u

nwor

th%

.

G.

Tre

at c

hild

ren'

s ar

t with

rev

ert w

hen

stor

ing

and

hand

ling

it.C

arel

ess

pile

s of

mes

sy a

rt w

ork

dem

ean

the

child

's e

ffor

t*.

7.W

hen

disp

layi

ng. b

e su

re th

e ch

ilds

nam

e is

%W

ith A

bri

efw

ritte

n to

r ts

peur

itten

exp

lana

tion,

atta

rbed

ah4

m!s

itle

belo

w th

e w

ork

heig

hten

s its

app

eal t

o vi

ewer

s.

Nev

er a

llow

the

man

ner

of e

ahia

ting

tar

stif

le a

chi

hrs

enth

u si

asm

for

art o

utpu

t. T

his

is h

ow ta

lent

inhi

bite

d. R

e su

pers

ensi

tive

on th

is p

oint

. Rem

embe

r th

e ?d

u in

rev

alua

te..

Res

earc

h is

indi

catin

g :h

at d

ecis

ions

the

child

mak

es w

hile

cre

atin

gar

eth

e m

ost i

mpo

rtan

t pha

se o

f vA

alua

llitm

. Edu

cato

rs s

ugge

st th

at e

neou

ragi

nr.:

ach

ild to

pau

se in

the

earl

's A

agr

44 h

i- a

rt a

ctiit

% to

rei

ew h

is "

wit

ob-

ject

ives

is g

ood.

Let

ting

the

pupi

l dis

cuss

wha

t he

plan

s fo

r hi

s pr

ojet

i hel

pshi

m c

lari

fy a

nd e

nric

h hi

s ow

n id

eas.

-4.

Poin

t out

som

ethi

ng g

000d

son

rtr

Nin

e. tr

n if

it*4

14 th

efa

rt th

at th

e pu

pil s

pent

muc

h ef

fort

. Am

ecia

te a

nti e

nrou

rapr

hint

.

9

Page 13: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

AP

PR

EC

IAT

ION

The

app

reci

atio

n of

art

incl

udes

. but

rea

ches

be%

ond

und

erst

andi

ng p

aint

ings

and

scul

ptur

e.

The

pre

senc

e or

lack

of

esth

etic

pro

pert

ies

in o

ur te

levi

sion

pro

gram

s. f

ilm:..

furn

ishi

ngs.

clo

thin

g. e

nvir

onm

ent.

etc.

.is

our

dir

ect c

once

rn. A

bilit

y to

criti

cize

. sel

ect a

nd e

ven

desi

gn d

iscr

imin

atek

in th

ese

area

s be

com

es m

ore

and

mor

e ne

edfu

l.

The

refo

re. c

hiki

ren'

s pe

rcep

tions

nee

d no

t onl

y to

be

dire

cted

tow

ard

the

achi

evem

ents

of

by -

gone

mas

ters

. but

als

o ne

ed to

be

whe

tted

tow

ard

wha

t is

insp

irin

g in

toda

y's

artif

acts

and

sur

roun

ding

s. N

atur

e's

asse

ts a

lso

dese

rve

grea

ter

appr

ecia

tion.

Fiel

d tr

ips.

col

lect

ions

, mus

eum

vis

its. f

inel

y ill

ustr

ated

text

s. d

ram

atic

pre

-se

ntat

ions

, mus

ic. r

hyth

ms.

dir

ect e

xper

ienc

es. c

an a

ll be

con

trol

led

tc:

heig

hten

est

hetic

per

cept

ion.

For

per

sona

l gro

wth

. the

teac

her

need

s a

chan

ceto

enj

oy th

ese.

too.

The

pre

senc

e of

fin

e ar

t rep

rodu

ctio

ns in

the

clas

sroo

m c

an d

evel

op th

ech

ild's

aff

inity

for

his

cul

tura

l her

itage

, as

wel

l as

to im

plan

t art

istic

con

cept

s.In

pur

pose

ful v

ieui

ngs

of p

aint

ings

. etc

.. th

e te

ache

r m

ay le

ad p

upils

into

disc

ussi

ons

of th

e st

ory.

moo

d. c

ostu

me.

act

ion.

per

sona

l rea

ctio

n. I

f th

ere

isob

viou

s us

e of

a d

esig

n el

emen

t or

elem

ents

. the

se m

ay b

e ca

lled

to th

eir

atte

ntio

n. L

ine.

sha

pes.

col

or. v

alue

. tex

ture

. sha

ding

. dis

tanc

e or

spa

ce a

pply

.D

o no

t str

ain

to d

etec

t ele

men

ts n

ot to

o ap

pare

nt. T

his

can

beco

me

conf

usin

g.

Res

ourc

es f

or a

rt a

ppre

ciat

ion

Loc

al a

rtis

ts

Art

exh

ibits

Arc

hite

ctur

al la

ndm

arks

Lan

dsca

ping

land

mar

ks

Mus

eum

act

iviti

es f

orch

ildre

n

Spec

ial w

indo

w d

is-

play

s

Exp

erie

nces

with

art

med

ia

Coo

pera

tive

effo

rts

inde

cora

tion

Bea

uty

spot

s in

cla

ss-

room

Film

s an

d fi

lm lo

ops.

slid

es

Art

mag

azin

es a

ndbo

oks

Art

rep

rodu

ctio

ns

CO

RR

EL

AT

ION

Bec

ause

art

com

mun

icat

es v

isua

lly. i

t has

imm

ense

val

ue f

or s

ynth

esiz

ing

and

clar

ifyi

ng 'e

arni

ngs

in o

ther

are

as. I

t str

engt

hens

ass

ocia

tion.

, and

lead

s to

new

con

cept

s.

Art

is th

e ch

ild's

sta

tem

ent a

bout

wha

t he

has

lear

ned

and

wha

t L4

sign

ific

ant

to h

im. U

sual

ly. i

f th

e te

ache

r en

cour

ages

him

to te

ll ab

out h

is "

artis

tic"

rend

erin

g sh

e w

ill g

ain

insi

ghts

rar

ely

touc

hed

by te

sts.

Don

't as

k hi

m to

wri

te a

bout

his

art

wor

k. H

is a

rt v

olt i

s hi

s ea

liPaP

ire . -

Usi

ng a

rt to

inte

rpre

t cog

nitiv

e le

arni

ngdo

es n

ot m

ean

copy

ing

pict

ures

from

boo

ks. I

t doe

s no

t mea

n us

ing

the

opaq

ue p

roje

ctor

. It d

oes

not m

ean

draw

ing

char

ts a

nd m

aps.

The

se r

equi

re f

aith

ful d

uplic

atio

n. T

hey

can

beat

trac

tive.

but

they

giv

e no

due

to th

e ch

ild's

men

tal i

mag

es.

Enc

oura

ge th

e pu

pil t

o em

ploy

art

med

ia f

or e

xpre

ssin

g hi

s id

eas

abou

t his

othe

r st

udie

s. A

s a

mat

ter

of e

cono

my.

the

teac

her

and

pupi

ls m

ay h

ave

tore

ach

an a

gree

men

t abo

ut th

e m

edia

use

d B

ut th

e ar

t exp

ress

ion

shou

ld r

atbe

dic

tate

d. I

t sho

uld

be h

is.

Art

pro

ject

s ar

e gr

oupe

d in

this

boo

k un

der

type

s of

med

ia. s

o th

at th

ete

ache

r m

ay b

ecom

e fa

mili

ar w

ith s

ome

of th

e m

any

poss

ibili

ties

inhe

rent

inea

ch m

ater

iaL

Ide

as c

an th

en b

e pr

ovid

ed to

spa

rk p

upils

' im

apin

atio

ns.

For

the

sake

of

shar

ing

idea

s, p

upils

may

als

o el

ect t

o w

ork

in g

roup

s. T

ypes

of c

oope

rativ

e pr

ojec

ts f

rom

whi

ch to

cho

ose

incl

ude

Ban

ners

Mur

als

Col

lage

sC

ompo

site

stit

cher

. pan

els

Com

ic s

trip

seq

uenc

esPa

pier

Mac

he' f

igur

esM

asks

Tot

ems

Post

ers

(ori

gina

l tC

eram

ic m

odel

ing

Mos

aics

Mob

iles

Boo

k ja

cket

sC

ostu

mes

illus

trat

ions

of

even

tsM

odel

citi

es. v

illag

esD

ram

atiz

atio

nsPu

ppet

Pla

ysSh

adow

pla

ys"E

nvir

onm

ents

"

For

exam

ples

of

thes

e an

d m

any

mor

e. r

efer

to m

agaz

ines

suc

h as

Art

s an

d A

ctiv

ities

and

Sch

ool A

rts.

10

Page 14: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DE

VE

LOP

ME

NT

ST

AG

ES

Dev

elop

men

tal s

tage

s ca

nnot

be

arbi

trar

ilv is

olat

ed!.

The

y m

erge

. one

into

at d

iffe

rent

rat

es a

nd a

t dif

fer,

._ a

ges.

The

fol

low

ing

phas

es d

o no

t fal

l nea

t!. w

ithin

eac

h gr

oupi

ng, b

ut s

erve

gres

sion

inde

x. F

or m

ore

com

plet

e da

ta, s

ee L

owen

feld

.B

iblio

g )

K-2

'MA

NIP

UL

AT

IVE

CH

AR

AC

TE

RIS

TIC

S

scri

bble

sra

ndom

to c

ontr

olle

ti. to

Tha

mes

''.ge

omet

ric

shap

essh

ort a

ttent

ion

span

intu

itive

des

ign

and

unity

activ

ity c

ente

red

in la

rge

mus

cles

enjo

ys h

andl

ing.

of

man

ipul

ativ

e m

ater

ials

grad

ual p

rogr

ess

from

dra

win

g on

e pe

rson

toim

'tid

ing

two

SUG

GE

STIO

NS

Mat

eria

lspa

ste.

mag

ic m

arke

rs. s

ciss

ors

woo

d sc

raps

glue

Man

ila p

aper

big

brus

hes,

larg

e pa

per

big

soft

cra

yons

soft

cla

yfi

nger

pai

ntno

n-dr

ip te

mpe

rana

tura

l obj

ects

1 sh

ells

, pla

nts.

etc.

)

Gui

danc

een

cour

age

appr

ecia

tebu

ild e

xper

ienc

es w

ith a

nim

als.

peo

ple,

sur

roun

ding

spr

ovid

e ac

tiviti

es f

or b

odily

mov

emen

ttie

in p

anto

mim

e an

d rh

ythm

ical

mus

icdi

scus

s w

here

, whe

n, w

hat,

how

neve

r di

spar

age

child

's e

ffor

t,:sh

are

draw

ings

with

adu

lts w

ho u

nder

stan

d ch

ild a

rtte

ache

r m

ixes

pai

nt

the

othe

r.

as a

pro

-

DE

SIR

AB

LE

01

"CO

ME

S

Abi

lity

to:

tear

pap

er f

orm

sfo

ld p

aper

cut p

aper

past

eus

e la

rge

cray

ons

and

pape

rus

e te

mpe

ra p

aint

use

fing

er p

aint

mak

e se

ason

al p

roje

cts

mod

el s

impl

e cl

ay s

hape

sle

arn

repe

at p

atte

rns

wor

k to

geth

eren

joy

pict

ures

of

child

ren

and

anim

als

enjo

y be

auty

in n

atur

e an

d co

mm

on o

bjec

ts

PRIM

AR

Y-1

HR

OU

GH

3R

D

3-4

SCH

EM

AT

IC P

HA

SEge

omet

ric

form

s tu

rn in

to s

et f

igur

e re

pres

enta

tion:

size

indi

cate

s im

port

ance

eart

h is

a b

ase

line

sky

is a

top

line

radi

al s

un is

oft

en u

sed

inte

rior

-ext

erio

r vi

ewse

quen

ce o

f ev

ents

in o

ne p

ictu

refi

gure

s pe

rpen

dicu

lar

to ta

bles

, wal

ks, e

tc.

join

ted

bodi

es a

ppea

rfi

ner

mus

cula

r co

ntro

lin

tuiti

ve d

esig

n st

nsst

ill e

vide

nt

SUG

GE

STIO

NS

mat

eria

lssa

me

tool

s. p

lus

roun

d br

ushe

sw

ider

col

or r

ange

in te

mpe

ra.

asso

rted

col

ors

of c

onst

ruct

ion

sim

ple

3 -D

mat

eria

lsqu

ick-

dryi

ng g

lue

activ

ities

use

play

that

dra

mat

izes

act

ion

such

as

wal

king

,ru

nnin

g, ju

mpi

ngsi

mpl

e ex

peri

ence

s in

stit

chin

g th

ru w

ide

mes

hbo

ld s

impl

e w

eavi

ngbo

x co

nstr

uctio

ns w

ith g

lue

sim

ple

saw

ing

and

ham

mer

ing

draw

ing

and

pain

ting

guid

ance

avoi

d em

phas

is o

n re

alis

mhe

lp c

hild

to r

elat

e to

oth

er p

eopl

e, th

ings

alw

ays

appr

ecia

te e

ffor

tste

ache

r do

es c

olor

mix

ing

build

con

tact

s w

ith b

eaut

iful

thin

gs

#6 -

#12

chal

k, c

harc

oal,

yarn

spa

per

sele

ct. c

hoos

e, a

rran

gepe

rcei

ve c

olor

1 pr

imar

y, s

eron

dary

and

inte

rmed

iate

colo

rs)

use

deco

rativ

e de

sign

tflati

use

cray

on. c

halk

, tem

pera

, wat

er c

olor

use

fing

er p

aint

.1

not e

xper

tlym

odel

in c

lay

crea

te r

hyth

mic

eff

ect

crea

te r

epea

t pat

tern

scr

eate

3-l

l thi

ngs

from

pap

er. c

ardb

oard

, fou

nt, o

bjec

tsw

eave

sim

ple

thin

gs-

in p

aoer

. oil,

oilc

loth

wor

k w

ith h

eavy

yar

n: o

n ca

rdbo

ard

loom

wor

k ne

atly

draw

cru

de f

igur

es

DE

SIR

AB

LE

OU

TC

OM

ES

lthab

ility

to:

rel'I

tgni

ze d

ark

and

light

ctd

ors.

sha

des

and

tints

rent

egni

ze p

leas

ing

colo

r cc

,mbi

natio

nspe

rcei

ve c

olor

and

bea

uty

:n o

bjec

tspe

r-ri

ve p

atte

rns.

pre

gHlr

lai

s, s

pare

expr

es: s

easo

nal c

hang

es in

pic

ture

sap

ply

posi

tive

self

-cri

ticis

ingr

ow in

aw

aren

ess

of s

hape

s an

d fo

rms

impr

ove

Kt:p

ortio

nsre

pres

ent n

ear

and

far

obje

cts

repr

esen

t act

ion

cont

rol l

ette

ring

. arr

angi

ng. m

argi

nal s

paci

ng.

effe

ct r

ealis

m in

mod

elin

g

Page 15: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

5-6

PRE

-AD

OL

ESC

EN

T P

HA

SE

beco

me,

sel

f-cr

itica

lm

ore

caut

ious

sex

inte

rest

s di

verg

epi

ctur

e, m

ore

com

plet

eba

ckgr

ound

s ge

t mor

e at

tent

ion

sky

mee

t, gr

oLnd

draw

ing-

str

ive

for

real

ism

colo

rs in

clud

e tin

t, an

d -h

atle

sde

velo

pmen

t of

over

lap

and

soft

ened

col

or to

rep

rese

ntde

pth,

ligh

t. sh

ade,

text

ure

som

e un

der-

tand

ing

of li

near

per

spec

tive

DE

VF

LOP

ME

NT

AL

ST

AG

ES

SUC

GE

STIO

NS

mat

eria

lsin

clud

e sm

alle

r br

ushe

sw

hite

con

stru

ctio

n pa

per,

dra

win

g pa

per,

col

ored

tiss

ues

wat

erco

lor,

col

ored

ink,

3-D

mat

eria

l!:

quic

k dr

ying

glu

tya

rns,

wir

ebr

oad

rang

e of

cre

ativ

e m

ater

ials

activ

ities

child

ren

mit.

: pai

nts

dram

atiz

atio

as, t

iant

e. a

nd m

usic

fur

em

otio

nal r

elea

sevi

ewin

g fi

lms

on n

atur

e. a

dven

ture

, oth

er c

ount

ries

figu

re d

raw

ing.

land

sce.

prnu

t too

muc

h st

ill li

feop

port

uniti

es to

du

abst

ract

des

ign

guid

ance

help

the

child

to f

eel t

hat s

ucce

ss t7

0111

C:

thru

tria

l and

err

oren

cour

age

reco

gniz

e hi

s de

sire

to c

onfo

rmfa

mili

ariz

e w

ith n

eigh

bori

ng c

olor

sI

anal

ogou

s). w

arm

and

cool

col

ors,

thro

ugh

usr,

not

mem

oriz

atio

nav

oid

form

al te

achi

ng o

f lin

ear

pers

pect

ive

devi

se o

ppor

tuni

ties

for

abst

ract

des

ign

Sib

6th

i /E

SIR

AB

LE

OU

TC

OM

ES

coop

erat

ion

with

gro

up a

nd in

divi

dual

inte

rest

in d

re-s

. eo-

,tme.

uni

form

rfe

elin

g fo

r de

orat

i:, d

esig

nat

tem

pt to

eva

luat

e ow

n an

d ot

her's

vvo

rk o

bjec

tivel

yde

sire

tII

ton

-tru

st a

nd d

raw

re:

Ili-

tit-a

llyor

igin

ality

in d

esig

nac

tion

and

text

ure

in m

odel

ing

grou

p pr

ide

in r

o4on

, di-

play

bul

letin

in,a

rdgr

oup

man

agem

ent o

f ar

t pro

cedu

re-

grea

ter

conf

iden

ce in

art

abi

lity

know

ledg

e of

col

or te

rm-

prim

ary.

sec

onda

ry.

inte

rmed

iate

, war

m a

nd c

ool.

tint,

and

shad

e-.

cont

ra,t

feel

ings

for

bal

ance

, pro

port

ion.

rhy

thm

alte

rnat

ion_

dom

inan

ce. u

nity

use

of le

tteri

ng p

ens

know

ledg

e of

var

iety

of

alph

abet

sfa

ir c

ontr

ol o

f cu

tting

tool

sfa

ir a

bilit

y in

pos

ter

desi

gnim

prov

ed m

anua

l con

trol

real

istic

-min

ded

child

ren

ti-e

mor

e co

rrec

t pro

port

ion,

deta

il an

d de

pth

CO

NT

ES

TS

AN

D C

OM

PE

TIT

ION

ST

o va

lue

the

uniq

uene

ss a

nd p

erso

nal q

ualit

y of

ever

y in

divi

dual

art

exp

ress

ion

is a

n im

port

ant g

oal o

far

t edu

catio

n.

Art

cont

ests

and

com

petit

ions

coun

tera

ctth

ispu

rpos

e.

Com

mer

cial

fir

ms

and

orga

niza

tions

kno

w th

atpa

rent

s an

d te

ache

rs a

re d

azzl

ed b

y of

fers

of

pres

tige

and

reco

gniti

on. N

ot p

erce

ivin

g th

e vu

lner

able

em

otio

ns o

fch

ildre

n. th

eir

glow

ing

prom

otio

ns b

uild

tow

ard

a tr

e-m

endo

us d

isap

poin

tmen

t for

all

but o

ne o

r tw

o.

For

the

non-

win

ning

maj

ority

of

pupi

ls. h

igh

hope

sar

e da

shed

. The

y ar

e le

d to

look

upo

n th

emse

lves

as

re-

ject

ed. M

eanw

hile

, the

win

ner

is m

isle

d in

to a

fal

se im

-pr

essi

on o

f hi

s ta

lent

. Aft

er th

e pr

izes

. pub

licity

and

ac-

clai

m. h

e te

nds

to im

itate

his

fir

st s

ucce

ss. r

athe

r th

angi

ve h

is a

bil:t

ies

free

rei

n. F

ailin

g to

win

the

next

con

test

beco

mes

. for

him

. an

exer

cise

in f

rust

ratio

n.

Bec

ause

chi

ldre

n ar

e no

t em

otio

nally

rea

dy f

or th

eva

gari

es o

f ad

ult j

udge

s. o

r fo

r th

e bl

ow to

thei

r ho

pefu

lan

ticip

atio

ns, t

he S

choo

l adm

inis

trat

ion

firm

ly d

isco

ur-

ages

con

test

s fo

r th

ose

of te

nder

yea

rs.

12

Page 16: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

AR

T E

XP

ER

IEN

CE

S

CCT

he y

oung

chi

ld. n

o le

ss th

an th

e m

atur

e ar

tist s

tate

s. *

Thi

s is

wha

t I k

now

Can

d un

ders

tand

; thi

s is

the

mea

ning

I f

ind

in m

y lif

e.'

ime et

Ern

est Z

eigf

ield

13

Page 17: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CO

ND

UC

TIN

G T

HE

AR

T L

ESS

ON

Dis

cuss

ion

proc

edes

the

art a

ctiv

ity. I

t sho

uld

invo

lve

the

thin

king

of

the

pupi

ls a

nd th

e ex

pres

sing

of

thei

r id

eas.

Tal

king

to th

em is

not

the

sam

e th

ing.

The

ir s

hari

ng o

f id

eas

fert

ilize

s ne

w c

once

pts

and

spar

ks a

n ur

ge to

give

exp

ress

ion

to th

em.

inte

rest

mus

t occ

asio

nally

be

rene

wed

as

the

youn

g ar

tist m

eets

dif

ficu

ltpa

ssag

e in

his

wor

k. H

e ca

n be

hel

ped

by o

ne o

r m

ore

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

ques

tions

to c

lari

fy h

is id

ea

sugg

estio

n fo

r a

diff

eren

t app

roac

h

getti

ng h

im a

way

fro

m h

is im

med

iate

pro

blem

by

dive

rtin

g at

tent

ion

to s

ome

othe

r ph

ase.

letti

ng h

im ta

lk it

ove

r w

ith h

is n

eigh

bor

help

ing

him

ove

r a

tech

nica

l dif

ficu

lty. (

If y

ou s

how

how

, do

it on

som

ethi

ng e

lse.

not

his

wor

k. th

en r

emov

e yo

ur w

ork

from

sig

ht).

mov

ing

his

seat

tem

pora

rily

to a

spo

t bes

ide

a ca

pabl

e an

d he

lpfu

l chi

ld

letti

ng h

im g

o se

e w

hat s

ome

of th

e ot

hers

are

doi

ng

find

ing

out i

f he

und

erst

ands

dir

ectio

ns

dete

rmin

ing

whe

ther

he

has

had

prev

ious

exp

erie

nces

nee

ded

for

the

proj

ect

c.iv

ing

him

a c

hanc

e (n

ot to

o so

on)

to s

tart

ove

r

find

ing

som

ethi

ng g

ood

in h

is w

ork

and

com

plim

entin

g it

prai

sing

his

eff

orts

. and

ass

urin

g hi

m h

is w

ay o

f do

ing

som

ethi

ngm

ight

inve

nt a

new

tech

niqu

e or

sty

le

enco

urag

ing

"dif

fere

nce"

: it m

ay n

ot m

ake

sens

e ye

t, bu

t riv

en ti

me

and

faith

, it m

ay

If th

e te

ache

r ca

nnot

hel

p a

child

. and

nei

ther

can

any

one

else

, let

him

try

a di

ffer

ent m

ediu

mif

he

can'

t do

a pa

intin

g. g

ive

him

toot

hpic

ksan

d gl

ue a

nd s

ee if

he

can

say

anyt

hing

this

way

. Let

him

try

clay

,to

rn p

aper

des

ign,

etc

.. or

. let

him

go

to a

qui

et s

pot a

nd r

evie

w th

em

otiv

atio

nal f

ilmst

rips

. film

loop

s, s

lides

, or

othe

r si

mpl

e vi

sual

sem

ploy

ed.

AR

T E

LE

ME

NT

S A

ND

PR

INC

IPL

ES

Whi

le th

e te

ache

r do

es n

ot u

se a

for

mal

app

roac

h in

teac

hing

des

ign,

it is

use

ful t

o kn

ow th

e el

emen

ts a

nd p

rinc

iple

s of

des

ign.

It w

ill th

en b

epo

ssib

le to

rec

ogni

ze a

nd d

raw

atte

ntio

n to

thei

r su

cces

sful

use

whe

nth

ey a

ppea

r in

chi

ldre

n's

wor

k. B

eaut

y re

sults

fro

m a

lim

ited,

har

-m

onio

us c

hoic

e of

ele

men

ts.

Som

e pr

ojec

ts a

re p

urpo

sely

dev

ised

for

dev

elop

ing

desi

gn c

onsc

ious

-ne

ss, b

ut u

ndue

em

phas

is is

not

to b

e us

ed in

eva

luat

ion.

Des

ign

elem

ents

Lin

eK

inds

of

lines

stra

ight

, ang

ular

, cur

ved,

bro

ken,

thic

k, th

in, s

wee

ping

. sha

ded,

etc

.E

ffec

ts o

f lin

esve

rtic

alsu

gges

ts u

pwar

d or

dow

nwar

d m

ovem

ent

hori

zont

alre

stfu

lnes

sdi

agon

alen

ergy

circ

ular

flui

d m

otio

nja

gged

roug

hnes

s, a

ctiv

itvfi

nede

licac

yhe

avy

bold

ness

Shap

esL

arge

. sm

all:

regu

lar.

irre

gula

r; v

olum

inou

s, n

ar-

row

; geo

met

ric,

fre

e-fo

rms;

sol

id. o

pen

Tex

ture

Tac

tile

appe

aran

cefu

zzy,

sha

rp, p

rick

ly, r

opy,

wov

en, m

ossy

, san

dy, r

ippl

ed, e

tc.

Col

eyN

eigh

bori

ng c

olor

s, o

ppos

ite (

war

m o

r co

ol)

colo

rs,

grad

atio

n, m

ixin

g, in

tens

e or

sub

dued

Val

ueV

aryi

ng li

ghtn

ess

or d

arkn

ess

of c

olor

Tin

ts a

nd s

hade

s

Spac

eA

reas

fou

nd b

etw

een

and

arou

nd o

bjec

ts (

posi

tive-

nega

tive)

Illu

sion

of

dept

h (p

ersp

ectiv

e). A

chie

ved

by o

ver-

lapp

ing,

dim

inis

hing

siz

e. r

elat

ive

posi

tion

in p

ic-

ture

, bri

ght c

olor

s in

for

egro

und

and

subd

ued

colo

rsin

bac

kgro

und.

Des

ign

prin

cipl

esA

ffec

t the

use

of

desi

gn e

lem

ents

.

Bal

ance

An

over

all

visu

al s

ense

of

stab

ility

The

item

s in

the

pict

ure

are

not a

ll on

one

sid

e.T

he s

hape

s ba

lanc

e ea

ch o

ther

in a

ppar

ent w

eigh

t(n

ot f

orm

).U

se o

f da

rk c

olor

is r

elie

ved

by a

littl

e lig

ht c

olor

and

vice

ver

sa.

S:nc

oth

aica

s br

eak

mon

oton

y of

hig

hly

text

ured

ones

.Po

sitiv

e ar

eas

incl

ude

som

e ne

gativ

e sp

ace.

Page 18: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

"The

you

ngst

ers

in o

ur c

lass

es a

re e

ntitl

ed tc

the

mos

t, no

t the

leas

t we

can

give

them

."Fr

ank

Wac

how

iak

"Chi

ldre

.i ar

e bo

rn w

antin

g to

exp

erim

ent w

ith th

e st

rang

ean

d th

..:re

fore

exc

iting

sub

stan

ces

of th

is w

orld

"M

arga

ret G

re.e

nber

y

Opp

ositi

onU

sing

str

ong

light

s an

d da

rks

Usi

ng o

ppos

ing

colo

rs (

war

m v

s co

ol)

Usi

ng la

rge

vers

us s

mal

lU

sing

hig

hly

text

ur.7

d ve

rsus

sm

ooth

. etc

.

Em

phas

isM

akin

g so

met

hing

:ix-

com

e th

e ce

nter

of

atte

ntio

n.T

his

can

be d

one

by p

lace

men

t. by

com

para

tive

size

.by

col

or im

pact

, by

high

light

ing,

by

shad

ing

for

form

, by

grea

ter

atte

ntio

n to

det

ails

.

Subo

rdin

atio

nA

ssis

ting

emph

asis

by

play

ing

dow

n ot

her

part

s of

com

posi

tion

thru

sub

dued

col

or_

dim

inis

hed

size

,fl

atte

ned

surf

ace,

fin

er te

xtur

e, r

autim

um d

etai

l, et

c.

Rep

etiti

onR

epea

ting

desi

gn e

lem

ents

, to

crea

te p

atte

rn.

Rhy

thm

Usi

ng r

epea

ts to

cre

ate

a ha

rmon

ious

fee

ling

ofm

ovem

ent.

Tra

nsiti

onM

akin

g a

dire

ctio

nal e

ffec

t whi

ch le

ads

the

eye

easi

ly a

roun

d th

roug

h th

e co

mpo

sitio

n.

Var

iety

Find

ing

and

inve

ntin

g di

ffer

ent w

ays

of r

epea

ting

give

n de

sign

ele

men

ts to

avo

id m

onot

ony.

AR

T A

CT

IVIT

IES

No

art a

ctiv

ity d

escr

ibed

her

eaft

er is

off

ered

as

a ri

gid

proc

edur

e.

Div

ersi

t. in

the

way

stu

dent

s ha

ndle

thei

r ar

t eff

orts

is a

n in

dica

tion

of c

reat

ive

thin

king

and

invo

lve-

men

t. E

ncou

rage

it. T

here

rea

lly is

no

"rig

ht w

ay."

Art

act

iviti

es h

ave

been

cla

ssif

ied

in o

rder

of

diff

icul

ty.

K -

2 =

Kin

derg

arte

n th

roug

h se

cond

gra

de3

- 4

= T

hird

gra

de th

roug

h fo

urth

gra

de5

- 6

= F

ifth

gra

de th

roug

h si

xth

grad

e

Proj

ects

list

ed o

n lo

wer

leve

ls c

an b

e us

eful

to h

iiher

leve

ls if

the

pupi

ls a

re g

oing

to e

xplo

re m

edia

and

tech

niqu

es f

or n

ew p

ossi

bilit

ies

and

impr

oved

ski

lls.

It is

adv

isab

le f

or th

e te

ache

r to

try

out a

pro

ject

bef

ore

givi

ng it

to th

e cl

ass.

It w

ill r

efre

sh th

ete

ache

r's o

utlo

ok. a

nd h

elp

dete

rmin

e if

it s

uits

the

pupi

ls-

capa

bilit

ies.

Do

not f

eel t

hat h

avin

g do

nea

proj

ect o

nce,

it s

houl

d no

t be

trie

d ag

ain.

Loo

k fo

r ne

wan

d be

tter

effe

cts:

try

for

impr

oved

ski

lls;

appl

y ne

w in

terp

reta

tions

.

No

activ

ity s

houl

d be

beg

un w

ithou

t suf

fici

ent m

ater

ials

on

hand

or

with

out s

uffi

cien

t mot

ivat

ion.

(See

Mot

ivat

ion)

. It s

houl

d al

so in

clud

e an

eva

luat

ion.

(Se

e E

valu

atio

n).

Cop

y w

ork,

ste

ncils

, col

or b

ooks

, opa

que

proj

ecto

rs, d

o no

t bel

ong

in th

e ar

t pro

gram

.

Page 19: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

V)WN0Z

00019

Page 20: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CLA

YC

r"T

he y

oung

ster

s in

our

cla

sses

are

ent

itled

to th

e m

ost,

not t

he le

ast

we

can

give

them

."

Fran

k W

acho

wia

k

Em

phas

is .4

rt

Page 21: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

C C Fib

CLA

YG

ener

al O

bjec

tives

:T

o ex

peri

ence

con

trol

of

a m

alle

able

sub

stan

ce.

To

wor

k w

ith a

mat

eria

l clo

sely

der

ived

fro

m th

e ea

rth.

To

enco

unte

r th

e ch

emic

al e

ffec

t of

heat

on

clay

and

gla

zes.

To

disc

over

the

num

erou

s cr

eativ

e po

ssib

ilitie

s of

cer

amic

s.

GE

NE

RA

L IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

S F

OR

US

ING

CLA

Y &

GLA

ZE

SIn

teac

hing

cla

y w

ork

to p

rim

ary

child

ren.

giv

e th

em o

nly

the

bare

st e

ssen

tials

for

hand

ling

thei

r m

ater

ial.

Avo

id te

lling

wha

t the

pro

duct

sho

uld

look

like

.Fo

r in

stan

ce, t

ell t

hem

bor

e to

join

. but

not

whe

re.

With

inte

rmed

iate

chi

ldre

n. b

road

enin

g th

e po

ssib

ilitie

s of

wha

t can

be

done

is im

port

ant.

but a

gain

. ::v

oid

dire

ctin

g th

e ki

nd. s

hape

and

exa

ct d

ecor

atio

nof

the

fina

l pro

duct

.It

is a

ssum

ed o

f co

urse

. tha

t the

usu

al p

roct

dure

of

mak

ing

plan

s fo

r th

epr

ojec

ts w

ill a

lrea

dy h

ave

been

mad

e.Su

rfac

e fo

r w

orki

ng:

Cla

y w

ill li

ft e

asily

fro

m n

ewsp

aper

!un

less

soa

ked)

. als

o fr

omw

ood

and

from

pla

ster

.T

o w

ork

with

cla

y. th

e m

inim

um to

ols

are:

pops

icle

stic

ks f

ur f

ashi

onin

gsp

onge

for

moi

sten

ing

a bo

ard

for

supp

ort

bow

l for

wat

erpl

astic

bag

for

kee

ping

moi

stO

ther

use

ful t

ools

are

:ve

geta

ble

knif

ero

lling

pin

padd

lebr

ush

scul

ptin

g to

olbu

rlap

Car

e m

ust b

e ta

ken

to:

mai

ntai

n ev

en te

xtur

eno

lum

psha

ve th

e ri

ght c

onsi

sten

cy o

f m

oist

ure

avoi

d ai

r ho

les

avoi

d th

in s

pots

have

no

thin

pro

ject

ing

edge

s or

poi

nts

join

dav

par

ts th

orou

ghly

dry

fini

shed

pie

ce th

orou

ghly

No

piec

e of

cla

y w

ork

shou

ld b

e ov

er a

n in

ch th

ick.

Hol

low

out

thic

k ob

ject

s.D

o no

t try

to m

end

dry

clay

for

ms.

Cla

y w

ill m

end

if s

till m

oist

by

scor

ing

brok

en s

urfa

ces

and

appl

ying

slip

Igo

nev

cons

iste

ncy

)to

them

and

then

stic

king

toge

ther

. Let

sta

nd. W

ipe

otf

exce

ss.

PR

EP

AR

AT

ION

S F

OR

ALL

CLA

Y W

OR

KT

hese

dir

ectio

ns w

ill n

ot b

e re

peat

ed w

ith e

ach

proj

ect.

It is

und

erst

ood

they

are

aut

omat

ical

ly a

par

t of

all p

repa

ratio

ns.

Spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

ove

r ta

lly-.

Prov

ide

smal

l am

ount

c!

wat

er.

RO

LL

ING

A S

LA

BT

o ro

ll sl

abs

of c

lay

even

ly. u

se a

rol

ling

pin

and

two

stri

ps o

f 1,

:,0d.

pla

cing

the

clay

bet

wee

n th

e st

rips

. The

se k

eep

the

rolli

ng p

in a

t an

even

pre

ssur

e.B

liste

rs a

ppea

ring

in r

olle

d sl

abs

indi

cate

enc

lose

d ai

r. P

rick

them

and

sm

ooth

out.

Too

man

y of

thes

e m

ean

the

day

need

s re

wor

king

.

JOIN

ING

CL

AY

PIE

CE

S:B

e su

re c

lay

is f

irm

, but

not

dry

.Sc

ore

the

side

s to

com

e in

con

tact

.W

et th

e sc

ored

are

as.

App

ly a

coa

t of

slip

1m

ushv

cla

y).

Let

sta

nd f

or a

few

mom

ents

.Pr

r_-s

s to

geth

er.

Join

with

woo

den

tool

.Fi

ll in

tool

impr

essi

ons

with

mor

e cl

ay.

For

little

fol

ks. s

cori

ng. t

hen

pres

sing

cla

y pi

eces

toge

ther

and

wor

king

edge

s in

to e

ach

othe

r w

ill u

sual

ly d

o.N

o pi

ece

to b

e fi

red

shou

ld b

e ov

er o

ne in

ch th

ick.

Scul

ptur

e sh

ould

be

hollo

wed

out

as

muc

h as

pos

sibl

e.

OT

HE

R T

IPS

Nev

er a

pply

e%

cess

ive

or s

udde

n pr

essu

re to

cla

y. E

asy

does

it.

Cra

cks

in c

lay

mea

n on

e of

two

thin

gsto

o dr

y or

too

muc

h pr

essu

re.

Usu

ally

the

firs

t.T

oo m

uch

wat

er o

n cl

ay f

arm

s m

akes

them

go

limp.

Let

cla

y on

clo

thin

g dr

y w

ithou

t tou

chin

g. I

t will

then

bru

sh o

ut e

asily

.G

reen

war

e =

dry

unf

ired

pie

ces

Bis

que

war

e =

fir

ed w

ithou

t gla

zeG

laze

d w

are

= f

ired

a s

econ

d tim

e. d

ecor

ated

with

gla

zeB

isqu

e-w

ax =

a c

omm

erci

al w

ax f

inis

h to

be

used

on

bisq

ue w

are.

Will

not

wat

erpr

oof

the

piec

e, b

ut g

ives

bea

utif

ul f

inis

h. C

an b

e an

tique

d ea

sily

with

a se

cond

col

or b

isqu

e w

ax. A

vaila

ble

at h

obby

sho

p.

DR

YIN

G

Whe

n pi

ece

is f

inis

hed,

leav

e in

pla

stic

cov

erin

g. b

ut d

o no

t cov

er s

ose

cure

ly th

at a

ir m

ay n

ot s

eep

in. I

t rou

st d

ry s

low

ly.

Aft

er p

iece

beg

ins

to r

ee.c

h le

athe

r ha

rdne

ss. l

ift p

last

ic c

over

so

that

itco

vers

obj

ect l

ight

ly.

Whe

n th

e co

lor

of th

e cl

ay b

ecom

es li

ghte

r. e

xpos

e to

ope

n ai

r.Se

t on

a ra

ck if

pos

sibl

e to

insu

re e

ven

dryi

ng.

Whe

n cl

ay is

no

long

er c

ool t

o th

e ch

eek.

it is

dry

.It

is a

lso

very

bri

ttle

and

mus

t be

hand

led

care

fully

.It

is n

ow c

alle

d gr

eenw

are.

Do

not a

ttem

pt to

dry

cla

y ov

er a

rad

iato

r or

hea

ter.

Wea

k pl

aces

dry

fas

ter

and

pull

away

fro

m h

eavi

er o

nes

caus

ing

crac

ks.

18

Page 22: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Prov

ide

a po

psic

le s

tick

for

reac

hing

dif

ficu

lt pl

aces

.G

ive

each

chi

ld a

woo

den

boar

d to

wor

k on

. Als

o a

plas

tic b

ag a

nd s

trin

g fo

rtig

htly

cov

erin

g un

fini

shed

wor

k.Pl

ace

a sp

onge

for

eve

ry tw

o pu

pils

.H

ave

wet

tow

els

hand

y fo

r cl

eani

ng h

ands

. (Sa

ves

man

y tr

ips

to th

e si

nk).

Kee

p a

frui

t kni

fe o

n ha

nd f

or c

uttin

g ou

t pie

ces.

Plan

usi

ng h

elpe

rs tc

dis

trib

ute

mat

eria

ls a

nd c

lean

up.

Rot

ate

this

job.

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N M

ET

HO

DS

SLA

BR

oll a

fla

ttene

d ba

ll of

cla

y w

ith r

ollin

g pi

n. D

eter

min

e th

ickn

ess

desi

red.

Usu

ally

1/4

" is

min

imum

. For

con

stru

ctin

g a

smal

l box

, use

pap

er p

atte

rn a

ndcu

t cla

y ou

t with

kni

fe. F

old

up s

ides

of

box.

pre

ss c

orne

rs to

geth

er a

nd r

ein-

forc

e w

ith s

mal

l pie

ces

of c

oil.

For

larg

er c

onst

ruct

ions

rol

l out

and

cut

a b

ase

and

side

s. S

core

edg

es o

fba

se a

nd s

lab

whe

re th

ey w

ill jo

in. M

oist

en s

light

ly a

nd p

ress

toge

ther

.Fo

llow

imm

edia

tely

with

rei

nfor

cing

_ co

il. w

hich

is u

sed

to f

ill s

eam

. Sm

ooth

this

into

bas

e an

d si

de. R

epea

t for

eac

h si

de. J

oin

side

s in

sam

e w

ay b

ase

was

join

ed.

PIN

CH

ME

TH

OD

A b

all o

f cl

ay is

gra

dual

ly p

ress

ed b

etw

een

the

fing

ers

inio

des

ired

sha

pe.

For

a ho

llow

obj

ect.

begi

n by

slo

wly

wor

king

thum

b in

to h

all a

nd th

enpr

essi

ng o

utw

ard

tow

ard

fing

ers.

rot

atin

g th

e cl

ay b

all a

s vo

u w

ork.

For

anim

als.

lum

ps a

re p

inch

ed u

p fr

om th

e ce

ntra

l bal

l and

are

fas

hion

edin

to h

ead.

legs

. tai

l. ar

ms-

. etc

.

CO

IL M

ET

HO

DA

lum

p of

day

is s

hape

d ro

urhl

y in

to a

thic

k ro

ll. T

hen

lavi

no. i

t on

a w

oode

nbo

ard.

or

on n

ewsp

aper

it is

rol

led

back

and

for

th u

nder

the

flat

tene

d pa

lmof

the

hand

. Pre

ssur

e- m

ust b

e ke

pt e

ven.

and

the

clay

mus

t be

so._

but

not

stic

ky. U

sual

ly a

sla

b ba

se is

cut

and

coi

ls a

re b

uilt

upw

ard

from

this

, lay

ing

coils

in p

lace

in a

cir

cula

r m

anne

r.W

hene

ver

a co

il gi

ves

out.

pinc

h th

e en

d in

to a

wed

ge s

hape

and

do

the

sam

ew

ith th

e en

d of

the

new

coi

l. O

verl

ap th

em a

nd c

ontin

ue.

The

coi

ls m

ust b

e jo

ined

toge

ther

as

vou

build

. The

re a

re s

ever

al w

ays.

One

is to

pre

ss th

e cl

a: o

f th

e up

per

coil

into

the

low

er a

nd v

ice

vers

a. A

noth

eris

to r

oll v

ery

thin

coi

ls a

nd p

ress

them

fir

mly

into

the

groo

ves

betw

een

the

larg

e co

ils. T

he th

ird

is to

pin

ch o

ff s

oft c

lay

and

smoo

th it

into

the

insi

deun

til n

o co

ils s

how

. The

sam

e m

ax b

e do

ne to

the

outs

ide.

CA

RV

ING

A la

rge

bloc

k of

day

is c

arve

d to

des

ired

dim

ensi

ons

and

shap

e on

the

out-

side

. and

then

hol

low

ed o

ut in

side

.

RO

LL

ING

A C

OIL

See

that

cla

y is

of

even

con

sist

ency

. tha

t it i

s no

t stic

ky. b

ut v

ery

plia

ble.

Thi

sis

of

utm

ost i

mpo

rtan

ce. T

he m

inut

e th

e cl

ay g

ets

too

firm

. it f

latte

ns f

rom

rolli

ng. K

eep

your

han

d l.

el. a

nd y

our

pres

sure

eve

n. w

ithou

t ext

ra p

ush

atth

e en

d of

str

okes

.D

o no

t try

to m

ake

coils

too

long

: the

y te

nd to

bre

ak.

Be

sure

the

surf

ace

ou're

wor

king

on

is s

moo

th.

If y

ou a

re w

orki

ng o

n ne

wsp

aper

. kee

p sh

iftin

g to

a d

ry s

pot.

BIS

QU

EFI

RIN

(Se

t the

kiln

-sitt

er w

ith-t

rrit

Gre

enw

are

can

be s

tack

ed in

the

kiln

. one

pie

et in

side

the

othe

r if

rar

e an

dju

dgm

ent a

re u

sed.

Do

not l

et g

reen

war

e to

uch

side

s of

kiln

.R

aise

the

tem

pera

ture

slo

wly

.L

eave

kiln

top

slig

htly

rai

sed

whi

le o

n L

OW

.C

lose

kiln

top

on M

ED

IUM

.In

sert

plu

ms

on H

IGH

.Fi

ring

will

he

com

plet

ed w

hen

leve

r on

kiln

sitt

er d

rops

. rut

ting

off

elec

tric

-ru

rren

t.D

r no

t ope

n ki

ln.

Allo

w k

iln to

bec

ome

bare

ly w

arm

bef

ore

open

inU

sing

cle

an g

love

s. p

aper

. or

clot

h. li

ft p

iece

s ou

t.T

hey

are

now

kno

wn

as b

isqu

e w

are.

Do

not h

andl

e bi

sque

war

e w

ith th

e ha

re h

ands

. Oily

spo

ts c

ause

gla

ze to

craw

l.

g

GL

AZ

ING

Dus

t bis

que

piec

e in

side

and

out

with

dry

. cle

an b

rush

.A

bar

ely

dam

p. w

rung

-out

spo

nge

will

rem

ove

rem

aini

ng d

ust.

Set b

isqu

e w

are

on a

pie

ce o

f ca

rdbo

ard.

Che

ck g

laze

for

a w

hipp

ing

crea

m th

ickn

ess.

For

potte

ry y

ou u

sual

ly d

o th

e in

side

fir

st.

It th

e ne

ck is

tosm

all f

or p

aint

ing.

pou

r th

e gl

aze

into

it, r

otat

e th

e pi

ece.

and

pour

out

. The

exc

ess

is s

till u

sabl

e.T

o ap

ply

glaz

e w

ith b

rush

. dip

into

gla

ze. a

nd f

low

ont

o th

e pi

ece.

-v

brus

h th

inly

. exc

ept t

o re

duce

littl

e ri

dges

.B

rush

ing

glaz

e on

cer

amic

war

e is

usu

ally

don

e in

thre

e co

ats.

unl

ess

the

war

e is

dam

p. T

his

som

etim

es r

equi

res

four

.A

ltern

ate

the

dire

ctio

n of

the-

str

okes

. bei

ng s

ure

to le

t eac

h co

at g

et d

ry.

Onl

y on

e co

at o

n th

e bo

ttom

.

GL

AZ

EFI

RIN

GSe

t the

kiln

sitt

er w

ith 0

5 or

06

cone

s fo

r m

ost g

laze

s.Pl

ace

each

gla

zed

piec

e at

leas

t one

inch

aw

ay f

rom

any

oth

er a

nd o

ne in

chaw

ay f

rom

the

kiln

wal

l.E

ach

piec

e m

ust b

e se

t on

a st

ilt.

Firi

ng c

an g

o fa

ster

with

gla

zes.

One

hou

r pe

r he

at le

vel s

houl

d be

ade

quat

e.Fo

llow

the

sam

e ve

ntin

g pr

oced

ures

giv

en f

or b

isqu

e.N

ever

take

gla

zed

war

e ou

t of

the

kiln

unt

il it

is p

ract

ical

ly c

old.

The

gla

zes

ofte

n ac

quir

e fi

ne c

rack

s if

coo

led

too

fast

.If

you

fin

d th

in p

lace

s in

the

glaz

es. d

on't

give

up.

you

ran

add

mor

e gl

aze

and

fire

aga

in.

One

wor

d of

war

ning

. The

che

mic

als

of s

ome

glaz

es r

eact

une

xpec

tedl

y on

othe

rs. Y

ou n

ever

kno

w w

hat y

ou a

re g

oing

to g

et. a

nd th

ere

will

he

vari

-at

ions

und

er th

e m

ost c

ontr

olle

d co

nditi

ons.

Nev

er f

ire

reds

or

oran

ges

near

gre

ens.

Red

s bu

rn o

ut in

man

y ca

ses

iffi

red

over

con

e 09

. and

it is

saf

est t

o fi

re th

em s

epar

atel

y.

19

Page 23: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PR

OJE

CT

S M

AD

E F

RO

M C

OIL

S

Pot

Beg

in w

ith a

sla

b ba

se. a

rol a

ttach

coi

l.B

uild

coi

l on

coil.

set

t 'm

g ea

ch c

oil s

light

-1%

out

fro

m m

id-l

ine

of c

oil b

elow

. Thi

sin

crea

ses

volu

me.

Rev

erse

by

putti

ngco

ils s

light

l ins

ide

mid

-lin

e to

dec

reas

eth

e in

teri

or. F

ollo

w g

ener

al d

irec

tions

for

join

ing.

Man

y di

ffer

ent s

hape

s ca

n be

mad

e.

Bow

lt C

an h

e m

ade

by a

bove

met

hod)

. For

a m

ore

deco

rativ

e ef

fect

. get

a la

rge

mix

-in

g bo

wl a

nd c

over

sm

ooth

ly in

side

with

dam

p ne

wsp

aper

str

ips.

Coi

ls c

an b

e be

-gu

n in

bot

tom

and

add

ed o

ne o

ver

the

4-til

er f

or s

ever

al in

ches

. The

:: th

e pu

pil

may

beg

in m

akin

g de

sign

s w

ith th

e co

ilsan

d in

sert

ing

them

in a

rin

g ab

ove

the

last

coi

l. B

e su

re n

o op

en s

pace

s ar

e le

ft.

Add

a c

oil o

r tw

o ab

uve

the

desi

gns

and

repe

atw

ithde

sign

ban

d of

diff

eren

tw

idth

. Con

tinue

to r

im o

f bo

wl.

Pinc

h of

fso

ft c

lay

and

fill

in o

ver

the

who

le in

-:e

rior

bit

by b

it un

til a

ll sm

all c

revi

ces

are

fille

d. L

et th

e bo

wl b

ecom

e fi

rm b

e-fo

re r

emov

ing.

Fir

e. G

laze

may

be

ap-

plie

d to

inte

rior

onl

y.

Dec

orat

ions

: Coi

ls c

an b

e ro

lled

to a

lmos

t any

thic

knes

s. V

ery

thin

one

s, c

an b

e us

ed to

crea

te c

ord-

like

desi

gns

on s

urfa

ce.

Fing

er-t

hick

coi

ls c

an b

e la

:d o

n su

rfac

esto

enr

ich

the

text

ural

eff

ect.

Coi

ls s

liced

into

reg

ular

-siz

ed p

iece

s ca

n be

appl

ied

as b

eadi

ng o

n su

rfac

es.

Lar

ge. t

hick

coi

ls (

2")

can

be c

ut in

to e

qual

leng

ths

to f

orm

sal

t and

pep

pers

, whi

chm

ust b

e sh

aped

into

des

ired

for

m, c

ut in

half

, hol

low

ed o

ut, r

ejoi

ned

and

perf

orat

-ed

sui

tabl

y at

eith

er e

nd.

CL

AY

PR

OJE

CT

S F

RO

M P

INC

H M

ET

HO

D

Bow

lR

oll c

lay

into

bal

l. B

egin

pre

ssin

gth

umb

into

cen

ter.

Wor

k gr

adua

lly d

own

to 3

8"

appr

ox. f

rom

bot

tom

. App

ly p

res-

sure

bet

wee

n th

umb

insi

de a

nd f

inge

rsou

tsid

e. r

otat

ing

and

pres

sing

. wor

king

the

clay

gra

dual

ly th

inne

r. O

ccas

iona

llyjo

g th

e bo

ttom

ligh

tly o

n th

e ta

ble

toke

ep it

fla

t. B

e ca

refu

l to

avoi

d th

in s

pots

insi

decr

eate

dby

unev

enpr

essu

re.

Smal

ler

child

ren

shou

ld n

ot w

ork

too

thin

. Whe

n bo

wl r

each

es a

thic

knes

s su

it-ab

le to

its

size

. adj

ust s

hape

and

trim

rim

even

with

kni

fe. P

ress

text

ures

car

e-fu

lly in

to o

uter

sur

face

.

Plan

ter

Rol

l cla

y in

to a

larg

e ro

ll 3"

indi

amet

er. J

og to

fla

tten

on o

ne s

ide.

Pre

ssfi

nger

s in

to m

iddl

e to

p of

rol

l. an

d be

gin

form

ing

a gr

oove

. Tor

n pi

ece

arou

nd a

ndw

ork

from

oth

er s

ide.

Whe

n 3

4" f

rom

botto

m is

rea

ched

, beg

in p

ress

ing

side

sbe

twee

n th

umb

and

fore

fing

er. T

urn

and

cont

inue

!ill

the

clay

has

the

appe

aran

ceof

a h

ollo

w lo

g. S

moo

th in

side

and

use

com

b to

text

ure

leng

thw

ise

on o

utsi

de.

Car

ved

vase

Follo

w p

inch

ho

,d in

stru

c-tio

ns b

ut k

eep

side

s fa

irly

thic

k. B

e su

reth

ey a

re e

ven.

Use

a h

airp

in o

r im

pro-

vise

d w

ire

loop

and

sco

op o

ut d

esig

nson

the

outs

ide.

Cut

2/3

into

thic

knes

s. K

eep

the

desi

gn la

rge

and

bold

. Aft

er f

irin

g,gl

aze

carv

ing

one

colo

r an

d ou

ter

surf

ace

anot

her.

Mat

ch c

olor

insi

de to

car

ving

.

20

Page 24: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o gr

asp

the

vers

atili

tyof

fla

ttene

d cl

ay p

iece

sT

o m

ake

use

of m

any

deco

rativ

e po

ssib

ilitie

s.

Mat

eria

lsIn

add

ition

to g

ener

alsu

gges

tions

add

sar

anw

rap.

tool

sfo

rim

-pr

essi

ng,

kniv

esfo

rcu

tting

.

Prep

arat

ion

See

gene

ral i

nstr

uctio

ns

PR

OJE

CT

S M

AD

E

FR

OM

CLA

Y S

LAB

S

PRO

CE

DU

RE

Aft

er r

ollin

g ou

t cla

y. s

hape

s m

ay b

e cu

tw

ith th

e ri

m o

f a

coff

ee c

an o

r ot

her

con-

tain

er, o

r th

ey m

ay b

e cu

t by

draw

ing

a pa

per

patte

rn a

nd tr

acin

g it

onto

the

clay

_.

Cla

y ed

ges

shou

ld th

en b

e sm

ooth

-ed

to r

educ

e sh

arpn

ess.

Tak

e fo

und

ob-

ject

s su

ch a

s sh

ells

, but

tons

, ton

gue

de-

pres

sors

, sci

ssor

,et

c.. a

nd tr

y pr

essi

ngte

xtur

edef

fect

son

scr

ap c

lay.

The

ncr

eate

text

ures

in d

esig

n pa

tter.

) on

the

cut-

out p

iece

. Fin

e co

ils c

an a

lso

be u

sed.

Som

e in

tere

stin

gpo

ssib

ilitie

sfo

rth

iste

chni

que

are:

Bir

ds: r

oll r

athe

r th

in s

lab.

Cut

, dec

orat

ean

d pu

nch

two

hole

s fo

r ha

ngin

g. B

irds

can

late

r be

ass

embl

ed o

n a

burl

ap b

ack-

grou

nd o

r as

tree

orn

amen

ts.

Tile

s: R

oll c

lay

3/8"

thic

k. C

ut in

squ

ares

.D

ecor

ate

each

squ

are

with

impr

esse

d de

-si

gns.

scr

atch

des

ign.

bui

lt up

des

igns

,ca

rved

des

igns

. Tile

saf

ter

firi

ng a

ndgl

azin

g ca

n be

ass

embl

ers

into

a m

ural

.If

this

is th

e ob

ject

ive,

_el

ect a

com

mon

idea

or

them

e.

Mob

iles:

Usi

ng o

ther

sha

pes

folio

w th

edi

rect

ions

for

bir

ds a

nd a

ssem

ble

into

am

obile

.

Tri

vets

: 1/4

" to

3/8

" th

ick.

Cut

des

ired

shap

e. C

reat

e an

attr

activ

e in

cise

d de

-si

gn. L

ift c

ut o

ut p

iece

s. T

extu

re s

urfa

ceof

triv

et. A

llow

to s

tand

unt

il th

e cl

aydo

es n

ot te

nd to

giv

e re

adily

. (1

hr.)

Rol

la

coil,

cut

3 o

r 4

equa

l len

gths

(1/2

"ap

prox

.) a

nd jo

in to

und

ersi

de o

f tr

ivet

for

feet

. Pla

ce s

ever

al s

mal

l wad

s of

cla

yun

der

mid

dle

area

s of

triv

et to

hol

d it

leve

l unt

il it

hard

ens.

Wal

k' I

114

)1(1

-I

ash

tray

1

Use

a la

rge

Idah

o po

tato

1ith

eve

n co

ntou

rsor

the

unde

rsid

e of

f a

n ac

ron

squa

sh. w

ell

shap

ed g

rape

frui

t or

bow

l. C

over

this

with

Sar

an. L

ay c

la:.

slab

ove

r it

and

pres

s ge

ntly

to f

it co

ntou

r. A

llow

to b

e-co

me

firm

but

not

har

d. T

rim

edg

es to

even

them

. rem

ove

from

for

m a

nd s

moo

thin

side

with

tong

ue d

epre

ssor

. Add

car

ved

or s

crat

ched

des

ign.

Fas

ten

legs

. or

care

-fu

lly f

latte

n bo

ttom

so

that

it w

ill s

tand

.

Var

iatio

nL

ay r

ubbe

r ba

nds

in a

des

ign

whe

n ro

lling

slab

for

tray

. Rol

ling

pin

will

impr

ess

rubb

er b

ands

. Dra

pe a

nd s

hape

this

ove

rfo

rm. W

hen

vou

rem

ove

fror

-';e

for

m.

pull

rubb

er b

ands

aw

ay. A

fte.

- fi

ring

tobi

sque

war

e.gl

aze

inse

vera

! co

lor.

fitti

ng to

rub

ber

band

des

ign.

Fir

e on

ce,

glaz

e in

to g

roov

es w

ith d

ark

colo

r, w

ipe

away

rag

ged

edge

s of

dar

k gl

aze

and

refi

re.

City

scap

e: E

ach

child

rol

ls o

ut a

:_al

l sla

bof

cla

y an

d dr

aws

a ho

use

or b

uild

ing

onit.

The

n cu

t it o

ut. a

dd te

xtur

es f

or r

oof.

bric

ks.

win

dow

s.bl

inds

.ar

chite

ctur

altr

im.

Not

e: U

se a

hai

rpin

or

wir

e lo

op to

cro

ssha

tch

1 8"

dee

p on

bac

k of

eac

h pi

ece.

Thi

s he

lps

prev

ent w

arpi

ng. F

ire,

gla

zein

var

iety

of

colo

rs. r

efir

e. a

nd a

ssem

ble

on a

long

ply

woo

d pa

nel s

tain

ed w

ithbr

own

or ta

n sh

oe p

olis

h.

Med

allio

ns: C

ircu

lar.

ova

l. tr

iang

ular

. etc

.sh

apes

can

be

cut f

rom

thin

sla

bs o

f cl

ay.

Dec

orat

e by

pie

rcin

g_ im

pres

sing

and

'or

addi

ng d

ay. B

e su

re to

mak

e tw

o ho

les

at to

p fo

r ha

ngin

g on

cha

in f

ir c

ord.

Gla

ze.

Oth

er p

roje

cts:

pla

nter

s. v

ases

, pla

ques

21

Page 25: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to c

reat

efi

gure

sac

tion

with

to a

void

join

ing

mos

tof

the

appe

ndag

e

Mat

eria

ls a

ndPr

epar

atio

nal

read

y ex

plai

ned

CLA

Y A

NIM

ALS

OR

PE

OP

LE

Proc

edur

e

Rol

l a la

rge

thic

k co

il. U

se k

nife

and

spl

itat

eith

er e

nd. B

end

into

u-s

hape

and

spre

ad s

plit

ends

. Sta

nd e

nds

on ta

ble.

Rol

l a s

mal

ler

ball

and

pinc

h in

to g

ener

alsh

ape

of n

eck

and

head

. Sco

re. m

oist

enan

d jo

in to

one

"co

rner

" of

the

inve

rted

u sh

ape.

Fro

m th

is p

oint

the

pupi

ls'

pow

ers

of o

bser

vatio

n an

d im

agin

atio

nsh

ould

be

left

to c

ompl

ete

the

job.

Aco

mm

ent h

ere

and

ther

e ab

out t

he a

p-pe

aran

ce o

f a

part

icul

ar a

nim

al w

ill a

idth

eyo

ung.

Scul

ptor

s as

kw

hat e

ach

anim

al is

"do

ing"

to s

ugge

st p

ostu

res

show

ing

actio

n.

Alte

rnat

e pr

oced

ure

Form

a v

ery

thic

k sl

ab o

f cl

ay. F

latte

nsi

des

a bi

t. D

raw

ani

mal

sha

pe o

n th

ecl

ay a

nd th

en c

ut it

out

aro

und

outli

ne.

The

for

m th

en n

eeds

onl

y to

be

refi

ned.

Seco

nd A

ltern

ate

Proc

edur

e

Use

a b

all o

f cl

ay a

nd s

quee

ze a

ppen

dage

sfr

om it

ver

y m

uch

as if

milk

ing

a co

w.

The

se c

an b

e sh

orte

ned

late

r. o

r co

m-

pres

sed.

or

thin

ned

acco

rdin

g to

nee

d.B

e su

re to

mak

e th

em a

mpl

e at

the

star

t.Fo

rm le

gs. h

ead.

etc

. and

adj

ust t

o pr

oper

rela

tions

hip

with

rem

aind

er o

f cl

ay w

hich

beco

mes

the

body

. Thi

s m

etho

d ha

s no

join

ing

prob

lem

s.

Eva

luat

e

Not

e: C

lay

tiles

mak

e an

eff

ectiv

e di

spla

yw

hen

asse

mbl

ed a

nd g

lued

to a

mas

on-

ite b

acki

ng f

or h

angi

ng.

CL

AY

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

mod

elin

g m

e-di

um f

rom

hou

seho

ldm

ater

ials

To

wor

k w

ith a

cla

y"w

ide.

)re

quir

esm

ini-

mum

ski

lls.

Mat

eria

lssa

lt,fl

our

food

col

or-

ing.

shel

lack

brus

h,so

lox,

new

spap

er

Prep

arat

ion

Prep

are

salt

and

flou

rm

ix.

2 cu

ps s

alt

3 cu

ps f

bur

11,1

-, c

ups

wat

er

Mak

e a

smoo

th p

aste

with

the

flou

ran

dw

ater

. Put

the

salt

over

a lo

w f

lam

e un

tilit

snap

san

dcr

ackl

esst

irri

ng c

onst

antly

.St

irsa

ltin

tofl

our-

past

e.

Kne

adun

tilsm

ooth

.Pa

ck in

a c

over

ed ja

rto

kee

p m

:ist

.C

olor

may

be

adde

d af

ter

mod

elin

g by

bru

shin

gon

, or

it ca

n be

add

edt o

port

ions

duri

ngkn

eadi

ng.

SA

LT A

ND

FLO

UR

CE

RA

MIC

S

Proc

edur

e

Spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

. Sha

pe c

lay

with

fin

gers

into

des

ired

for

m. C

an b

e dr

ied

in s

low

oven

. or

air

drie

d. T

urn

for

even

dry

ing.

Pain

t. Sh

Ala

c w

ith w

hite

she

llac.

or

spra

yw

ithcl

ear

varn

ish.

Min

iatu

refr

uits

,fl

ower

s on

wir

e st

erns

. bea

ds, f

igur

ines

,ca

ndle

hol

ders

. pla

ques

. pup

pet h

eads

,an

imal

s. c

onto

ur m

aps.

sm

all b

uild

ings

,et

c. a

re s

ome

of th

e m

any

artic

les

poss

ible

in th

is m

ediu

m.

Eva

luat

e

°0000

000e

'"Oo0

c.C

oovi

va

rEpO

E)O

tOO

*D

000°

,,0°°

00

Page 26: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CO

LLA

GE

"Cre

ativ

e ex

pres

sion

giv

es to

eve

ry c

hild

the

oppo

rtun

ity to

cho

ose

the

idea

s

or s

ubje

ct m

atte

r fo

r hi

s ar

t tha

t are

mos

t mea

ning

ful t

o hi

m.

Bla

nche

Jef

fers

on

Ass

t. Pr

ofes

sor

of E

du;g

tion

Uni

vers

ity o

f Pi

ttsbu

rgh

Page 27: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

WO

OD

AS

SE

MB

LAG

E K

-2, 3

-4, 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ap

prec

iate

wei

ght a

nd s

hape

.T

o en

joy

poss

ibili

ftis

of

scul

ptur

al f

orm

.

Mat

eria

l-C

lue:

hea

vy c

ardb

oard

s: c

.lote

x; m

ason

ite o

rho

ards

; woo

d -c

raps

; tur

ning

s.

Prep

arat

ion

Vis

it a

cabi

net m

aker

. lum

ber

deal

er, o

r pu

lp.

woo

l' pl

ant a

nd c

olle

ct -

crap

s. S

omet

imes

pup

il.:

can

brin

g sc

raps

. Rem

ove

unw

ield

y pi

eces

and

put t

he r

emai

nder

into

low

-cut

car

dboa

rd c

arto

nsfr

om w

hirl

: pup

ils r

an h

elp

them

selv

es. H

ave

colle

ctio

n co

mpl

ete

helm

star

ting

proj

ect.

:Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

CO

LL

AG

ET

he w

ort c

olla

ge c

onie

s fr

om th

e Fr

en,-

11 w

ord

colte

r, w

hich

mea

ns to

pas

te.

11..v

.e.t-

r. th

e te

rm h

as e

xpan

ded

to in

clud

e m

ost 2

-d w

orks

put

toge

ther

with

glue

d ite

ms,

and

"gi

me

3-d

piec

esif

not

too

muc

h -i

n th

e ro

und.

" M

onta

ge.

deco

llag,

and

ass

embl

ages

are

var

iatio

ns o

f co

llage

.

Cne

ral O

bjec

tives

To

lear

n to

com

bine

ove

rlap

, gro

up. d

iscr

imin

ate

inth

e ch

oice

of

shap

es.

colo

rs. l

ines

, and

text

ures

for

ple

asin

g co

mpo

sitio

n.

Dis

trib

ute

the

boar

d- w

hich

are

to s

erve

as

back

grou

ndse

vera

l pie

ce-

of w

ood

each

Pupi

ls w

ill th

en b

e as

ked

toC

try

diff

eren

t arr

ange

men

ts w

ith th

em u

ntil

satis

fied

with

-bow

ing

vari

atio

n in

col

or. v

..eig

ht a

nd g

rain

. Hav

e th

emA

ssem

blag

e- c

an b

e sa

nded

and

-he

llack

e,i,

if th

ey m

erit

Eva

luat

e

supp

ort.

Let

pup

ils s

elec

tex

amin

e sh

apes

of

piec

es.

the

mos

t ple

asin

g de

sign

,gl

ue p

im-e

s in

to p

ositi

on.

it.

TIS

SU

E C

OLL

AG

E 3

-4Pr

epla

. win

gO

bjec

tives

to te

ach

war

m a

nd c

ted

colo

rsto

sen

sitiz

e pu

pil t

o tr

ansp

aren

t ove

rlay

Mat

eria

lsas

sort

ed c

olor

ed ti

ssue

, whi

te g

lue

plus

1.3

H2O

,co

ntai

ners

for

sam

e, la

rge

brus

hes,

she

ets

of g

lass

or w

axed

pap

er, n

ewsp

aper

to c

over

tabl

es,

scis

sors

Prep

arat

ion

Set u

p a

still

life

of o

bjec

ts in

a v

arie

ty o

fsh

apes

, spr

ead

tissu

es o

n a

near

by ta

ble.

Put

glue

in m

ilk c

arto

ns. o

ne f

or e

ach

two

child

ren.

One

bru

sh e

ach.

Let

two

or th

ree

pupi

ls a

t atim

e se

lect

one

larg

e tis

sue

shee

t. Pu

t sm

alle

rpi

eces

torn

tiss

ue o

n ea

ch ta

ble.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

ePu

pils

are

enc

oura

ged

to s

elec

t a la

rge

shap

e fr

om th

e st

ill li

fe a

nd c

ut o

r te

arit

from

the

big

shee

t. O

ther

and

sm

alle

r sh

apes

can

con

ic f

rom

the

torn

pie

ces.

Enc

oura

ge th

em to

use

sm

all p

iece

s in

the

open

spa

ces.

Ove

rlay

larg

e pi

eces

on

smal

ler

colo

r bi

ts.

Var

iatio

nC

autio

n ab

out t

ende

ncy

of s

ome

t:ssu

e4 to

ble

ed. S

ugge

st th

at p

upils

do

not b

rush

over

tiss

ue e

xces

sive

ly. U

se 3

or

4 la

yers

of

tissu

e. T

ear

or c

ut g

eom

etri

c sh

apes

.V

ary

the

size

s. V

ary

the

colo

rs. A

rran

ge s

hape

s on

pap

er, o

verl

appi

ng a

nd f

orm

ing

inte

rest

ing

spac

es b

etw

een

the

colo

rs. G

lue

each

pie

ce in

suc

cess

ion

by b

rush

ing

glue

on

back

grou

nd, a

nd la

ying

tiss

ue in

to g

lue.

Bru

sh g

lue

over

tiss

ue li

ghtly

. Wor

kfo

r an

eff

ectiv

e ov

er a

ll de

sign

.E

valu

ate

TE

XT

UR

E C

OLL

AG

E 3

-4Pr

epla

nnin

g

Ob

iect

ives

To

beco

me

awar

e of

text

ure

in c

loth

.10

cre

ate

with

text

iles.

Mat

eria

lscl

oth

scra

ps; w

hite

glu

e 11

,3 g

lue

to 2

/3 H

20)

;ca

rdbo

ard

shee

t(s

hirt

bea

rd)

;sc

isso

rs; l

arge

brus

hes

Prep

arat

ion

Prep

are

seve

ral l

ow b

oxes

of

diff

eren

t tex

ture

dfa

bric

scr

aps.

Hav

e he

lper

s di

stri

bute

car

dboa

rd,

glue

, sci

ssor

s an

d br

ushe

s.

Proc

edur

e

Blin

dfol

d pu

pils

and

let t

hem

fee

l dif

fere

nt te

xtur

e: o

f fa

bric

s. R

emov

e bl

indf

old

and

let t

hem

sel

ect p

iece

s fo

r co

llage

. Cut

clo

th in

to v

ario

us s

hape

s ar

ti si

zes.

Arr

ange

clo

th s

hape

s in

to a

ple

asin

g de

sign

on

card

boar

d. G

lue

one

piec

e at

a ti

me

until

all

are

secu

re. C

over

ent

ire

card

boar

d. O

verl

aps

can

be e

ffec

tive.

Var

iatio

n

Yar

n, b

raid

, tri

m, b

utto

ns. e

tc..

n be

glu

ed o

ver

clot

h to

add

var

iety

and

text

ure.

Eva

luat

e24

Page 28: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TIS

SU

E A

ND

CO

RD

3-4

Proc

edur

e

CO

LL

AG

E

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a d

esig

n w

ith s

trin

g an

d tis

sue

To

gras

p th

e us

eful

res

ista

nce

of w

axpa

per

togl

ueT

o en

joy

tran

spar

ency

- of

tiss

ueM

ater

ials

Wax

-pap

er, p

enci

l. ne

wsp

rint

or

butc

her

pape

r,w

hite

glu

e, s

trin

g, c

olor

ed ti

ssue

. sci

ssor

s. p

aper

cups

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

cor

d le

ngth

s. T

ear

wax

pap

er le

ngth

s an

dpi

n ea

ch to

a s

heet

of

new

spri

nt. D

ilute

whi

tegl

uean

dpl

ace

inpa

per

cups

. Hav

e pu

pil

help

ers

dist

ribu

te m

ater

ials

.M

otiv

ate

Dis

cuss

sim

ple

shap

es p

upils

can

eas

ily c

ut. A

sk a

bout

sha

pes

of m

oon,

roo

f to

p,te

levi

sion

. car

;us

e as

soci

ated

shap

es. A

fter

dis

trib

utin

g m

ater

ials

. hav

e pu

pils

draw

sha

pes

on n

ewsp

rint

. The

n pu

ll w

ax s

heet

ove

r dr

awin

g an

d tr

ace

shap

es w

ithgl

ue. L

ay s

trin

g ov

er s

ame

lines

. The

n ap

ply

colo

red

tissu

es o

ver

the

stri

ng. I

nso

me

inst

ance

- th

e tis

sue

may

be

cut i

n sh

apes

sim

ilar

to th

e st

ring

des

igns

and

laid

ove

r th

em. B

rush

all

tissu

e w

ith g

lue.

Cov

er w

ax s

heet

com

plet

ely.

Let

dry

.T

hen

lift o

ff w

ax p

aper

. Tri

m e

dges

. fra

me

with

con

stru

ctio

n pa

per

and

put a

gain

stfo

il ba

ckgr

ound

or

glas

s.

Eva

luat

e

RE

LIE

F O

R R

AIS

ED

CO

LLA

GE

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ob

tain

dep

th.

To

crea

te 3

-dim

ensi

onal

for

ms.

Mat

eria

lsH

ave

pupi

ls g

et o

wn

mat

eria

ls f

rom

an

rasi

lyac

cess

ible

loca

tion.

scis

sors

. con

st-u

ctio

n pa

per.

pas

te. m

aski

ng ta

pe.

back

grou

nd c

ardb

oard

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

and

sho

w f

orm

s co

mm

only

fou

r d

inna

ture

such

asle

aves

,po

ds.

cone

s.sh

ells

.D

emon

stra

te s

cori

ng.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

erlu

re

For

pape

r sh

apes

, dra

w O

utlin

e on

con

-tru

ctio

n pa

per,

and

rut

out

. Sor

e th

e pa

per

whe

re it

sho

uld

be r

ai -

rd b

y ho

ldin

g do

wn

with

one

han

d an

d u

-mg

the

blun

t end

end

of th

e ,e

isso

r, to

for

m a

ere

a,e.

!te

nd a

long

-co

red

line

to c

reat

e a

rai,r

d ef

fect

.A

ttach

in a

pla

nned

arr

ange

men

t to

hack

grou

nd b

y u-

ing

rolle

d ta

pe (

in lo

ops)

on

unde

rsid

e. P

aste

whe

re th

ere

suff

ivie

nt v

onta

ct.

Var

iatio

nO

ther

dep

th e

ffec

ts c

an li

r m

ade

log

egg

cart

on s

. sm

all b

oxe.

. bot

tle c

aps,

nuts

hells

. rin

gs r

ut f

rom

tow

el tu

be-.

mac

aron

i. et

c. F

inis

hed

arra

ngem

ent,

can

besp

raye

d w

hite

or

pain

ted.

Eva

luat

e

CO

LLA

GE

MU

RA

L -

(SE

E M

UR

ALS

)

25

Page 29: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

00029

Page 30: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

AY

ON

The

ess

entia

l dif

fere

nce

in th

e ch

ild's

app

roac

h to

art

and

to o

ther

sub

ject

s

is th

at in

spe

akin

g. r

eadi

ng. w

ritin

g an

d ci

pher

ing

he m

ust m

aste

r sy

mbo

ls

and

sy.te

ms

inve

nted

IN

oth

ers.

In

his

art (

he

...de

vise

s an

d us

es h

is o

wn

Ch)

sym

bols

."

Lar

k-H

orov

itz-l

.ew

is-L

uea

Und

erst

andi

ng C

hild

ren'

s A

rt

for

Bet

ter

Tea

chin

g

91/it

toN

NN

,

O In

Page 31: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

AY

ON

Cha

ract

eris

tics:

Dar

k w

ax c

rayo

ns c

an e

asily

be

draw

n ov

er li

ghte

r ar

eas.

Dar

kco

lors

are

opa

que.

Lig

hter

col

ors

laid

on

a da

rk a

rea

appe

ar to

mix

with

it.

Pape

r: R

ough

pap

er s

urfa

ce w

ill n

ot b

e fi

lled

as th

ickl

y.Sm

ooth

col

ors

can

be r

ubbe

d an

d m

ixed

with

fin

gers

or

a ra

g.W

ax c

rayo

ns a

re s

olub

le in

turp

entin

e. ta

ndro

tine

and

benz

ine.

Hea

vy w

axed

are

as c

an b

e bl

urre

d w

ith a

bru

sh d

ippe

d in

turp

entin

e.

ST

EN

CIL

ING

K-2

3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

use

rep

eat d

esig

nsto

ove

rlap

for

deo

thM

ater

ials

card

i.oar

d 1

old

file

fol

d-er

s_ c

rayo

ns. s

ciss

ors_

pape

r.I

new

spri

nt_

Man

ila

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

file

fold

er_

scis

sors

.cr

av-

ens

and

pape

r.

CR

AY

ON

SO

BJE

CT

IVE

S

to e

xper

imen

t with

dif

fere

nt q

ualit

ies

of c

rayo

nsto

exp

erim

ent w

ith c

olor

to le

arn

to c

ombi

ne c

rayo

ns w

ith o

ther

med

ia

Proc

edur

e

Sket

ch a

sim

ple

obje

ct1

tree

. ani

mal

. flo

w-

er. b

uild

ing.

etc

.) w

ith c

rayo

n on

card

-bo

ard

file

fold

er. C

ut o

ut. C

hild

can

cut i

nto

shee

t fro

m e

dge

and

tape

sla

shto

geth

er a

fter

war

d. T

his

give

s a

posi

tive

and

a ne

gativ

e st

enci

l. L

se

eith

er o

r bo

th.

Plac

e st

enci

l on

a fl

at s

urfa

ce. C

over

with

pape

r. R

ub w

ith c

rayo

n he

ld o

n fl

at s

ide.

Mo.

e o

bjec

t and

rub

aga

in. P

late

ase

cond

or

thir

d ob

ject

ove

r th

e on

es a

l-re

ady

ther

e. L

et th

em o

verl

ap. S

tagg

erpl

acem

ent b

y m

ovin

g up

or

dow

n on

pape

r.

riat

ion

The

ste

ncil

may

he

plac

ed o

n to

p of

the

pape

r an

d he

avily

cha

lked

aro

und

out-

line.

Tur

n. u

sing

fin

gers

. rub

cha

lk o

nto

pap

er v

ith s

trok

es p

erpe

ndic

ular

toed

ge.

Eva

luat

eD

oes

the

com

posi

tion

have

a f

eelin

g of

dept

h? E

lac

obje

cts

been

ove

rlap

ped.

stag

gere

d?

RE

SIS

T 3

-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

com

bine

2 a

rt m

edia

to le

arn

that

res

ist i

nvol

ves

the

prin

cipl

esth

at o

il an

d w

ater

do

not m

ix.

Mat

eria

lscr

ayon

s(

wax

) .

pape

r, te

mpe

ra. b

rush

,or

spo

nge.

Opt

iona

l: la

rge

1:ak

ing

pan.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er. E

ach

child

will

nee

d cr

ayon

s an

d pa

per.

Hav

ete

mpe

ra p

lace

d in

an

easi

ly a

cces

sibl

ear

ea .

Proc

edur

eU

sing

ligh

t_ b

righ

t col

ors,

dra

w te

xtur

es a

nd s

olid

sha

pes

dire

ctly

on

pape

r,pr

essi

ng h

eavi

ly. W

hen

draw

ing

is c

ompl

ete.

cov

er e

ntir

e pa

per

with

a da

rk c

olor

of

tem

pera

whi

te o

r lig

ht c

olor

of

tem

pera

may

als

o be

used

I. K

eep

pain

t fai

rly

thin

by

addi

ng w

ater

. Bru

sh o

r sp

onge

ove

rpa

per.

Cra

yon

area

s w

ill r

esis

t pai

nt. A

noth

er w

ay o

f ap

plyi

ng p

aint

isto

mix

thin

ned

solu

tion

in a

jar.

Set

a p

an la

rge

enou

gh to

cat

ch d

rip-

ping

s an

d si

mpl

y po

ur p

aint

ove

r cr

ayon

ed s

heet

. Pai

nt c

augh

t in

pan

can

be p

oure

d ba

ck in

to ja

r fo

r co

ntin

ued

use.

Lay

- de

sign

on

new

spap

erfo

r dr

ying

.

Var

iatio

nM

ake

draw

ing

on d

ark

pape

r us

ing

light

col

ored

oil

past

els.

Use

ligh

tte

mpe

ra a

s ov

erla

y.

Eva

luat

e

28

Page 32: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

AY

ON

CR

INO

LIN

ES

AN

DP

AP

ER

3-4

Prep

lunn

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ac

hiev

e te

xtur

ed e

f-fe

ct o

f ro

ugh

surf

ace

to e

xper

ienc

e th

e pr

o-ce

ss o

f pr

oduc

ing.

re-

prod

ucin

g by

app

lyin

ghe

at to

cra

yon.

Mat

eria

lsfo

r cr

inol

ine:

cra

ons

t wax

) ir

on. p

aper

Man

ila o

r co

nstr

uc-

tion

).fo

r sa

ndpa

per:

cra

yons

I w

axir

on a

nd p

aper

1 M

anila

con

stru

ctio

n .

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

and

iron

ing

area

with

new

spap

er. H

ave

iron

set o

n W

AR

M. E

ach

child

will

nee

d cr

ayon

sw

ax),

pap

er a

nd c

rin-

olin

e or

san

dpap

er.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Cri

nolin

e: S

ketc

h w

ith c

raon

s di

rect

ly o

ncr

inol

ine

as ',

nu w

ould

on

pape

r. C

olor

in a

ll ar

eas.

Kee

p ob

jert

s la

rge.

App

lycr

ayon

s he

avily

. Pla

ce f

ace

up b

etw

een

2 sh

eets

of

man

ila o

r co

nstr

uctio

n pa

per.

Pres

s w

ith w

arm

iron

. Rem

ove

prin

t. T

ore

peat

. col

or c

rino

line

agai

n.

Sand

pape

r: U

sing

cra

yons

. dra

w a

nd c

olor

entir

e sh

eet h

eavi

ly.

Plac

e be

twee

nsh

eets

pape

r.Pr

ess

over

light

lyw

ithw

arm

iron

. Rem

ove.

San

dpap

er c

an b

eco

lore

d an

d re

prin

ted

man

y tim

es. T

ouch

up o

ccas

iona

lly.

Eva

luat

ead

ragM

ateM

b.

A

ET

CH

ING

34,

54

Proc

edur

eU

sing

ligh

t. br

ight

cra

yons

put

big

pat

ches

of c

olor

s al

l ore

r pa

per.

iLim

it to

34

colo

rs. P

ress

hea

vily

. Usi

ng b

lack

cra

y-on

. col

or o

ver

all t

he b

righ

t col

ors.

Col

orun

til th

e br

ight

col

ors

appe

ar f

aint

lyth

roug

h bl

ack

or a

re c

ompl

etel

y co

vere

d.W

ith s

harp

tool

. ske

tch

pict

ure

dire

ctly

Wer

bla

ck. S

crap

e aw

ay w

ith to

ol m

akin

gth

in. t

hick

. wav

y, e

tc. l

ines

. Cre

ate

man

yte

xtur

es.

Var

iatio

nC

oyer

bri

ght c

rayo

n ar

eas

with

tem

pera

mix

ed w

ith li

quid

det

erge

nt in

stea

d of

blac

k cr

ayon

. Scr

atch

thro

ugh

tem

pera

.4

Tem

pera

con

sist

ency

. 1 c

up te

mpe

ra to

1 ta

bles

poon

det

erge

nt.)

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

lear

n in

a s

impl

ifie

dw

ay h

ow th

e ar

t of

etch

ing

is d

one.

to c

reat

ete

xtur

e::

1)%

com

bini

ng v

ario

ussc

ratc

hing

tech

niqu

es.

Mat

eria

lscr

ayon

st w

ax I

. pap

er.

scra

tchi

ng to

ol t

stic

ks,

brok

en p

enci

l. ho

bbie

pin.

etc

.).

I fo

r va

ria-

tion.

tem

pera

and

liq-

uid

dete

rgen

t!.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er. E

ach

child

will

nee

d cr

ayon

s.pa

per.

and

a s

crat

chin

gto

ol.

Mot

ivat

e

CR

AY

ON

MU

RA

L(S

EE

MU

RA

LS)

to:

WN

W

0* *

****

OW

"fl

se

/

Eva

luat

e

29

Page 33: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

EN

CA

US

TIC

(T

UR

PE

NT

INE

) 3-

4Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tiv,,

To

achi

eve

an e

ncau

stic

( o

r m

elte

d)ef

fect

.M

ater

ials

Cra

yons

wax

) : p

aper

: tur

pent

ine;

brus

h or

rag

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er.

Hav

e tu

rpen

tine

plac

ed in

pap

ercu

ps. D

istr

ibut

e br

ushe

s or

rag

sfo

r da

ubin

g on

sm

all a

reas

of

tur-

pent

ine.

Eac

hch

ildw

illne

edpa

per.

cra

yons

. and

turp

entin

e.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eU

sing

wax

cra

yons

. dra

w s

olid

sha

pes

dire

ctly

on

pape

r. W

et s

mal

l are

asas

you

wor

k). o

r di

p fi

nish

ed p

iece

in tu

rpen

tine.

Thi

s w

ill c

ause

wax

to m

elt a

littl

e an

d ru

n. A

reas

of

the

draw

ing

can

be d

one

over

or

out-

lined

aft

er tu

rpen

tine

drie

s.

CR

AY

ON

Eva

luat

ePr

epla

n tr

igO

bjec

tives

To

appl

y he

at to

wax

, cau

sing

am

elte

d ef

fect

.T

o ap

ply

wax

in la

yers

, bui

ldin

gon

e la

yer

on a

noth

er.

Tat

eria

lsC

;-qv

ons

i wax

) ;p

aper

; hea

t (lig

ht.

ed c

andl

e, h

air

drye

r or

iron

).Pr

epar

atio

nC

over

wor

k ar

ea w

ith n

ewsp

aper

. (If

cand

le is

use

d, s

et it

in a

jar

lidan

d co

ver

new

spap

ers

with

foi

l.E

ach

c: 'd

will

nee

d cr

ayon

s, p

aper

and

cand

le (

or a

cces

s to

hai

r dr

y-er

or

iron

).M

otiv

ate

EN

CA

US

TIC

5-6

Proc

edur

eU

sing

cra

yon.

stic

k en

d in

to f

lam

e of

can

dle

just

eno

ugh

to m

elt.

Use

on

pape

r im

med

iate

ly w

hile

stil

l wet

. Thi

ck a

reas

may

be

built

up

byap

plyi

ng w

ax o

n w

ax (

impa

sto)

.H

air

drye

r ca

n be

use

d to

hea

t pap

er f

rom

und

er s

ide,

cray

onar

eas

to m

elt.

In th

is te

chni

que.

the

pape

r. n

ot c

rayo

n is

hea

ted.

An

elec

tric

iron

app

lied

to u

nder

sid

e w

ill d

o th

e sa

me.

Eva

luat

e

TR

AN

SP

AR

EN

CIE

S 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

to e

xper

ienc

e th

e sp

onta

neou

s qu

ality

of

mel

ted

cray

on.

to c

ombi

ne o

ther

med

ia w

ith c

rayo

ns (

stri

ng, f

oil,

tissu

e).

Mat

eria

lscr

ayon

s (w

ax),

wax

pap

er, g

rate

r (o

r ed

ge o

f sc

isso

rs),

iron

, pap

er(c

onst

ruct

ion

or M

anila

), s

trin

g, p

last

ic m

ilk c

arto

ns.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

and

iron

ing

area

with

new

spap

ers.

Eac

h ch

ild w

illne

ed p

aper

, (w

ax)

cray

ons,

gra

ter,

str

ing,

bits

of

foil

and

tissu

e.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

ePl

ace

wax

pap

er o

r pl

astic

wra

p on

wor

k su

rfac

e. P

lace

cra

yon

shav

ings

on

the

pape

r. U

se s

havi

ngs

spar

ingl

y or

col

ors

will

run

tog-

ther

. Arr

ange

stri

ng a

roun

d th

e va

riou

s co

lor

area

s. B

its o

f fo

il an

d co

lors

of

tissu

eca

n be

add

ed.

Plac

e a

seco

nd p

iece

of

wax

on

top

and

pres

s ge

ntly

with

WA

RM

iron

.C

rayo

ns w

ill b

ond

pape

r to

geth

er.

Stai

ned

glas

s w

indo

w e

ffec

t will

be

obta

ined

.St

ring

may

be

glue

d to

edg

es a

nd h

ung

as m

obile

s.

Var

iatio

nM

ake

a sk

etch

with

cra

yon

on p

aper

(co

nstr

uctio

n, f

inge

rpai

nt, b

utch

er).

Plac

e cr

ayon

sha

ving

s in

the

pict

ure

area

of

desi

gn. U

se c

rayo

ns s

par-

ingl

y. S

tay

with

in o

utlin

es o

f sk

etch

. Pla

ce n

ewsp

rint

ove

r sh

eet o

fsh

avin

gs. I

ron

gent

lyW

AR

M ir

on. A

dd m

ore

cray

ons

and

iron

aga

inif

nee

ded.

Eva

luat

e

t's I lb

64°.

gi1.

671.

61/1

"2,1

"s.

to:

Ise

4.sA

so

44.

.11'

AI :

S% c't 1

670% .1

.:-:

10';-

:"3"

..0et

tt

30

Page 34: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

AY

ON

ST

EX

TU

RE

RU

BB

ING

S 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

dis

cove

r an

d in

vent

man

y di

ffer

ent -

u r-

face

s.to

lear

n to

use

are

a- -

of

text

ure

in a

dra

win

g.M

ater

ials

cray

ons.

pape

r.fo

und

mat

eria

!s. I

scr

een

wir

e.co

rdur

oy. t

hing

s w

ithra

ised

or r

ough

sur

-facesl.

rrep

arat

ion

Eac

hch

ildw

illne

edcr

ayon

s an

d pa

per

and

asso

rted

foun

dm

a-te

rial

s.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Usi

ng c

rayo

nI

flat

sid

e (

lax

pape

r ov

erdi

ffer

ent s

urfa

ces

and

rub

to p

ick

uppa

ttern

. Use

ove

r on

e or

two

surf

aces

as

begi

nnin

g. W

ith a

noth

er p

iece

of

pape

r,ru

b m

any

surf

aces

. Arr

ange

as

a co

il:w

e.Se

vera

l col

ors

of c

rayo

n m

ay b

e us

ed.

With

cra

.ons

and

pap

er m

ake

a sk

etch

build

ings

,fa

rm. h

ome.

com

mun

ity I

,(

draw

out

lines

).Fi

llin

outli

ned

area

with

text

ures

rub

bed

from

dif

fere

nt s

ur-

face

s

Eva

luat

e

CR

AY

ON

BA

TIK

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

a si

mpl

ifie

dm

etho

d of

the

anci

ent

tech

niqu

e of

bat

ik.

Mat

eria

lscr

av(

ns1

wax

I :

whi

tepo

ster

pape

r;bl

ack

tem

pera

; bru

sh s

oft I

;so

ft c

loth

: con

tain

er o

fw

ater

; new

spap

ers.

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

hch

ildw

illne

edpo

ster

pap

er a

nd c

ray-

ons.

Hav

e bl

ack

tem

-pe

raav

oila

ble.

Pad

sink

are

a w

ith n

ews-

pape

rs I

for

dry

ing)

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eO

raw

inlig

ht.

brig

ht c

rayo

n on

whi

tepa

per.

Col

or h

eavi

ly b

ut le

ave

1 /8

" ro

ad-

way

S be

twee

n sh

apes

. Whe

n co

mpl

eted

,cr

umpl

e in

to ti

ght b

all.

Wet

pap

er f

orse

vera

l min

utes

. Unc

rum

ple.

lay

on n

ews-

pape

rs a

nd c

over

dra

win

g w

ith b

lack

tem

pera

usi

ng a

sof

t bru

sh. C

arry

tosi

nk a

nd w

ash

light

h un

der

fauc

et. R

e-tu

rn to

new

spap

er f

or d

ryin

g. A

fter

dry

-in

g bu

rnis

h w

ith s

oft c

loth

.

Eva

luat

e

"The

chi

ld s

hape

s hi

s ar

t wor

k by

wha

t he

know

s. h

his

imag

inat

ion

and

his

wor

ld o

f fa

ntas

y. a

nd b

y hi

s sp

irite

d ch

ildlik

e pe

rcep

tiven

ess.

"Sa

rita

Rai

ney

__A

W/A

llkS

CR

AT

CH

BO

AR

D 5

-6Pr

oced

ure

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

ach

ieve

a w

hite

on

blac

k dr

awin

g in

stea

dof

bla

ck o

n w

hite

to e

xper

imen

t with

man

y te

chni

qoes

fur

achi

evin

g te

xtur

e.M

ater

ials

Free

zer

pape

r,ne

ws-

pape

r. b

lack

cra

yons

,sc

ratc

hi.ig

tool

(sh

arp

stic

k. s

ciss

ors.

nai

l.et

c.1

Mot

ivat

eE

ach

child

will

need

free

zer

pape

r,bl

ack

cray

on, a

nd a

scr

atch

-in

g to

ol. S

prea

d ne

ws-

pape

r on

tabl

es.

Wor

king

ove

r ne

wsp

aper

, coa

t fre

ezer

pape

rw

ith b

road

eve

n st

roke

s of

bla

ckcr

ayon

.A

pply

thic

kly.

Cov

er e

ntir

e fr

eeze

r pa

per

(or

near

ly to

edg

e). U

se s

crat

chin

g to

olto

scr

atch

pic

ture

or

desi

gn in

to b

lack

surf

ace.

Use

man

y di

ffer

ent

lines

toac

hiev

e te

xtur

eth

ick.

thin

, cre

ss-h

atch

,cr

iss-

cros

s, z

ig-z

ag. b

roke

n, e

t::.)

Eva

T.u

ate

31

Page 35: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

00035

Page 36: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DR

AW

!G

-"C

opyi

ng p

rese

nts

a m

oral

, est

hetic

. and

edu

catio

nal p

robl

em. M

oral

ly th

ech

ild b

ecom

es in

volv

ed in

a k

ind

of f

orge

ry.

..

Cop

ying

is a

n es

thet

icpr

oble

m. b

ecau

se c

hild

ren

acqu

ire

conv

entio

nal,

ofte

n ob

sole

te c

once

pts

ofde

sign

and

tech

niqu

es w

hich

are

dif

ficu

lt to

cha

nge.

Cop

ying

is a

n ed

ara-

tiona

l pro

blem

bec

ause

the

copy

ist a

ccep

ts th

e so

lutio

ns o

f th

e ar

tist

..

.an

ddo

es n

ot s

olve

the

prob

lem

for

him

self

."

Vic

tor

D'A

mic

oE

duca

tiona

l Dir

ecto

rM

useu

m o

f M

oder

n A

rt

Page 37: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DR

AW

ING

To

the

K-2

gro

up,d

raw

ing

and

pain

ting

are

sYno

nvm

ous.

It i

s a

char

acte

r-is

tic to

use

out

line.

and

oft

en c

orre

ctio

ns (

self

-im

pose

dar

e dr

awn

over

fir

stef

fort

with

no

atte

mpt

to e

rase

. As

the

pupi

l pro

gres

ses

he w

ill c

olor

with

inhi

s ou

tline

and

doe

s no

t vet

see

that

the

mas

s of

col

or a

lone

can

rep

rese

ntfo

rm. H

e ne

eds

the

feel

ing

of c

ontr

ol g

iven

by

the

outli

ne.

Dur

ing

this

tim

e he

dra

ws

not f

rom

a v

isua

l, bu

t fro

m a

men

tal i

mag

e.H

is in

ner

visi

on f

ar s

urpa

sses

wha

t he

is a

ble

to d

raw

. If

mod

els

are

used

.he

will

take

a lo

ok, a

nd d

raw

with

out r

efer

ring

to th

em a

gain

. Onl

y w

hen

the

draw

ings

lose

thei

r sc

hem

atic

look

and

the

child

beg

ins

to a

ttem

pt r

ealis

mw

ill h

e re

spon

d to

the

visu

al d

ata

befo

re h

im.

K -

2

K -

4

Chi

ldre

n ne

ed s

impl

e, b

old

mat

eria

ls f

or d

raw

ing

and

pain

ting.

Big

mag

icm

arke

rs, l

arge

wax

cra

yons

, and

1"

to 1

1,4"

pai

nt b

rush

es w

ith 1

0" h

andl

esar

e m

ost s

uita

ble

to th

eir

mus

cula

r co

ntro

l.

Cha

lks

and

char

coal

are

too

dust

y fo

r th

e fi

rst y

ears

.

Thi

s sc

hool

dis

tric

t car

ries

a th

ick

tem

pera

cal

led

Tex

ture

-ton

e es

peci

ally

for

the

prim

ary

pupi

ls. I

t doe

s no

t dri

p or

run

and

ther

efor

e of

fers

the

child

less

dif

ficu

lty in

exp

ress

ing

him

self

.

Way

s to

hel

p ch

ildre

n w

ith f

igur

e dr

awin

gO

ther

than

pro

vidi

ng m

any

oppo

rtun

ities

for

dra

win

g no

dir

ect e

ffor

t is

sugg

este

d fo

r th

is p

erio

d. T

here

is a

nat

ural

grow

th f

rom

pri

miti

ve s

chem

a to

mor

e so

phis

ticat

ed r

ende

ring

s. T

he o

bjec

tive

is to

ass

ist t

he d

evel

opm

enta

l sta

ges

alon

g in

an

info

rmal

uno

btru

sive

man

ner.

The

pup

il is

bes

t hel

ped

by b

road

enin

g hi

s ex

peri

ence

s in

obs

erva

tion

ofbo

dy p

arts

. clo

thin

g, b

ody

mov

emen

t, si

ze r

elat

ions

hip:

, det

ails

of

dres

s an

d fa

cial

fea

ture

s. P

anto

mim

e, p

lay

activ

ities

,st

ory

telli

ng .!

an b

e tie

d in

with

the

draw

ing

peri

od to

sen

sitiz

e pe

rcep

tions

. Sha

dow

pla

y, m

irro

rs, d

raw

ing

each

oth

er,

also

stim

ulat

e aw

aren

ess

of b

ody

artic

ulat

ion.

Mat

eria

ls a

nd m

otiv

atio

n ar

e al

l tha

t are

nee

ded

to s

timul

ate

K4

proj

ects

. The

refo

re, n

o sp

ecif

ic d

raw

ing

activ

ities

are

give

n.

3 -

6

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

es

Lin

e to le

arn

to u

se th

e w

hole

arm

to d

isco

ver

qual

ities

of

lines

( th

ick,

thin

, wav

y, b

roke

n, b

ent,

stra

ight

,et

c.)

Figu

.e D

raw

ing

to le

arn

to o

bser

ve, s

how

act

ion,

rep

rese

nt p

eopl

e in

gro

ups.

Lan

dsca

pes

- C

itysc

apes

to p

lan

grou

ping

and

sel

ectin

g ob

ject

s an

d in

a c

ompo

sitio

n.to

pro

vide

exp

erie

nce

of o

n-th

e-sp

ot s

ketc

hing

.to

lear

n to

fee

l and

rep

rese

nt th

e pa

rtic

ular

"m

ood"

of

an a

rea.

Ani

mal

sto

obs

erve

ani

mal

s in

act

ion,

thei

r in

divi

dual

cha

ract

eris

tics,

and

thei

rha

bita

ts.

to r

ecor

d el

emen

ts w

hich

typi

fy th

e ab

ove.

Still

-Lif

eto

pro

tide

oppo

rtun

ities

for

chi

ldre

n to

des

ign

by b

eing

sel

ectiw

..to

dep

ict s

pace

by

over

lapp

ing,

and

var

ying

siz

es o

f ob

ject

s.

A w

ord

abou

t dra

win

g

Whe

n ch

ildre

n be

gin

to w

alk,

they

are

giv

en jo

yous

enc

oura

gem

ent a

ndfa

ith th

at th

eir

earl

y st

umbl

irgs

and

wob

bly

gait

will

impr

ove.

Whe

n ch

ildre

n be

gin

to d

raw

, the

sam

e ou

tlook

is n

eede

d. T

he p

roce

ssta

kes

man

y m

ore

year

s, b

ecau

se f

iner

mus

cle

coor

dina

tion

mus

t dev

elop

.E

xpec

ting

real

istic

rep

rese

ntat

ions

of

a ch

ild is

like

exp

ectin

g a

two-

year

-old

to d

o ad

ult f

igur

e-sk

atin

g.

The

chi

ld c

an b

e m

ade

happ

y ov

er h

is d

raw

ing

effo

rts

or h

e ca

n be

dis

-co

urag

ed to

the

poin

t of

givi

ng u

p. I

t is

all i

n th

e w

ay h

e is

han

dled

.

Dra

win

g to

exp

ress

idea

s ra

ther

than

to s

how

ski

ll al

low

s hi

s ab

ility

tode

velo

p na

tura

lly. A

bout

the

6th

or 7

th y

ear

in s

choo

l he

will

beg

in to

see

kfo

r w

ays

to im

prov

e. A

t thi

s po

int h

e is

rea

dy f

or a

dult

assi

stan

ce w

ith d

raw

-in

g te

chni

ques

.

34

Page 38: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Cr O

DR

AW

ING

EX

PE

RIM

EN

TS

WIT

H L

INE

S 3

-4, 5

-6

DR

AW

ING

APP

RO

AC

HE

SE

xper

imen

ts w

ith li

nes

Figu

re D

raw

ing

Ani

mal

sL

ands

cape

- C

itysc

ape

Still

-Lif

e

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es (

see

begi

nnin

g)M

ater

ials

brus

hes

(for

you

ngch

ildre

n),

new

spri

ntpa

per,

pen

cils

. cha

rcoa

l,st

icks

, mag

ic m

arke

rs,

chal

k. e

tc.)

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ildw

illne

edpa

per

and

a va

riet

y of

tool

ssi

mila

rto

thos

eab

ove

mak

ing

lines

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

1Eac

h st

ep c

an b

e a

sepa

rate

less

on)

A. S

TR

AIG

HT

LIN

ES

1. H

oriz

onta

l lin

eHav

e ch

ildre

n m

ake

man

y ki

nds

of li

nes

I th

ick.

thin

, wav

y,br

oken

. fuz

zy. e

tc.)

Enc

oura

ge c

hild

to u

se w

hole

arm

. Hol

d up

wor

k an

ddi

scus

s th

e ty

pes

of li

nes

with

cla

ss.

2. V

ertic

al li

.:es:

Usi

ng v

arie

ty o

f to

ols,

have

chi

ldre

n m

ake

line

in a

ir f

irst

_T

hen,

whe

n m

ovem

ent b

ecom

es b

old

and

larg

e, h

ave

him

tran

sfer

it to

the

pape

r. T

hink

of

MO

VE

ME

NT

not

the

line.

Hav

e cl

ass

thin

k of

line

s th

atgr

ow o

ut o

f bo

ttom

or

top

of p

age

and

"dro

p". S

how

act

ion

of c

limbi

ng-

drop

ping

. Sho

w to

cla

ss.

3. H

oriz

onta

lor

Ver

tical

Lin

es:

Use

man

y di

ffer

ent s

ketc

hing

tool

s. T

his

time

emph

asiz

e th

e va

riou

s to

ols.

B. C

IRC

LE

S A

ND

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N O

F V

ER

TIC

AL

AN

D H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

Hav

e ch

ildre

n m

ake

circ

ular

mot

ions

in a

irus

e fr

ee m

otio

n 1.

Whe

nth

ey f

eel c

onfi

dent

. hav

e th

em b

ring

arm

dow

n to

pap

er. U

se c

ircl

esof

var

ious

siz

es. F

ill p

aper

. Usi

ng p

ages

gat

here

d so

far

;cir

cles

and

stra

ight

line

s )

have

eac

h ch

ild c

ombi

ne o

n on

e sh

eet l

ines

whi

chin

tere

st h

im. H

e m

ay u

se c

ross

-hat

ch. s

crib

blin

g_ c

riss

-cro

ssin

g. e

tc.

C. C

UR

SIV

E L

INE

1.B

egin

with

str

aigh

t lin

e. T

hen

bend

it a

nd w

ind

a lin

e ar

ound

it.

2.B

egin

with

a c

ircl

e on

a n

ew p

iece

of

pape

r. W

ind

anot

her

line

thro

ugh

and

arou

nd it

.3.

New

pap

er: H

ave

it co

vere

d w

ith a

net

wor

k of

line

sas

a sp

ider

web

.W

ork

slow

ly. H

ave

sam

e th

ing

repe

ated

on

new

pap

er w

ith e

ves

clos

ed.

Ope

n ev

es a

fter

few

min

utes

. Fill

in s

ome

area

s w

ith a

tone

( ch

arco

al.

cris

s-cr

oss

or c

ross

hat

ch li

nes.

)4.

Con

tour

s: H

ave

child

ren

use

lines

whi

ch f

ollo

w th

e re

ctan

gula

r sh

ape

of th

e pa

per.

Let

line

s w

ande

r. p

ress

ing

dose

in p

lace

s. s

tret

chin

g ou

tin

oth

ers.

Add

line

sunt

il th

ey r

un o

ut th

e ed

ges

of th

e pa

per.

Sha

ding

can

he a

dded

bet

wee

n so

me

of th

e lin

es.

Figu

re d

raw

ing

way

s to

hel

p pu

pils

1.U

se m

odel

: 'et

eac

h pu

pil s

ketc

h fr

om s

ever

al a

ngle

s.2.

Pose

mod

el in

cos

tum

e: p

rovi

de b

ackg

roun

d(

shee

t. ca

rdbo

ard

).3.

Gro

up m

odel

s in

twos

or

thi,T

es.

4.Fo

r fe

el, l

et e

ach

pupi

l ena

ct th

e po

se.

5.U

se p

oses

in a

mot

ion

sequ

ence

(sw

ingi

ng te

nnis

rac

quet

)6.

Var

y to

ols.

pap

er, a

nd d

raw

ing

met

hod

I ge

stur

e. s

crib

ble.

con

tour

)7.

Try

cut

ting

or te

arin

g fi

gure

fro

m p

aper

8.If

ava

ilabl

e, u

se s

kele

ton.

or

artis

t's m

anik

in.

35

Page 39: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CO

NT

OU

RS

AN

D G

ES

TU

RE

S 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

expe

rien

ce b

endi

ngan

d m

ovin

g of

the

figu

reto

lim

ber

arm

and

shou

lder

mov

emen

tsfo

r sk

etch

ing

Mat

eria

lspa

per

f ne

wsp

rint

, but

ch-

er p

ark.

new

spap

er),

sket

chin

g to

ols

( va

riet

y-su

ch a

s ch

arco

al. c

ray-

on. _

reit

mar

kers

.pe

ncil:

- )

Prep

arat

ion

Hav

ech

ildre

nst

and.

use

own

dark

are

a.E

ach

child

will

need

pape

r an

d a

sket

chin

gto

ol.

FIG

UR

E D

RA

WIN

G

Proc

edur

e(

Eac

h st

ep c

an b

e a

sepa

rate

less

on)

A. C

onto

urs

Use

line

s th

at f

ollo

w th

esu

rfac

e sh

ape

as if

vou

are

fee

ling

the

edge

of

the

shap

e.)

Let

a c

hild

run

,ha

ve o

ther

s w

atch

. The

n sk

etch

in a

irth

e m

ovem

ent o

f th

e fi

gure

. Now

dra

wfr

om m

emor

y th

e ac

tion

of r

unni

ng.

Now

use

a m

odel

. Pos

e on

tabl

e I

up h

igh)

.Po

se I

n ru

nnin

g po

sitio

n. H

ave

clas

sdr

aw. c

once

ntra

ting

on m

ain

lines

of

actio

n. I

gnor

e de

tails

. Fol

low

con

tour

shap

e of

fig

ure.

Hav

e cl

ass

look

at m

odel

and

NO

T P

APE

R.

Let

tool

(cr

ayon

. cha

rcoa

l) f

ollo

w th

eou

tline

sha

pe. D

o no

t pic

k up

tool

. Use

one

cont

inuo

uslin

e.C

hild

ren

may

"fee

l" f

or e

dges

of

pape

r.V

aria

tion

Hav

e m

odel

take

an

actio

n po

se (

divi

ng,

stre

tchi

ng. t

hrow

ing,

etc

.) S

ketc

h. T

hen

have

mod

el m

ove

a lit

tle. S

ketc

h. T

hen

mov

e a

bit m

ore

(unt

il he

ass

umes

ast

andi

ng p

ositi

on f

rom

a d

ive

or a

stoo

ping

posi

tion

from

ast

retc

h.)

Dra

win

gs c

an b

e do

ne o

ver

each

oth

er,

usin

g di

ffer

ent c

olor

s fo

r ea

ch p

ose.

Thi

s sh

ows

actio

n.G

roup

Con

tour

sPo

se g

roup

of

3 to

4. H

ave

clas

s dr

awoe

rall

cont

our

of g

roup

fir

st, t

hen

goba

ck a

nd p

ut in

det

ails

. alw

ays

usin

gco

ntin

uous

line

s (

inst

ead

of s

hort

, bro

k-en

lint

9).

B. G

estu

res

Hav

e ch

ildre

n pr

eten

d th

at 't

hey

are

"wra

ppin

g th

eir

mod

el in

str

ing.

" St

art

with

hea

d an

d w

rap

( us

ing

c:-a

von,

or

penc

il an

d m

ovin

g en

tire

arm

and

shou

lder

I.

Mak

e ci

rcul

ar m

ovem

ents

.U

se c

ontin

uous

line

. enl

argi

ng c

ircl

esw

hen

body

enl

arge

s. s

hrin

king

cir

cles

for

limbs

.Po

se m

odel

in a

ctio

n.Sk

etch

es s

how

act

ion

ON

LY

. The

y do

not d

efin

eas

in c

onto

urs)

.(C

ontin

ued)

C. G

roup

s an

d C

row

ds o

f Pe

ople

Beg

in w

ith a

dis

cuss

ion

of c

row

ds.

(Hea

ds o

r fe

et I

. Hav

e ch

ildre

n, u

se,

shou

lder

s vi

sibl

e w

ithou

t lif

tin.,

the

sam

e w

ith le

gs, p

ants

and

hem

lines

.(S

omet

imes

det

ail i

s no

t vis

ible

).

LAN

DS

CA

PE

S-

CIT

YS

CA

PE

S

Wha

t par

ts d

oou

act

ually

see

?a

line

to o

utlin

e th

e he

ads

arn!

penc

il. c

harc

oal o

r cr

ayon

. Do

the

Det

ails

and

val

ues

can

be a

dded

.

App

roac

hes

for

outd

oor

sket

chin

g:

A. H

ave

child

beg

in w

ith s

ketc

h of

pla

nes

and

basi

c sh

apes

. the

n de

velo

pda

rker

val

ues

and

deta

ils.

B. W

hen

view

is c

ompl

icat

ed. s

ugge

st f

indi

ng s

omet

hing

of

inte

rest

ince

nter

. Ske

tch

it fi

rst a

nd th

en le

t res

t "gr

ow"

arou

nd it

.

Prin

cipl

es to

aid

in d

efin

ing

dist

ance

A. O

bjec

ts "

shap

es c

lose

r ar

e us

ually

dra

wn

larg

er.

B. O

bjec

ts/s

hape

s fa

rthe

r aw

ay a

re s

mal

ler.

hig

her

up o

n pa

ge.

C. O

verl

appi

ng o

bjec

ts c

reat

e fe

elin

g of

dep

th.

36

Page 40: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

c C C C

DR

AW

ING

LAN

DS

CA

PE

SC

ITY

SC

AP

ES

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

lear

n to

rec

ogni

zeW

anes

and

sha

pes

into

a p

ictu

reto

lear

n to

see

and

re-

cord

par

ticul

ar c

har-

acte

rist

ics

of a

land

-sc

ape

cits

ape.

Mat

eria

lspa

per

(new

spri

nt o

rM

anila

). s

ketc

hing

tool

sI

penc

il.ch

arco

al.

felt

m..

-ker

n.pe

n. s

tick.

ink.

cra

yon.

)Pr

epar

atio

nSk

etch

ing

trip

sho

uld

bedi

scus

sed

with

cla

ss.

Sugg

est t

hing

s to

look

for

t moo

d or

atm

os-

pher

e. s

peci

al c

hara

cter

-is

tics.

roof

line

s. d

ark

light

. way

s of

bre

akin

gup

or

usin

g sp

ace

ofan

d fo

regr

i and

.)M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

Hav

e st

uden

t ske

tch

dire

ctly

on

pape

raf

ter

look

ing

and

plan

ning

. He

can

shif

tob

ject

s or

sha

pes

if n

eede

d. H

e sh

ould

be r

emin

ded

to r

epea

t sha

pes,

or,

rla

p,gr

oup

obje

cts.

add

text

ures

. bal

ance

dar

kan

d lig

ht.

Var

iatio

n

Mak

e sk

etch

on

pape

r. A

dd d

etai

ls, p

av-

ing

clos

eat

tent

ion

tode

sign

. Rep

eat

shap

es a

nd li

nes.

Sha

de w

ith in

k or

cha

r-co

al.

Eva

luat

e

ST

ILL-

LIF

E 5

-6Su

gges

tions

for

set

ting

upA

. Use

var

iety

of

form

(sm

all.

larg

e. ta

ll. s

hort

. sim

ple.

com

plex

. tex

t-ur

ed, p

lain

)B

. Arr

ange

in v

ario

us p

lace

s ab

out t

he r

oom

.C

. Inc

lude

man

y ob

ject

sch

ild c

an s

elec

t few

or

use

all f

or m

ore

com

p-lic

ated

des

ign.

Sugg

estio

ns f

or b

egin

nin,

,A

. Dra

w a

n ob

ject

in c

ente

r. th

en m

ove

to n

ext a

nd s

o on

. inc

ludi

ng ju

stw

hat i

s ne

eded

for

a g

ood

arra

lgem

ent.

or (

next

col

umn)

B. S

elec

t sm

all a

rea

of w

hole

stil

l-lif

e an

d us

e fo

r co

mpo

sitio

n.or

C. M

ake

light

ske

tch

of o

vera

ll liz

ipe.

then

fill

in d

etai

l,.or

D. S

elec

t lar

ge o

bjec

t as

cent

er o

f in

tere

st: d

raw

itin

rou

ghl..

and

pla

ceot

her

shap

es a

nd s

izes

in c

ompa

rati.

e re

latio

n u.

it.

it:en

ter

of in

tcrr

-tdo

es n

ot m

ean

cent

er o

f th

e dr

awin

g. 1

ST

ILL-

LIF

E -

BA

SIC

SH

AP

ES

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

org

aniz

e ob

ject

s in

toa

pict

ure

to s

ee b

asic

sha

pes

ofob

ject

sM

ater

ials

char

coal

or

cray

on.

pape

r (n

ewsp

rint

. Man

-ila

). s

till-

life

set u

pi s

impl

e fo

rms

as c

ylin

d-er

s (c

ans)

. squ

ares

ibex

es).

rect

angl

es(b

oxes

). s

pher

e(

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ildw

illne

edpa

per

and

a sk

etch

ing

tool

.M

otiv

ate i

Proc

edur

eSk

etch

is m

ade

on p

aper

. Usi

ng s

ide

of c

harc

oal o

r er

as o

n. e

xper

imen

tw

ith s

hadi

ng o

ne s

ide

heat

il%

I sh

adow

top

posi

tet

side

). P

ract

ice

wa.

s of

mak

ing.

:one

s I(

riss

-cro

ss. e

nors

-hat

ch. s

crib

bles

.et

c.)

If y

ou h

ave

acre

's to

a f

lood

li:,h

t. Im

all m

eans

use

it. D

on-t

draw

eve

ryth

ing.

Be

seic

tive.

Var

iatio

nSu

bstit

ute

frui

t. ve

geta

bles

etc

. for

bas

ic s

hape

s us

ed. S

hado

wlig

ht c

an b

e us

ed th

e sa

me

way

.

Eva

luat

e

and

shad

e 37

Page 41: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DR

AW

ING

AN

IMA

LSSu

gges

t:..,n

s fo

r he

lpin

g ch

ildre

n w

ith a

nim

al c

ompo

sitio

nsA

. ...h

aw f

rom

live

mod

els

whe

n po

ssib

le13

. lm

olve

the

anim

al in

an

activ

ity o

r t%

pic

al s

ituat

ion

C. B

egin

vid

e on

e an

imal

a M

ake

sket

chth

en a

dd d

etai

lE

. Fill

in n

atur

al s

ettin

g ar

ound

ani

mal

I ro

cks,

fol

iage

, flo

wer

s).

Film

san

d fi

lmst

rips

can

sug

gest

jung

le s

cene

ry. A

lso

phot

os o

f fl

ora

inar

ea.

SK

ET

CH

ING

LIV

E A

NIM

ALS

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obi

ecti,

;es

to le

arn

to o

bser

ve a

nd r

ecor

d ch

arac

ter-

istic

s of

ani

mal

sto

use

nat

ural

hab

itat

the

com

posi

tion

Mat

eria

lsSk

etch

ing

tool

(pe

ncil.

cha

rcoa

l.cr

a=,o

n.fe

lt m

arke

r 1

. pap

er (

new

spri

nt. M

anila

I.

desk

are

a of

boa

rd (

if o

na

fiel

d tr

ip)

of th

e an

imal

in

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

thha

raci

efis

tics

of a

nim

als

tobe

obs

erve

d(

pets

.fa

rm. z

oo.

cis

us,

fore

ign

in a

mus

eum

). T

alk

abou

t nat

ur-

al h

abita

t. w

hat y

ou w

ould

exp

ect t

o se

ew

here

the

anim

al li

ves.

Eac

h ch

ild w

illne

ed a

ske

tchi

ng to

ol. p

aper

and

a h

oard

.

Proc

edur

eH

ave

child

ren

obse

rve

the

anim

al f

orso

met

ime.

Not

ice

surf

ace

appe

aran

ce(c

olor

. hai

r. f

eet.

ears

. nos

e, e

ves.

etc

.).

Wat

ch th

e an

imal

in a

ctio

n an

d ob

serv

eho

w h

e be

nds

and

mov

es. T

hen.

ske

tch

quic

kly

at f

irst

. try

in,,

to c

aptu

re m

ove-

men

t. M

ake

seve

ral s

ketc

hes

from

sev

eral

angl

es. T

hen

go b

ack

and

refi

ne d

raw

-in

g.Fi

llin

are

a ar

ound

ani

mal

with

natu

ral s

ettin

g of

the

part

icul

ar a

rea.

Col

or c

an b

e ad

ded

by c

rayo

ns o

r by

mak

ing

note

s fo

r pa

intin

g la

ter.

Var

iatio

nU

se f

ilms

and

film

stri

ps f

or s

ugge

stio

nsof

nat

ural

sce

nery

.D

raw

sev

eral

ani

mal

s or

gro

ups

by u

sing

sugg

estio

ns f

or d

raw

ing

crow

ds o

f pe

ople

.E

valu

ate

Cez

anne

has

sta

ted

that

all

draw

in,,

can

tie b

ased

on

the

cone

,th

ecu

bean

dtil

esp

here

.

Cdb

e

38

Page 42: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

41.4

.1."

..44.

4"4"

.111

.114

.11.

5.6:

11

MA

SK

S

Cfo

r yo

urch

ile

know

foo

wel

l tha

t kno

wle

dge

alon

e do

esno

t mak

e pe

ople

hap

py. A

rtd.

intr

oduc

ed in

his

ear

lyye

ars.

may

wel

l mea

n th

e di

ffer

ence

betw

een

a ha

ppy

adju

sted

indi

vidu

al a

ndon

e w

ho. i

nof

all

lear

ning

will

rem

ain

an u

nbal

ance

d in

divi

dual

who

ha,

dif

ficu

lty in

his

rela

tion,

hip

to h

is e

nvir

onm

ent.

Vik

tor

Loe

tifel

dY

our

Chi

ld a

nd h

is .-

lrt

Page 43: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PA

PE

R B

AG

MA

SK

S K

-2Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

See

gene

ral o

bjec

tives

Mat

eria

lsPa

per

bags

to s

lip o

ver

head

s; c

onst

ruct

-io

n pa

per

scra

ps. c

loth

scr

aps:

fou

ndob

ject

s: s

ciss

ors,

glu

ePr

epar

atio

ncu

t pap

er a

nd c

loth

scr

aps

into

tria

ngle

s,cr

esce

nts.

and

oth

er o

dd s

hape

s.T

alk

abou

t dif

fere

nt a

nim

als

or p

eopl

eth

at c

ould

be

mad

e. D

iscu

ss w

hat v

aria

-tio

ns in

fea

ture

s do

to a

ppea

ranc

e.G

ive

each

pup

il a

bag

and

scis

sors

: put

othe

r m

ater

ials

out

on

tabl

e.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edu

1-e

Plac

e ba

g ov

er h

ead.

Mar

k sp

ots

for

eyes

. Tak

e of

f ba

g; c

ut e

yes.

Dec

orat

e to

look

like

cho

sen

char

acte

r. u

sing

scr

aps

and

othe

r fo

und

mat

eria

ls.

Var

iatio

nB

ags

can

be p

aint

ed w

ith te

mpe

ra. T

empe

ra c

an b

e co

mbi

ned

with

con

-st

ruct

ion

pape

.. cr

ag .-

is. f

ound

mat

eria

ls. e

tc.

Eva

luat

e

CO

AT

HA

NG

ER

MA

SK

K-2

, 3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a m

ask

with

yar

n an

d fo

und

mat

eria

lsM

ater

ials

coat

han

gers

stoc

king

sne

edle

s (l

arge

)Y

arn.

clo

th s

crap

s.bu

ttons

. tri

m. b

eads

. jew

elry

whi

te g

lue

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ill w

ill n

eed

a co

at h

ange

r. o

nest

ocki

ng. a

nd n

eedl

e. H

ave

yarn

and

othe

r as

sort

ed m

ater

ials

in a

cen

tral

lylo

cate

d pl

ace.

Mot

ivat

eD

iscu

ss f

eatu

res

of th

e ch

arac

ter

(or

anim

al).

Sel

f po

rtra

its c

an b

e do

ne.

Proc

edur

eSh

ape

coat

han

ger

to f

orm

mas

k-lik

e sh

ape.

Slip

a p

iece

of

nylo

n ov

erth

e ha

nger

. Tie

or

stitc

h ed

ges

dow

n at

top.

Add

yar

n fo

r ha

ir b

y gl

uing

or s

titch

ing.

Eye

s, e

ars.

mou

th. n

ose

can

be m

ade

from

fou

nd m

ater

ials

.(b

utto

ns, c

loth

, bea

ds. e

te.1

. Stit

ch. K

-2 w

ill g

lue.

Eva

luat

e

MA

SKS

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

es: t

o cr

eate

exp

ress

ive

indi

vidu

al c

hara

cter

s.to

wor

k im

agin

ativ

ely

with

var

iety

of

med

ia.

to le

arn

the

hist

oric

sig

nifi

canc

e of

mas

ks.

Proc

edur

e

HA

LF-M

AS

K 3

-4Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

Mat

eria

lsO

ak ta

gboa

rd, h

ole

rein

forc

emen

ts, p

aint

,br

ushe

s, s

ciss

ors

Prep

arat

ion

Put p

aint

ing

equi

pmen

t in

conv

enie

ntpl

ace

to h

e us

ed a

s ne

eded

.Sp

read

new

spap

ers

on d

esk.

Hel

pers

pas

s ou

t oak

tag

pape

r. h

ole

re-

info

rcem

ent:

scis

sors

Mot

ivat

e

Fold

pap

er a

t cen

ter,

cut

hol

esou

t pro

ject

ion

on s

ides

for

Chi

ldre

n th

en e

xper

imen

t cut

fold

pro

ject

ion

dow

n. S

hape

for

eyes

, sha

pe f

or n

ostr

ils a

nd m

outh

; cut

atta

chin

g st

ring

. Pun

ch h

ole

I re

info

rce

)tin

e va

riou

s ed

ging

pat

tern

s. T

o m

ake

nose

:d

piec

es m

ay b

e gl

ued

on to

add

con

tour

s.Pa

int f

eatu

res

in b

righ

t col

ors.

Eva

luat

e

CA

RD

BO

AR

D B

OX

MA

SK

3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esSe

e ge

nera

l obj

ectiv

esT

o de

vise

fea

ture

s fr

om a

var

iety

of

obje

cts

Mat

eria

lsV

ario

us s

izes

and

sha

pes

of b

oxes

. tem

-pe

ra p

aint

. bru

shes

. fou

nd o

bjec

ts. s

cis-

sors

. glu

e, m

aski

ng ta

pe.

Prep

arat

ion

Ass

embl

e m

ater

ials

on

a la

rge

cent

rally

loca

ted

tabl

e.H

ave

clas

s co

nsid

er f

ound

it, m

s an

d ho

wth

ey c

an b

e us

ed to

cre

ate

feat

ures

.E

ach

child

will

nee

d a

box

and

a sm

all

amou

nt o

f gl

ue. F

ound

mat

eria

ls a

ndpa

int c

an b

e sh

ared

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eG

ive

child

larg

e bo

x an

d gl

ue. L

et h

im c

hoos

e fo

und

item

s fo

r fe

atur

es.

Dem

onst

rate

use

of

mas

king

tape

to h

old

piec

es in

pla

ce u

ntil

glue

set

s.W

hen

dry.

pai

nt a

ll ov

er w

ith o

ne c

olor

. Let

dry

and

dec

orat

e fe

atur

esw

ith g

ay c

olor

s. f

eath

ers.

seq

uins

. bra

id. b

eads

. or

wha

teve

r yo

u ha

ve.

40E

valu

ate

Page 44: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PA

PIE

R M

AC

HE

MA

SK

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o us

e pa

per

mac

heT

o us

e m

odel

ing

tech

niqu

eM

ater

ials

New

spap

er s

trip

: pap

er to

wel

ling:

whe

at p

aste

: new

spap

er: v

ario

usth

ickn

esse

s of

str

ing

and

rope

: pai

nts.

bru

shes

: spo

nges

; gl.:

e, je

wel

ry,

feat

hers

. bea

ds. b

utto

ns. t

rim

.Pr

epar

atio

nA

ssem

ble

mat

eria

ls o

n a

larg

e ce

ntra

lly lo

cate

d ta

ble

Find

pic

ture

s of

nat

ive

and

thea

tric

al m

asks

Dis

cuss

use

s of

mas

ks. h

isto

rica

l and

orn

amen

tal.

Hav

e cl

ass

cons

ider

fou

nd it

ems

and

how

they

can

be

used

to c

reat

efe

atur

es.

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

ers.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e'S

ee s

ectio

n on

For

muh

s fo

r pa

pier

mac

he m

etho

ds)

Cru

mpl

e ne

wsp

aper

into

a b

all a

nd ta

pe o

r w

rap

with

twin

e to

mak

e a

head

-lik

e fo

rm. T

his

can

Be

done

ahe

ad o

f tim

e. o

ne f

or e

ach

child

.C

over

with

wax

pap

er o

r fo

il an

d ta

pe it

. Sho

w c

hild

ren

how

to p

ush

in,

and

to b

uild

up

with

pap

er to

wel

ling

to m

ake

feat

ures

. Mas

k re

quir

esm

inim

um o

f 3

laye

rs o

f pa

pier

mac

he s

trip

s. S

et a

side

to d

ry.

Aft

er m

ask

has

drie

d, r

emov

e fr

om n

ewsp

aper

bal

l. gl

ue o

n ro

pe, e

tc, f

orde

cora

tion.

Pai

nt: s

pong

e fi

nal c

oat f

or d

iffe

rent

eff

ect.

Punc

h ho

les

insi

des,

atta

ch s

trin

g.V

aria

tions

Spri

nkle

fin

e sa

nd o

n to

mas

k w

hen

still

wet

for

text

ure.

Add

str

ips

of c

urle

d pa

per

for

whi

sker

s, e

ars,

etc

.C

over

mas

k w

ith f

oil.

then

dec

orat

e.A

noth

er w

ay o

f fo

rmin

,, th

e m

ask

base

is to

cru

sh f

oil o

ver

one'

s ow

n fa

ce,

perf

orat

e no

stri

ls f

or b

reat

hing

and

then

cov

er th

e fo

il w

ith c

riss

-cro

ssin

gst

rips

of

mas

king

tape

unt

il th

e fo

rm is

est

ablis

hed.

Rem

ove

and

appl

ypa

pier

mac

he s

trip

s an

d pa

per

tow

ellin

g as

abo

ve.

Eva

luat

e

MA

SKS

PA

PE

R M

AS

KS

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a m

ask

b. c

uttin

g :,u

tby

addi

ng o

n.M

ater

ials

Con

stru

ctio

n pa

per.

glu

e. s

ciss

ors.

fou

ndob

ject

s. .a

rn. s

crap

pap

er_

felt.

str

ing

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

ova

ls f

rom

pap

er. a

bout

It)

xap

prox

imat

ely

Hel

pers

pas

s .)

%zd

s. g

lue.

sci

ssor

s.Pu

t fig

ht w

eigh

t fou

nd o

bjec

ts o

n ta

ble

for

use

as n

eede

dM

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eB

y m

akin

g sl

its a

t the

chi

n of

the

oval

. sho

w h

ow th

ese

can

hr o

verl

appe

dto

giv

e ro

undn

ess

to th

e fl

at p

iece

s. G

lue

the

over

lap

and

tape

on th

eba

ck o

r in

side

to h

old

in p

lace

whi

le d

rY in

g.H

ave

child

ren

cut h

oles

for

ey

es. N

ose

can

be m

ade

b%I

I1

slic

in:,

the

shap

e of

the

nose

alo

ng o

ne s

ide

and

fold

ing

it ba

ckor

121

by

cutti

ngou

t a h

ole

and

glui

ng a

tria

ngul

ar s

hape

ove

r th

e ho

le m

akin

g it

-sta

ndou

t." C

reat

e va

riat

ions

in o

ther

fea

ture

s us

ing

foun

d m

ater

ials

. Pun

chho

les

on s

ides

, ins

ert s

trin

g fo

r ty

ing.

Eva

luat

e

WIR

E M

AS

KS

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

con

stru

ct a

mas

k fr

om m

esh

usin

gst

itche

r. f

or f

eatu

res

Mat

eria

lsw

ire

mes

hI

hard

war

e cl

oth.

scr

een

wir

e_pl

astic

wir

e)w

ire

cutte

rs_

yarn

and

need

le. s

ciss

ors.

fou

nd m

ater

ials

-ar

iety

IPr

epar

atio

nC

ut w

ire

into

t. s

hape

.Sl

it in

two

plac

es a

t bot

tom

to f

orm

chi

n.Fo

ldsl

itted

plac

esto

geth

er a

nd r

unw

ire

in a

nd o

ut to

hol

d.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eU

sing

yar

n. r

ibbo

n. c

loth

str

ips_

etc

.. w

eave

in a

nd o

ut to

mak

e fa

ce. E

ves

can

be c

ut o

ut, s

titch

ed. o

r be

ads

adde

d. [

'se

aar

ietv

of

met

hods

tost

itch

and

wea

ve f

ace.

4 1

Eva

luat

e

Page 45: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

00045

Page 46: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

BIL

ES

41 a

elr4

1rn

ram

**O

ur fo

rem

ost g

oals

sho

uld

he to

look

forw

ard

to a so

ciet

y in

whi

chal

lin

divi

dual

s ar

e .is

ually

liter

ate

and

esth

etic

ally

sen

sitiv

e to

thei

rC N

ON

envi

ronm

ent:*

Cr)

Ros

emar

y B

eym

er

Dir

ecto

r of

Art

Edu

catio

n

Kan

sas

City

Page 47: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

BIL

ES

Cen

eral

Obj

ecti,

es:

To

mak

e 3

dim

ensi

onal

fig

ures

that

are

plea

sing

whe

nvi

ewed

at a

ny a

ngle

.T

o le

arn

to b

alan

ce o

bjec

tsph

y si

cally

and

vis

ually

To

desi

gn m

ovem

ent i

n sp

ace

Co

obse

rve

man

y ki

nds

of m

otio

n: tu

rnin

g. s

pinn

ing.

floa

ting.

bou

ncin

g:. r

ucki

ng.

Met

hods

of

Han

ging

Mob

iles:

Han

gers

may

be

easi

ly r

ut a

nd b

ent.

Oth

erm

ater

ials

whi

ch m

ay b

e us

ed a

re -

.-)o

tlett

dow

el a

nd c

ardb

oard

.

N

44

Page 48: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BIR

D K

-2Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

See

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esM

ater

ials

Thi

n ca

rdbo

ard;

sci

ssor

s; g

lue;

tem

pera

pain

t, br

ushe

s; f

eath

ers

I if

pos

sibl

e) ;

yarn

; thr

ead;

pai

nt c

onta

iner

s; n

ews-

pape

rsPr

epar

atio

nM

ake

a m

obile

on

whi

ch to

han

g fi

nish

edpi

eces

. Tal

k ab

out d

iffe

rent

sha

pes

and

colo

rsof

bir

ds.

Pass

out

car

dboa

rd,

scis

sors

, pai

nt e

quip

men

t. Sp

read

new

s-pa

pers

on

desk

s. P

ut f

eath

ers,

yar

n an

dgl

uein

conv

enie

nt p

lace

for

use

asne

eded

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eD

raw

larg

e ou

tline

of

bird

on

card

boar

d. C

ut O

ut. D

ecor

ate

both

sid

esim

agin

ativ

ely.

Mak

e di

agon

al s

lit f

or w

ings

. Cut

win

g as

sho

wn.

Ins

ert

in s

lit. P

ut th

read

thro

ugh

top.

Han

g on

mob

ile.

MO

BIL

ES

Var

iatio

nB

ody

and

win

g sh

apes

can

cons

truc

tion

pape

r ov

er c

Eva

luat

e

be d

one

in m

osai

cs b

y gl

uing

sm

all b

its o

far

dboa

rd.

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

e: ti

ves

To

deve

lope

whi

msi

cal c

reat

ures

.M

ater

ials

Tow

el tu

bing

, pip

e cl

eane

rs, s

tore

pip

ew

ire,

old

nyl

on h

ose,

bits

of

clot

h, c

olor

-ed

pap

ers,

but

ton,

etc

., ta

pe, w

hite

glu

e.ne

wsp

aper

, wir

e cl

ippe

rsPr

epar

atio

nM

ake

win

g sh

apes

fro

m w

ire.

The

se m

aybe

tria

ngul

ar,

fan

shap

ed,

or r

ound

.L

eave

a le

ngth

of

wir

e pr

ojec

ting.

Cut

fabr

ic o

r pa

per

to c

over

tubi

ng.

Mot

ivat

e

WH

OP

PE

R B

UG

S K

-2Pr

oced

ure

Dec

orat

e an

d gl

ue c

over

ing

to to

wel

tubi

ng. U

sing

nee

dle,

pun

ch tw

oho

les

near

one

end

. Run

pip

e cl

eane

r th

roug

h fo

r an

tenn

ae. G

lue

butto

ns,

or o

ther

fou

nd o

bjec

ts to

mak

e ey

es. C

over

wir

e w

ings

with

nyl

on h

ose,

pape

r, o

r ne

tting

. Sec

ure

win

gs to

tubi

ng b

y (1

) sl

ittin

g th

e tu

bing

and

inse

rtin

g w

ing

up to

the

base

par

t or

121

mak

e 2

hole

s op

posi

te e

ach

othe

r at

abo

ut th

e ce

ntra

l poi

nt o

n tu

bing

. Stic

k ex

tens

ions

of

wir

eth

roug

h fr

om s

ides

and

wra

p ar

ound

bas

e of

win

gs.

Eva

luat

e

--pc

t?er

c3l

ue,c

i ove

r-

TIS

SU

E M

OB

ILE

S K

-2, 3

-4

Prep

lann

ing

To

visu

aliz

e m

ovem

ent c

reat

ed b

y ai

rcu

rren

ts.

To

crea

te tr

ansl

ucen

t sus

pend

ed f

orm

s.

Mat

eria

lSo

ft w

ire-

18 g

auge

app

rox.

(st

ovep

ipe

or a

lum

inum

), s

ciss

ors.

tissu

e,bl

ack

thre

ad a

nd n

eedl

e. d

owel

, whi

te g

lue

(un-

dilu

ted

1 w

ire

clip

pers

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

wir

e in

9"

to 1

2" le

ngth

s.L

ay o

ut s

heet

s of

col

ored

tiss

ue, s

epar

-at

ing

by c

olor

.D

istr

ibut

e gl

ue a

nd o

ther

nee

ded

mat

eria

ls.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eC

over

tabl

es w

ith n

ewsp

aper

. and

dis

trib

ute

wir

e le

ngth

s. H

ave

pupi

lsbe

nd in

to s

hape

of

frui

t. fl

ower

s. f

aces

. bel

ls. a

nim

als.

or

som

e ot

her

chos

en c

ateg

ory.

Fla

tten

wir

e sh

ape

agai

nst t

able

. If

tissu

e is

in la

rge

shee

ts, l

ay w

ire

shap

e at

one

end

and

fol

d tis

sue

over

wir

e. L

ift w

ire

out,

lay

on n

ewsp

aper

and

app

ly g

lue

to b

oth

side

s. R

epla

ce g

lue-

cove

red

wir

e be

twee

n tis

sue

fold

and

pre

ss ti

ssue

fir

mly

to w

ire.

Use

sci

ssor

san

d cu

t tis

sue

arou

nd w

ire

cont

our.

Sav

e le

ft o

ver

tissu

e. W

hen

glue

drie

s, r

un a

thre

ad th

roug

h th

e up

per

end

of s

hape

, jus

t ins

ide

the

wir

e.Su

spen

d fr

om d

owel

, var

ying

leng

ths

of th

read

.E

valu

ate

"The

bas

ic is

sue

is a

con

cept

that

ass

umes

that

her

e yo

u ha

ve e

duca

tion

and

here

you

hav

e th

e ar

tsT

he th

ing

I am

urg

ing

is th

at th

ese

two

beco

me

so in

tert

win

ed th

at y

ou c

anno

t sep

arat

e on

e fr

om a

noth

er."

John

Let

son

Supe

rint

ende

ntA

tlant

ic P

ublic

Sch

ools

45

Page 49: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

ST

YR

OF

OA

M M

OB

ILE

S K

-2, 3

-4Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

crea

te a

dif

fere

nt ty

pe o

f ar

t for

mT

o co

mpr

ehen

d co

lor

over

lay

Mat

eria

lsSt

yrof

oam

cup

s. c

olor

er?

tissu

e(

pom

ps).

new

spap

er. g

lue.

pin

s. s

trin

g. b

rush

esPr

epar

atio

nIn

sert

kno

tted

stri

ng th

ru b

otto

m o

f a

cup

for

hang

ing.

Glu

e tw

o cu

ps to

geth

erat

rim

s. P

ins

will

hel

p ho

ld in

pla

ce ti

llse

t. C

ut c

olor

ed ti

ssue

in c

ircl

es a

bout

2"

acro

ss. K

een

fam

ily c

olor

s to

geth

er; v

iz.

viol

et. m

agen

ta. r

ed. p

ink.

and

put

inen

velo

pes

to p

reve

nt m

ixin

g.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eSp

read

new

spap

ers.

Pla

ce m

ilk c

onta

iner

of

50-5

0 w

hite

glu

e an

d w

ater

for

each

two

pupi

ls. L

et e

ach

choo

se a

n en

velo

pe a

ccor

ding

to h

is o

wn

colo

r rr

efer

ence

s. G

ive

each

one

a b

rusl

t to

appl

y gl

ue, b

rush

ing

glue

,ap

plyi

ng c

ircl

e. a

nd b

rush

ing

over

it. T

his

is c

ontin

ued,

ove

rlap

ping

circ

les

to a

void

unc

over

ed s

pots

. Whe

n co

mpl

etel

y co

vere

d. tr

im o

ffed

ges

of p

roje

ctin

g tis

sues

at t

op a

nd b

otto

m. S

et a

side

to d

ry. H

aag

from

cei

ling

or b

rack

ets.

Eva

luat

e

MO

BIL

ES

BA

LLO

ON

3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esSe

e G

ener

al O

bjec

tives

.M

ater

ials

Ass

orte

dba

lloon

s;ne

wsp

aper

s;tis

sue

pape

r an

d; "

orya

rn;

scis

sors

;w

heat

past

e (s

ee s

ectio

n on

rec

ipes

) ;

coat

-ha

nger

s, th

read

, wir

e cu

tters

Prep

arat

ion

Pass

out

1 b

allo

on p

er c

hild

, whe

at p

aste

in m

ilk c

arto

ns, n

ewsp

aper

s to

spr

ead

on d

esks

. Put

tiss

ue p

aper

, and

/or

yarn

,an

d sc

isso

rs in

con

veni

ent p

lace

;le

tch

ildre

n fi

le p

ast t

o ch

oose

the

colo

rsof

pap

er o

r ya

rn th

ey d

esir

e. H

ave

child

ren

who

fin

ish

earl

y, m

ake

a su

p-po

rt o

n w

hich

to h

ang

fini

shed

pro

duct

st s

ee il

lust

ratio

n on

met

hods

for

mak

ing

mob

iles)

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

Infl

ate

ballo

ons

and

knot

end

s tig

htly

.1.

App

ly o

verl

appi

ng s

trip

s of

one

col

or ti

ssue

pap

er w

ith w

hen

i pas

te.

Tak

es 5

or

6 la

yers

. A s

eem

!' co

lor

may

be

adde

d at

the

last

.2.

Wra

p in

flat

ed b

allo

on in

all

dire

ctio

ns w

ith y

arn

satu

rate

d in

whe

atpa

ste.

Be

sure

it is

com

plet

ely

dry.

Def

late

.

3.C

ombi

ne th

e ab

ove

met

hods

, beg

inni

ng w

ith th

e tis

sue.

Dry

ing

time,

appr

oxim

atel

y 2

days

.

Var

iatio

nsB

efor

e ba

lloon

dri

es, s

prin

kle

light

ly w

ith g

litte

r.Pu

t bal

loon

s to

geth

er to

for

m a

nim

als,

ang

els,

San

ta C

laus

, etc

.

Eva

luat

e

DA

NG

LE A

NG

LES

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ut

ilize

dis

card

ed m

agaz

ines

To

crea

te 3

- di

men

sion

al f

orm

s

Mat

eria

lsC

olor

ful m

agaz

ines

, sci

ssor

s, c

lear

tape

,w

ire

or s

trin

g

Prep

arat

ion

Col

lect

ple

nty

of m

agaz

ines

. Tea

r ou

tbr

ight

ly c

olor

ed s

heet

s. C

ut s

hort

leng

ths

of ta

pe f

or e

ach

child

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Usi

ng a

pai

nt b

rush

han

dle,

sta

rt f

rom

one

cor

ner

of m

agaz

ine

page

and

begi

n ro

lling

. As

soon

as

roll

is e

stab

lishe

d se

t bru

sh a

side

and

con

tinue

rolli

ng. T

ape

with

cle

ar ta

pe. R

oll a

num

ber

of th

ese

tube

s. T

hen

begi

nco

nstr

uctin

g tr

iang

les,

and

oth

er f

lat g

eom

etri

c sh

apes

. Joi

n at

cor

ners

with

cle

ar ta

pe. A

ssem

ble

thes

e fl

at m

odul

es to

cre

ate

3-D

for

ms.

Sid

esm

ay b

e co

vere

d w

ith ti

ssue

or

othe

r de

cora

tive

pape

r. W

hen

com

plet

ed,

hang

ove

rhea

d.

Var

iatio

nSh

ort s

trip

s of

pag

es, c

ut to

tape

r to

a p

oint

, can

be

rolle

d st

artin

g at

wid

een

d. U

se w

hite

glu

e on

end

and

glu

e w

hole

rol

l.

Eva

luat

e

46

Page 50: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TIS

SU

E P

AP

ER

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esM

ater

ials

Col

ored

tiss

ue p

aper

. bla

ck c

onst

ruct

ion,

quic

k-dr

ying

glu

e. s

-iss

ors:

thre

ad. c

oat

hang

ers

I se

esu

gges

tions

for

mob

ileha

ngin

g I.

Prep

arat

ion

Mak

e a

supp

ort o

n w

hich

to h

ang

com

-pl

eted

pie

ces

Mot

ivat

e

MO

BIL

ES

Proc

edur

eU

sing

2 s

heet

s of

bla

ck o

aper

. cut

bot

h pi

eces

at o

ne ti

me

to f

orm

geo

met

ric

shap

es. b

irds

, ani

rm. I

s. f

low

ers,

etc

. Cut

insi

de th

e de

sign

s to

mak

e a

Cbo

rder

of

blac

k ab

out 1

". G

'ue

colo

red

tissu

e pa

per

betw

een

the

2 bl

ack

bord

ers,

trim

min

g ed

ges.

Ins

ert t

hrea

d th

roug

h to

p. T

ie o

n m

obile

.O C

ft V

aria

tion

Use

cel

loph

ane,

foi

l, or

met

allic

pap

er.

Use

pip

e cl

eane

rs f

or b

orde

r.W

ire

may

be

arra

nged

in lo

ops.

or

tria

ngle

s. e

tc. S

prea

d gl

ue a

long

wir

e.L

ay p

iece

of

tissu

e ov

er it

. Tur

n ov

er a

nd g

lue

othe

r si

de o

f w

ire.

Lay

tissu

e on

this

. Whe

n dr

y, tr

im ti

ssue

fro

m o

uter

edg

es o

f w

ire.

Eva

luat

e

ST

YR

OF

OA

M M

OB

ILE

S 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o m

ake

pupi

ls s

ensi

tive

to n

ew v

isua

lpo

ssib

ilitie

s in

a f

amili

ar f

orm

.

Mat

eria

lsSt

yrof

oam

cups

,w

hite

glue

,co

lore

dtis

sue,

str

ing,

sci

ssor

s, p

ins,

tem

pera

Prep

arat

ion

Dem

onst

rate

use

of

pins

to h

old

till g

lue

sets

. Dem

onst

rate

ben

ding

of

styr

ofoa

mst

rips

cut

in c

ups.

Mix

4/5

tem

pera

and

1/5

glue

in s

mal

l qua

ntiti

es.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Mar

k tw

o cu

ps a

roun

d ri

ms

with

eve

nly

spac

ed p

enci

l mar

ks. E

ight

sec

tions

shou

ld b

e en

ough

. Tak

e sc

isso

rs a

nd c

ut s

trai

ght d

own

side

of

cup

tow

ithin

1/2

" of

bas

e. D

o th

is a

t eac

h se

ctio

n m

ark.

Tak

e ea

ch s

trip

thus

form

ed, a

nd o

ne a

t a ti

me

pres

s ou

twar

d sl

ight

ly b

etw

een

thum

b an

dfo

refi

nger

slid

ing

from

bot

tom

to r

im a

s yo

u do

so.

Do

not p

ress

too

hard

! G

o ar

ound

the

cup

thre

e tim

es. I

t sho

uld

not b

e fo

rced

out

war

d.In

sert

kno

tted

stri

ng f

rom

insi

de o

ne c

up f

or h

angi

ng; f

aste

n a

yarn

tass

le th

ru o

ther

end

. Cut

tria

ngle

s of

tiss

ue s

omew

hat w

ider

and

long

erth

an s

pace

s be

twee

n se

ctio

ns o

f cu

ps. G

lue

thes

e to

insi

de o

f ea

ch c

up,

cove

ring

spa

ces

equi

dist

antly

. Pla

ce c

ups

toge

ther

. rim

to r

im. a

ndad

just

so

that

sec

tions

mee

t. T

his

will

not

be

abso

lute

ly p

reci

se. G

lue

sect

ion

edge

s to

geth

er a

nd p

in ti

ll dr

y. C

lip o

ff a

ny p

roje

ctin

g tis

sue.

The

cup

may

be

pain

ted

in c

ontr

astin

g or

dar

ker

tone

by

mix

ing

tem

pera

and

addi

ng w

hite

glu

e 4/

5 to

1/5

. Bra

id. s

equi

ns, b

utto

ns c

an b

e ad

ded

if d

one

with

dis

cret

ion.

Don

't ov

erde

cora

te!

Cha

lleng

e pu

pils

to d

evis

eot

her

mob

iles

from

thes

e cu

ps.

Eva

luat

e

CA

RD

BO

AR

D 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esSe

e G

ener

al O

bjec

tives

Mat

eria

lsC

ardb

oard

; pai

nt, b

rush

es; m

ilk c

arto

nsto

hol

d pa

int;

wat

er; p

oint

ed s

ciss

ors;

thre

ad

Prep

arat

ion

Tea

cher

-hel

pers

pas

= c

ardb

oard

, sci

ssor

s,st

ring

; put

pai

nt o

n w

ork

tabl

e to

use

as

need

ed.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Dem

onst

rate

how

to s

lit a

pie

ce o

f ca

rdbo

ard

and

put a

noth

er p

iece

into

it. L

et c

hild

ren

proc

eed,

usi

ng th

is s

littin

g m

etho

d to

mak

e a

mob

ile.

Dec

orat

e as

des

ired

. Put

thre

ad a

t a p

oint

of

bala

nce

for

hang

ing.

Cel

lo-

phan

e, m

agic

men

ding

tape

will

hel

p ke

ep c

ardb

oard

s in

rig

ht p

lace

.

Eva

luat

e47

Page 51: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

4

00051

Page 52: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

SA

ICS

vrom

moN

mw

omm

ft

""i

"Cre

ativ

ity is

a d

istin

guis

hing

cha

ract

eris

tic o

f ou

tsta

ndin

g in

divi

dual

s in

alm

ost

ever

y fi

eld.

-

E. P

aul T

orra

nce

Gui

ding

Cre

ativ

e T

alen

t

Page 53: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

SAIC

S

Mos

aics

are

mad

e by

fix

ing

smal

l pie

ces

of v

ario

us m

ater

ials

sid

e-bv

-sid

eto

for

m a

des

ign

or f

igur

e. M

any

exam

ples

of

this

tech

niqu

e ca

n be

fou

nd in

art h

isto

ry. T

he d

esig

n sh

ould

be

kept

sim

ple.

esp

ecia

lly in

pri

mar

y gr

ades

.N

atur

al f

orm

s pr

ovid

e go

od id

eas

for

mos

aic

desi

gn. M

osai

cs c

an b

e pr

o-du

ced

by in

divi

dual

s. g

roup

s, o

r cl

asse

s.

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esto

lear

n to

man

ipul

ate

mat

eria

lsto

lear

n to

pre

-pla

nto

exp

erim

ent w

ith c

ompo

sitio

n an

d us

e of

col

ors

MO

SA

ICS

US

ING

PA

PE

R B

AS

ES

K-2

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a m

osai

c us

ing

pape

r pi

eces

To

expe

rim

ent w

ith d

iffe

rent

qua

litie

s of

pap

ers.

Mat

eria

lsB

its o

f co

lore

d pa

per

i of

any

kind

).

seed

s. e

ggsh

ells

. bea

ds. g

rass

. lea

ves,

etc.

. in

smal

l con

tain

ers

acco

rdin

g to

col

or o

r ob

ject

: sci

ssor

s. e

nvel

opes

.pa

ste.

rub

ber

cem

ent.

or q

uick

-dr%

ing

glue

: pap

er o

r ha

rd c

ardb

oard

for

mou

ntin

g.Pr

epar

atio

nIf

pos

sibl

e. s

how

exa

mpl

es o

f m

osai

cs a

nd d

iscu

ss. P

ut a

ll m

ater

ials

on

tabl

e or

con

veni

ent p

lace

. Allo

w c

hild

ren

to f

ile p

ast t

able

to c

olle

ctw

hat t

hey

need

and

put

mos

aic

piec

es in

env

elop

es.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eM

ake

sket

ch o

f si

mpl

e de

sign

to h

e us

ed. T

rans

fer

to b

ackg

roun

d pa

per.

If p

aper

is u

sed

for

mos

aic

piec

es. c

ut o

r te

ar in

to s

quar

e or

irre

gula

rsh

apes

abo

ut I

2-

x 1

r. M

osai

c m

ater

ials

are

pas

ted

dow

n. w

orki

ngfr

om o

utlin

e of

des

ign.

Lea

ve ti

ny g

aps

betw

een

piec

es. P

iece

s m

ay b

ese

t in

curv

es p

aral

lel t

o ou

tline

of

desi

gn. E

rbou

rage

var

iety

of

colo

rsin

for

ms

Exa

mpl

e: 2

sha

des

of g

reen

in g

rass

.V

aria

tion

Use

scr

aps

of c

onta

ct p

aper

for

mos

aic

piec

es.

Use

gum

med

tape

cut i

nto

mos

aic

piec

es a

nd c

rayo

n or

pai

nt.

Use

clo

th. w

ood.

car

dboa

rd. e

tc..

for

base

.U

se p

aper

cir

cles

fro

m h

ole

punc

her.

Pla

n sk

etch

in c

olor

I cr

avon

sl.

Tra

nsfe

r to

larg

e ca

rdbo

ard

or p

oste

rboa

rd. W

ith b

rush

or

fing

ers

appl

y g!

ueI

or p

aste

)to

sm

all a

rea.

App

ly c

ircl

es w

ith f

inge

rs o

r tip

sof

pen

cils

. Ove

rlap

to p

reve

nt c

ardb

oard

fro

m s

how

ing

thro

ugh.

She

llac

may

be

appl

ied

to c

ompl

eted

wor

k.E

valu

ate

DIR

EC

T T

EC

HN

IQU

E 4

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

eT

o cr

eate

a p

erm

anen

t mos

aic

To

lear

n an

othe

r ap

proa

ch to

mak

ing

a m

osai

c.

Mat

eria

lsSm

all b

its o

f gl

ass.

bea

ds. t

iles.

etc

. Mas

onite

or

boar

d b-

und,

whi

te g

lue,

spa

cklin

g or

pla

ster

Prep

arat

ion

Hav

e pu

pils

dra

w d

esig

n to

fit

the

hoar

d. P

ass

boxe

s of

sm

all b

its(c

alle

d te

sser

ae)

for

pupi

ls to

sel

ect p

iece

s. G

ive

out w

hite

glu

e in

sm

all

bottl

es if

pos

sibl

e. T

ack

a na

rrow

str

ip(

fram

e sh

ape)

aro

und

boar

d to

keep

spa

cklin

g fr

om r

unni

ng.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eA

fter

des

ign

is tr

ansf

erre

d to

the

boar

d be

gin

glui

ng te

sser

ae to

thei

rpl

aces

, lea

ving

a w

ee b

it of

spa

ce b

etw

een.

Whe

n dr

y. f

ill s

pace

s w

ithsp

ackl

ing

and

pres

s in

to g

roov

es. W

ipe

off

at f

inis

h.

Var

iatio

nA

. Mak

e a

sket

ch o

f de

sign

to b

e us

ed. P

lzn

wha

t typ

e of

pie

ces

will

go

whe

re. P

our

thic

k la

yer

of p

last

er in

to b

ase.

Pla

ce m

osai

i. pi

eces

dow

nqu

ickl

y to

for

m d

esig

n. L

eave

sm

all g

aps

betw

een

piec

es. T

he w

hole

or

only

par

t of

entir

e ba

se m

ay b

e co

vere

d. E

ncou

rage

use

of

vari

ety

ofm

ater

ials

. col

ors.

and

text

ures

.B

. Use

san

d-an

d-pa

ste

base

. Mix

san

d w

ith w

allp

aper

pas

te u

ntil

fair

lyth

ick;

take

s lo

ng ti

me

to d

ry. P

our

into

ply

woo

d ba

se.

C. C

ut p

owde

red

pain

t col

ors

into

bas

e m

ix.

Eva

luat

e50

Page 54: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MU

RA

LSC C

-Und

er o

ur p

rese

nt e

duca

tiona

l sys

tem

you

ng p

eopl

e tu

rn o

ff a

nd d

rop

out,

vet t

hey

are

anxi

ous

and

will

ing

to le

arn

new

thin

gs if

they

can

lear

n th

em

visu

ally

:*

I

John

L. D

ehhe

s

Coo

rdin

ator

Edu

catio

n Pr

ojec

ts

Eas

tman

Kod

ak

Page 55: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MU

RA

LS

Gen

eral

C,;)

ject

ites:

to p

rovi

de o

ppor

tuni

ties

to b

ring

toge

ther

man

y id

eas

to p

rovi

de e

xper

ienc

es f

or s

hari

ng a

nd w

orki

ng to

geth

eron

a c

omm

on g

oal

to m

otiv

ate

inte

rest

in a

sub

ject

finds

Bor

der

atin

uous

uni

t con

veyi

ng a

cen

tral

them

eB

. com

psite

usi

ng a

ser

ies

of s

epar

ate

pict

ures

ona

cent

ral t

hem

e. 'T

here

may

not

be

a se

quen

cenf

)

Pane

l mat

be

one

pict

ure

or a

ser

ies.

each

pic

ture

may

dep

ict a

dif

fere

nt p

hase

of

the

mai

n th

eme

Mur

al il

lust

ratio

ns th

at f

1lw

are

offe

red

sole

ly to

cla

rify

tech

niqu

esan

d ar

e no

t sug

gest

ed f

or li

mita

tions

.

OR

GA

NIZ

ING

CLA

SS

Prim

ary:

All

child

ren

shou

ld b

e gi

ven

an o

ppor

tuni

ty to

par

ticip

ate

Beg

inni

ng e

xper

ienc

es s

houl

d be

bri

ef a

nd s

impl

e

Indi

vidu

ally

dra

wn

pict

ures

can

be

cut a

nd a

ssem

bled

Tea

cher

can

giv

e he

lp in

use

of

mat

eria

ls

Inte

rmed

iate

:

Gro

up p

lann

ing.

sho

uld

incl

ude

idea

s of

who

le. g

roup

Art

pri

ncip

les

shou

ld b

e co

nsid

ered

s lig

ht a

nd d

ark.

rep

etiti

on. c

olor

s,lin

es, t

extu

re. s

pace

. arr

ange

men

t).

TE

MP

ER

A M

UR

AL

11.*

Ng 64

.404 r

40,

: ;;;

tit

rIr

di4.

_ a

es AI:

Ain

*gr

a %

S.'1

011

1111

8

wN 4

II,

5_ 4

lb1I

rit*

.6_

.4;

41'4

.44;

46;

r.$:

::.1

11je

.41

;;

v,r.

. 41.

goI

. fr Jo if

fP d

ew

I a

411%

awe

52

Page 56: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TE

MP

ER

A K

-2Pr

epia

nrzi

ngO

birc

tie,

.run

ll-

rp:tr

att

11%

usin

g an

tote

r al

l hae

kgri

turi

d.T

o di

ffer

entia

te o

bjec

t-fr

ttni b

at-k

rout

iti h

y m

Fea

n- o

f C

44.

r.N

latr

riak

Tem

per:

:: ch

arco

al o

r ch

alk:

bru

-he-

; spo

nges

; pap

er:

cart

ons

o^ m

ufti

tins;

rag

-; s

moc

k- ti

t- a

pron

-.Pr

epar

atio

n thro

ne. P

lan

glra

witv

,. zt

ntl c

arry

out

them

e ei

ther

in s

mal

l gro

ups

ordi

vidu

ally

. Mak

e -k

etel

tc-

on n

ewsp

rint

. Pou

r pa

int i

nto

smal

l con

tain

ers,

suc

hm

uffi

n tin

- t.r

milk

car

tons

.N

ita i%

ate

MU

RA

LS

card

boar

d; n

wsp

aper

:: m

ilk in- as

1)1'

414.

c-du

n-M

ea-u

re a

nd c

ut b

ackg

roun

d. S

ketc

h pi

ctur

e, w

ith c

halk

. Beg

in b

y pa

intin

g ba

ckgr

ound

in -

ubdu

ed to

ne. P

aint

aro

und

area

s -k

etch

rdL

et d

ry.

Pain

t -ob

ject

s ov

er b

ackg

roun

d ar

ea. l

-se

brig

hten

, mor

e v:

nran

t col

or.,

than

in b

ack-

grou

nd.

Peop

le, o

bjec

t ,. s

od a

nim

als

may

be

pain

ted.

ut o

ut, a

nd a

pplie

d to

bac

kgro

und.

Var

iatio

nD

ry te

mpe

raIn

hr

mix

ed w

ith %

arni

sh to

mak

e an

oil

type

pai

nt.

Para

ffin

an

be u

sed

for

draw

ing

and

pain

ted

over

with

tem

pera

.le

mpe

ra c

an b

e co

mbi

ned

with

cra

yon,

cha

lk o

r in

k.E

valu

ate

Art

- th

e co

lor-

cle

an a

nti b

righ

t? D

oes

the

mur

al te

ll a

stor

y? D

o al

l the

sha

r.s

con-

tra-

t with

he

back

grou

nd!

Din

the

figu

re-.

etc

., tr

ue o

ut la

rge

enou

gh to

fill

spa

ce?

CR

AY

ON

K-2

, 3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o :o

ver

larg

e ar

eas

with

cra

yon.

Mat

eria

lsB

utch

er p

aper

. cra

yon:

-

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

them

e w

ith c

lass

. Org

anze

sm

all g

roup

s to

illu

stra

te v

ario

us p

arts

. Pla

nse

quen

ce. H

acr

child

ren

plai

t -m

all s

ketc

hes

firs

t Put

chi

ldre

n's

sket

ches

up

for

disu

-s-o

n an

d th

en p

lan

arra

ngem

ent.

1 w

ax I

pape

r (a

- cl

oth

Mot

i va

t e

Proc

edur

eM

easu

re b

ackg

roun

d ar

ea, a

nd f

it w

ithm

ural

ipa

per.

Spr

ead

ne.-

spap

err.

, and

lay

mur

al o

n fl

our.

Ske

tch

dire

ctly

with

ligh

t col

ored

cha

lk. B

t- s

ure

ther

e ar

e no

bla

nksp

ots.

Whe

n sk

etch

is c

ompl

eted

, fill

in w

ith c

rayo

n. U

se s

ides

of

cray

ons

to c

over

larg

e ar

ea -

.rs

t- d

ark

otio

rs n

ext t

o lig

ht. N

otch

cra

yons

for

str

ipes

. Rub

cra

yon

with

clo

th. D

on't

forg

et to

fill

in th

e ba

ekgr

ount

l. G

ice

the

mur

al a

cap

tion.

Whe

ndo

ing

a cr

ayon

mur

al o

n cl

oth.

the

colo

r ca

n he

set

by

iron

ing

betw

een

sh.-

ets

ofcl

ean

pape

r.

Eva

luat

eI,

the

them

e cl

ear?

Is th

e -e

tiurn

et-

righ

t!Ir

e th

e fi

gure

s an

d ac

tion

on a

sub

dued

back

grou

nd?

Is th

e w

ork

clea

n an

d br

ight

? Is

the

eift

-et a

ppea

ling?

dlit1

ffi1

i114

11.1

11i1

1111

4111

1111

(111

1P11

1i1,

1111

1111

.1

/753

Page 57: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CM

UR

AL

AS

SE

MB

LAG

E 3

-4, 5

-6

MU

RA

LS

i'rei

dan

nirz

Cri

Ob

ireti.

rT

o et

., at

e a

text

ured

met

a:lir

neu

ral.

To

join

-m

all i

ntik

ithi

al p

roje

cts

into

a c

ompo

site

.

Mat

eria

lsL

arge

It-

t--k

grou

ntl o

f ca

ruht

tard

. t ti

ne. s

krtif

ottin

tray

s. s

ci-s

.ors

. pen

cil,

foil.

Tem

pera

,In

dia

ink.

Sm

all s

quar

e- c

ardb

oard

.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

squ

ares

of

cart

iboa

rtl n

ot o

ver

x 12

' for

eac

h ch

ild. T

ear

leng

ths

of f

oil f

or.e

rr c

ardb

oard

. thi

e co

ntai

ner

of g

lue

for

ecry

two

pupi

ls. B

rush

es. I

ndia

ink.

and

thin

sol

utio

n of

a li

ght t

empe

ra c

olor

mix

ed W

ith I

thsp

. whi

te g

lue

plac

ew

here

they

ran

hr

ii-tr

ibut

ed la

ter.

Mot

kate

Prtte

etlu

reH

ike

pupi

l--

-ele

ct i_

erra

lG

ke e

ach

a (r

x 1

2 -b

eet o

f pa

per.

for

dra

win

g.L

aon

rtif

eain

trk

and

trac

t% im

pre-

-ing

-at

ilt p

enci

l poi

nt.

:tit

out s

tyro

foam

shap

es a

nti g

lue

roi.r

tibea

rti -

quar

t-. A

dd p

aral

lel t

ooth

pick

-. b

utto

ns. c

ord.

etc

. if

nt-t

ied

t.til

l bla

n's

area

s. T

ake

foil.

ern

-ii i

nto

a ba

ll th

en -

trai

ghte

n ou

t. D

O n

otsm

ooth

! L

ay tt

%er

com

posi

tion

and

begi

n pr

e -s

ing

to y

ield

the

shap

e fo

rms

unde

r-ne

ath.

Be:

lin a

t the

-.--

-tite

ran

ti w

ork

outw

ard.

Whe

n th

e co

ntou

rs a

re c

ompl

etel

yfi

tteL

glu

t- f

oil.

get a

spo

on o

r to

ngue

tit-

pre-

-4-r

and

-ta

rt s

moo

thin

g th

e fo

il un

tilrr

i.sit

wri

nkle

s ha

y r

rem

oyed

.T

ake

the

tem

pera

-glu

e-w

ater

mix

ant

i pai

nt th

e fo

il. L

et d

ry. P

aint

ove

r w

ith I

ndia

ink.

Wip

e 'ig

htly

. Tin

- w

ill r

esea

l the

tint

ed f

oil.

and

in p

lace

s th

e fo

il on

ly. W

hen

all t

he p

iece

s ha

lt be

en f

ini-

hrti.

fa-

ten

to th

e la

rge

card

boar

d w

ith g

lue.

FAal

uate

: use

ful f

orm

of

eval

uatir

:'_i t

akes

pla

ce in

the

proc

ess

of d

ecid

ing

how

to a

rran

gein

dici

dual

pie

ce-

into

a p

leas

ing

com

posi

te.

YA

RN

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ac

hiev

e fo

rms

and

mov

emen

t by

usin

g lin

es (

yarn

/.M

ater

ials

Yar

ndi

ffer

ent w

eigh

ts a

nd c

olor

s; w

hite

glu

e; h

eavy

car

dboa

rd f

or b

ackg

roun

d;ch

alk;

new

spri

nt; s

ciss

ors;

coa

t han

gers

; new

-pap

ers.

Prep

eara

tion

Cut

mur

al b

ackg

roun

d in

to s

ectio

ns to

be-

rea

ssem

bled

at e

nd o

f pr

ojec

t. C

ut y

arn

inya

rd lo

ng p

iece

s. D

iscu

ss s

ubje

ct m

atte

r or

them

e w

ith c

hild

ren.

Tal

k ab

out w

asof

usi

ng y

arn

to f

ill in

art

-as

(cur

ling,

cur

ve-

and

wav

es, s

trai

ght l

ines

, etc

.) E

ntir

em

ural

sho

uld

be f

illed

in w

ith y

arn.

Sky

or

grou

nd a

rt-

som

etin

ws

pain

ted.

Sket

ches

sho

uld

be d

une

on n

ew -

prin

t with

cha

lk. A

djus

t to

"fit"

toge

ther

, on

back

grou

nd.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eT

rans

fer

sket

ches

by

cutti

ng o

ut s

hape

s an

d tr

acin

g ar

ound

them

. Ske

zch

who

le m

ural

.th

en w

ork

on p

arts

in s

mal

l gro

ups

or in

ilit i

dual

ly.

Var

iatio

nY

arn

can

be u

sed

to o

utlin

e ob

ject

s. T

empe

ra. w

all p

aper

, cha

lk, o

r cr

ayon

can

be

used

to f

illin

are

as.

Eva

luat

eH

as th

e ya

rn b

een

used

with

var

ying

dir

ectio

nal e

ffec

t? S

,Ieh

as

zig-

zags

,cu

rves

. str

aigh

tlin

es. e

tc. D

o co

lors

har

mon

i- r

? H

ave

they

bee

n re

peat

ed?

Do

figu

res

show

up?

Is

the

who

le m

ural

wel

l don

e?

5-1

Page 58: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MU

RA

LS

SC

RIB

BLE

MU

RA

L 3-

4, 5

-6

01.1

e, n

ye-

I,,

a(ir

!.t1

isith

fit%

tilM

it-

-1*,

tine-

into

one

who

le.

expe

riel

.ce

"dra

win

g ou

t- -

hapt

-, f

rom

abs

trac

t lin

es.

kgro

und

pape

r: c

harc

oal :

chal

k. o

r pe

ncil:

tem

pera

: bru

shes

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cits

- m

akin

g L

arge

.re

ping

lour

. with

who

le a

rm. H

ave

child

ren

use

arm

s in

.hr

to t1

104l

Ira-

:.Pl

ate

back

r,oi

nd p

aper

on

flat

wal

l. E

ach

child

will

nee

d ch

arco

al. c

halk

. or

a

Nle

tiy a

tt.

Proc

edur

eH

aYt e

ach

child

pla

ce li

nes

dire

ctly

ont

o ba

ckgr

ound

. Whe

n ea

ch c

hild

has

had

the

-,pp

ortu

nity

to c

ontr

ibut

e lin

e,. t

he w

hole

,tudi

ed. D

iscu

ss c

entr

al th

eme

agai

n.th

is !

inn-

fin

ding

sha

pe-

in th

e ah

,trac

t lin

es. b

orne

line

s w

ill n

eed

to b

e el

imin

ated

."D

raw

out

- ob

ject

,. Pa

int i

n th

e ob

ject

s fo

und.

then

pai

nt b

ackg

roun

d ar

ea, f

ollo

win

glin

es a

lrea

cyes

tabi

i-be

d. E

stab

lish

a ce

nter

of

inte

rest

, and

try

for

repe

ats

ofsh

ape,

. lin

es a

nd

Eva

luat

eC

heck

for

them

e. i-

lor

rela

tions

hip-

. con

tras

t. un

ity. t

extu

res.

suf

fice

ncy

of r

ecog

niz-

able

sha

pes.

CO

LLA

GE

3-4

, 5-6

Pr r

plar

znin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o as

sem

ble

foun

d m

ater

ials

into

a la

rge

com

posi

tion.

To

unif

y an

d ba

lanc

e a

larg

e ar

rang

emen

t.

Mat

eria

lsN

ewsp

aper

s. c

loth

.w

ire.

but

tons

,st

icks

. yar

n. b

eads

, tri

m a

nd f

ring

e;ar

tific

ial

flow

ers,

etc.

, whi

tegl

ut-.

brus

hes.

car

dboa

rd o

r m

ason

ite f

or b

ackg

roun

d, s

mal

lbo

xes.

new

spri

nt, c

harc

oal a

nd p

enci

ls, s

tapl

er. p

ins.

sci

ssor

s

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

ove

rall

them

e. P

lan

mur

al p

arts

so

that

ther

e is

a r

elat

ions

hip

betw

een

mat

eria

ls, b

alan

ce m

ater

ials

. Hav

e sk

etch

es m

ade

on n

ewsp

rint

with

cha

rcoa

l or

penc

ils. P

in -

ketc

hes

to b

ackg

roun

d to

get

a v

iew

of

the

who

le. D

ivid

e in

to s

mal

lgr

oups

. Pla

t., f

ound

mat

eria

ls in

ope

n bo

xes

easi

ly a

cces

-ib

le to

all.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eC

reat

e ob

ject

s an

d fi

gure

s by

glu

ing.

or

stap

ling

mat

eria

ls to

bac

kgro

und.

Lar

gepi

eces

of

clot

h, tr

im. e

tc. w

ill h

elp

unif

y th

e w

hole

.

Eva

luat

eD

ors

the

mur

al h

old

toge

ther

in d

esig

n. o

rgan

izat

ion,

impo

rtan

t sha

pes?

Has

eve

rych

ild h

ad a

par

t in

it?

55

Page 59: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

MO

SA

IC M

UR

AL

5-6

To

creg

t.- a

larg

e de

-ign

fro

m s

mal

l hit-

ari

d pi

ece-

.T

I,be

r..1

711-

:1-i

tt I

I, te

xtur

al tT

ialit

ie-

of a

ino-

sic.

Mat

eria

l-:o

rtw

atild

e-h

ould

be

t: -e

d in

a n

i -ai

r.C

orn

-red

s. b

ean-

. ric

e. r

te.:

-hel

l-. p

t bbl

e-. b

its o

fth

attw

ood:

gla-

-. c

eram

ictil

e-.

hi -

.me

war

e:pa

psta

pe.

-tic

ker-

. -ta

rni..

clo

th. b

ead-

. but

tons

.D

epen

ding

on

the

mat

eria

l--u

itabl

ead

he-i

ceis

ne-r

s-ar

c. li

ra%

tilt-

;1 .1

1rr

i I-t

urtly

bac

kgro

und

mat

eria

lsi.

Plac

e ex

, -cr

ew o

r ot

her

atta

t hin

ents

on

hack

for

Lun

ging

.ile

- -h

ould

hal

e -p

are-

with

-pa

rklin

g or

gro

ut w

hich

cart

be

tintr

.: w

ith te

mpe

ra. T

i!,-

- -t

omb'

be

wip

ed c

lean

.T

ool-

al -

t.ar

e de

term

ined

by

type

of

mo

-air

.Sc

isso

rs o

rkn

ife-

for

ligh

ter

mat

eria

l-. t

he n

ippe

r, f

or g

la-s

and

cer

amic

New

-Tap

er-.

new

- p

rint

.pe

ne'.!

and

thro

w -

away

cont

aine

rsfo

r m

ixin

g ce

men

t r"

pkt-

ter.

MU

RA

LS

Mot

katio

n an

d Pr

epar

atio

nA

fter

the

rla-

- ha

- de

cide

d up

on a

them

e. d

ivid

e cl

a--

into

gro

ups,

eac

hw

hich

de-i

gn-

a -

ertio

n of

mur

al o

n ne

w-p

rint

.Pr

oced

ure

Whe

n ,:-

aw

ing-

i"n-

are

c.n

n pu

rtet

a--e

mbl

.- th

em in

ple

o-in

g or

der

on b

ack-

grou

nd. L

a. b

ackg

roun

d on

flo

or a

nd p

roce

ed to

trac

e de

ign

in f

inal

for

m. a

rran

gete

e-ru

em

o-.ti

,to

ol-

for

the

grou

p- w

orki

ng o

n th

e m

o-ai

c.E

leva

te c

olor

-.-h

ap,-

and

dir

ectio

nal

effe

ct-

a- th

e co

nruc

ting

cont

inue

s. D

ofi

gure

- an

d ob

ject

- fi

r-t.

u-in

g m

o-t c

olor

ful t

e--e

rae.

Sax

e ne

utra

l ton

erf.

.: sp

aces

such

-ky.

-pa

ce. g

roun

d. D

o th

e-e

la-t

.E

leva

teC

heck

dir

e,-t

iona

l eff

ects

. if

any:

text

ures

and

col

or--

; fill

ing

of d

esig

n; to

tal e

ffec

t.

.1

rNIP

sz]

trPm

1101

11r

Prt o

Ctd

Urt

RE

LIE

F 5

-6

l'rep

lart

riir

Ig

TA

, cre

ate

a th

rred

inic

risi

onal

eff

ect

Mat

eria

lsN

ew-p

aper

s a-

he -

to-

and

"bra

t pa-

tei-

ce f

orm

ula

-3or

pape

r m

acht

-: la

rge

can-

!fo

r pa

te: k

nife

or

spat

ula:

ply

-w

ood

tm

o-on

itr:

tem

pera

and

bru

shes

:ne

wsp

rint

and

penc

il.

Prep

arat

ion

Di-

cu--

pla

n- f

or m

ural

. Mak

e -k

etch

.--

on n

ew-p

rint

of

ob-

ject

- ..r

-er

ne,.

Tin

- ca

n be

don

e a-

gro

up w

ork

or in

divi

dual

-!.

Spr

ead

new

-pap

er. l

ay b

ackg

roun

d bo

ard

on f

loor

or

tabl

ean

d pa

int.

Let

dry

. Put

ske

tche

s to

geth

er a

nd tr

act-

them

on

back

grou

nd.

Nba

kate

Mix

rel

ief

med

ium

in la

rg"

cans

or

pan

-. C

oxer

wor

k ar

ea w

ith n

ewsp

aper

. App

lym

ediu

m to

bac

kgro

und.

bui

ldin

g up

are

a w

ith f

inge

r- to

"st

and

away

" fr

om b

ack-

grou

nd. W

hen

com

plet

ely

dry

'sev

eral

day

s' th

e m

ural

can

be

pain

ted

with

tem

pera

.

Var

iatio

nSh

apes

or

obje

cts

for

a re

lief

mur

al c

an b

e do

ne b

y sa

nd c

astin

g(s

ee s

ectio

n on

sand

cas

ting)

.

Eva

luat

eD

oes

the

3-1)

eff

ect s

eem

to in

vite

you

to to

uch

or f

eel i

t? 1

,, th

e de

sign

eff

ectiv

e?

44

1

brf

oOD

013

VA

ft°

erei

Cni

gapi

taol

VC

rym

eorlA

VI

Se81

467r

90

56

Page 60: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PA

INT

I G

/hS

-.4.

Aes

thet

ic s

ensi

tivity

, whe

n at

tain

ed, i

sa

prod

uct o

f de

velo

pmen

t and

lear

ning

ove

r th

e ye

ars

of c

hild

i, ta

d, a

nd a

rtis

tic tr

aini

ngse

ems

to s

hape

itsi

gnif

ican

tly."

0D

ale

Har

ris

Hea

d Ps

ycho

logy

Dep

artm

ent

Penn

sylv

ania

Sta

teU

nive

rsity

Page 61: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAIN

TIN

GF

ING

ER

PA

INT

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

es: T

o ut

ilize

the

larg

e m

uscl

es in

pai

ntin

gT

o ga

in a

con

cept

of

rhyt

hm in

pai

ntin

gT

o co

ntro

l pai

nt th

roug

h di

rect

con

tact

Too

ls: W

hole

Han

dFl

at P

alm

Side

of

hand

(st

raig

ht a

nd f

inge

rs c

urve

d)C

lenc

hed

Fist

Thu

mb

(bas

e, o

uter

sid

e)K

nuck

les

Fing

ers

(fla

t par

t)Fi

nger

nails

Con

trol

ling

fing

erpa

int

Dar

k an

d lig

ht a

reas

can

be

cont

rolle

d by

pre

ssur

e an

d by

pai

nt c

onsi

sten

cy.

( L

ess

pain

t and

mor

e w

ater

ligh

tens

.) (

Mor

e pa

int a

nd le

ss w

ater

dar

kens

.)C

olor

s ca

n be

mix

ed o

n se

para

te s

urfa

ce, t

hen

adde

d.B

ackg

roun

d co

lor

can

be r

emov

ed w

ith c

loth

, spo

nge

from

cer

tain

are

as.

Whe

n do

ing

mul

ticol

ored

pai

ntin

g, w

ork

quic

kly

whi

le p

aint

is w

et.

Lea

rn n

ot to

go

over

and

ove

r ar

eas.

Do

back

grou

nd f

irst

, mid

dle

grou

nd s

econ

d, f

oreg

roun

d la

st.

Fing

erpa

int i

s a

med

ium

chi

ldre

n en

joy,

bec

ause

they

can

red

esig

n th

eir

pain

ting

man

y tim

es. A

lso

the

wor

k is

of

a la

rge-

mus

cle,

rhy

thm

ical

sty

le. P

upils

nee

d en

cour

age.

men

t to

expe

rim

ent w

ith m

any

vari

ed s

trok

es. I

t mus

t be

unde

rsto

od h

owev

er th

at s

kille

dsu

btle

eff

ects

of

good

fin

gerp

aint

ing

com

e fr

om m

ore

mat

ure

artis

ts.

Proc

edur

e:B

egin

with

one

col

or, p

ract

ice,

kee

ping

pai

nt m

ove

Ede

by

addi

ng a

littl

e w

ater

whi

leyo

u w

ork.

Exp

erim

ents

:Pa

t, sw

ing,

pus

h, w

iggl

e, z

ig-z

ag, s

mea

r, s

crap

e, ta

p, s

pira

l, sc

allo

p. T

ry th

is w

ithw

hole

han

d, p

alm

, sid

e of

han

d, f

ist,

thum

b (s

ide

and

base

), f

inge

r tip

s, f

inge

rnai

ls,

side

of

who

le a

rm, w

rist

to e

lbow

, elb

ow. T

his

can

be c

ontin

ued

for

seve

ral l

esso

ns.

Hav

e pu

pil r

epea

t tho

se e

xper

imen

ts th

at tu

rn o

ut w

ell,

in o

rder

to r

emem

ber

them

.W

hen

adva

ncin

g to

two

colo

rs, b

egin

by

havi

ng p

upil

plac

e on

e co

lor

on h

alf

the

shee

tan

d an

othe

r co

lor

on th

e ot

her

half

. The

n le

t him

ble

nd th

e tw

o co

icrs

just

in th

em

iddl

e. C

ompa

re th

e th

ree

effe

ct:.

Let

son

ic o

f th

e pu

pils

ble

nd th

e w

hole

she

et.

The

n co

mpa

re w

ith th

ose

shee

ts th

at s

till h

ave

thre

e co

lors

. Hel

p th

em s

ee th

at s

oli':

of e

ach

colo

r sh

ould

be

left

like

it is

.Fo

llow

thi-

by

havi

ng p

upil

spre

ad o

ne c

olor

ove

r pa

rts

of th

e pa

per

leav

ing

area

s of

whi

te. A

dd d

aubs

of

anot

her

colo

r in

the

whi

te s

pace

s an

d le

t him

cov

er o

nly

the

whi

te. T

h...

he m

ay b

lend

a li

ttle,

but

not

too

muc

h to

com

plet

e hi

s ba

ckgr

ound

.N

ow le

t him

app

ly h

is p

aint

ing

tech

niqu

es s

pari

ngly

so

as n

ot to

mud

dy th

e ba

ck-

grou

nd.

Kee

p re

min

ding

him

that

eac

h co

lor

need

s to

sta

y pa

rtly

by

itsel

f an

d do

esn'

t wan

t to

be a

ll co

vere

d up

.A

s a

last

ste

p, le

t him

pla

n w

here

he

wan

ts th

e co

lors

to g

o fo

r th

e co

mpo

sitio

n (c

on-

tent

) of

his

pic

ture

.V

aria

tion:

1.C

olor

ful f

inge

rpai

ntin

gs c

an b

e cu

t int

o pi

eces

for

col

lage

.2.

Box

es, w

i.ste

pape

r ba

sket

s, p

enci

l hol

ders

are

attr

activ

e w

hen

cove

red

with

fin

ger

pain

tings

.3.

Lon

g (6

") n

arro

w tr

iang

ular

str

ips

cut f

rom

fin

gerp

aint

ings

can

be

rolle

d ov

er a

stitc

hery

nee

dle

and

glue

d to

mak

e be

ads.

Int

ersp

erse

d w

ith b

eads

fro

m o

ldje

wel

ry th

ey m

ake

a ni

ce n

eckl

ace.

4.T

ry p

aper

scu

lptu

re w

ith f

inge

rpai

nted

pap

ers.

S.L

ight

col

ored

fin

gerp

aint

s m

ake

good

bac

kgro

unds

for

sty

rofo

am a

nd c

ardb

oard

prin

ts.

MO

NO

PR

INT

ING

WIT

H F

ING

ER

PA

INT

K-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

pri

nt a

n im

pres

sion

fro

m a

fla

t sur

face

to e

xper

ienc

e re

vers

e pr

intin

gto

obt

ain

inte

rest

ing

visu

al te

xtur

es

Mat

eria

lsfi

nger

pain

t,pa

per,

(fin

gerp

aint

pape

r, n

ews-

prin

t,M

anila

, con

stru

ctio

n, o

ak ta

g, b

row

nw

rapp

ing,

new

spap

er, e

tc.)

Prep

arat

ion

Spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

on

floo

r or

tabl

es to

rec

eive

prin

ts, o

r st

ring

clo

thes

line

over

head

and

clip

prin

ts to

it w

ith c

loth

espi

ns. H

ave

buck

et o

fw

ater

and

spo

nge

read

y fo

r cl

ean-

up.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eM

ake

a fi

nger

pain

ting

on a

gla

zed

or f

orm

ica

surf

ace

(tab

le to

p, g

lass

). P

lace

pap

erto

be

prin

ted

on to

p of

the

wet

pai

ntin

g. R

u:, g

ently

ove

r th

e ba

ck u

sing

han

d,sc

rape

r, o

r br

ajer

. Lif

t pri

nt. S

econ

d pr

int c

an b

e m

ade

usin

g m

ore

pres

sure

. Thi

rdpr

int c

an b

e m

ade

on w

et p

rint

ing

pape

r.

Var

iatio

n1.

Lif

t a p

rint

of

blot

s of

pai

nt. A

dd b

lots

of

anot

her

and

repe

at. P

rint

one

col

or a

ta

time,

or

use

man

y co

lors

.2.

Des

ign

with

leav

es, g

rass

, fla

t mat

eria

ls. A

rran

ge o

n a

wet

pai

ntin

glif

t pri

nts.

3.L

ift p

rint

s on

woo

d, m

ater

ial,

styr

ofoa

m.

4.Sp

read

thic

k pa

int o

n su

rfac

e. P

lace

pri

ntin

g pa

per

over

it. R

ub g

ently

. Usi

ngst

ylus

, mak

e pi

ctur

e on

bac

k of

pri

ntin

g pa

per.

Lif

t pri

nt.

5.Pl

ace

card

boar

d sh

apes

on

a fl

at s

urfa

ce. L

ay w

et f

inge

r pa

int

shee

t on

top.

App

ly f

inge

r pa

int a

nd s

crap

e pa

int o

ff w

ith s

crap

er o

f ca

rdbo

ard

or w

ood.

Res

ultin

g pr

int w

ill b

e a

scra

ped

ruon

opri

nt.

6.In

k, c

rayo

n or

pai

nt a

ccen

ts c

an b

e ad

ded

to th

e dr

y pr

int.

It is

adv

isab

le to

hav

e ch

ildre

n br

ing

old

shir

ts to

pro

tect

thei

r cl

othe

s. R

oll s

hirt

slee

ves

up, o

r cu

t off

at t

he e

lbow

.R

esea

rch

show

s th

at c

hild

ren

who

hav

e be

en s

tron

gly

adm

onis

hed

abou

t cle

anlin

ess

feel

rel

ucta

nt to

get

mes

sy w

ith f

inge

r pa

int.

Kee

p w

et p

aper

tow

els

hand

y as

wel

l as

spon

ges

and

larg

e co

ntai

ners

of

clea

n w

ater

. Sho

w h

ow e

asily

fin

ger

pain

t com

es o

ffha

nds

with

a d

amp

spon

ge.

"By

revo

lutio

nizi

ng th

e te

achi

ng o

f ar

t we

mig

ht w

ell e

nhan

ce s

igni

fica

ntly

the

qual

ity o

f liv

ing

and

the

char

acte

r of

our

cul

ture

."D

r. J

ohn

Goo

dlad

"I h

old

that

mea

ning

ful e

xper

ienc

e w

ith th

e ar

ts d

oes

help

to e

quip

a y

oung

pers

on to

dea

l with

the

prob

lem

s of

life

,w

heth

er p

ract

ical

, mor

al, p

sych

olog

ical

or

spir

itual

."W

m. S

chul

man

Pres

. Lin

coln

Cen

ter

for

the

Perf

orm

ing

Art

s

58

Page 62: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TO

OLE

D F

ING

ER

PA

INT

ING

3-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to in

corp

orat

e va

riou

s to

ols

in p

aint

ing

to r

ecor

d im

pres

sion

s by

roi

ling

Mat

eria

ls

fing

erpa

int.

spon

ges.

long

an o

f w

ater

.pa

per.

Ivar

iety

lbr

ushe

s.i a

llki

nds.

size

-ca

rdbo

ard

diff

eren

t thi

ckne

sses

.T

rink

ing

stra

ws,

nat

ural

mat

er-

ials

.gs

.ba

rk.

frui

ts.

vege

tabl

es.

etc.

woo

d. r

ubbe

r, f

elt.

spon

ges.

pla

st-

ic. e

tc..

brav

er. n

ewsp

aper

.

Prep

arat

ion

Lay

out

indi

vidu

al s

pong

es o

r w

et p

aper

tow

els.

Pla

ce a

long

pan

of

wat

er f

orea

sy a

cces

s fo

r w

ettin

g pa

per.

Lar

geca

ns o

f to

ols

and

pape

r as

nee

ded.

Vet

pape

r by

rol

ling

int

a tu

be. I

mm

erse

in lo

ng p

an o

f w

ater

. Lif

t by

one

edge

.L

ay d

irec

tly o

n ta

ble

I fo

rmic

a .

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

The

fol

low

ing

vari

atio

ns c

an b

e us

ed w

ithfi

nger

pain

t

L U

se s

trin

gs. l

eave

s, g

rass

. etc

. und

er w

etpa

per.

Rol

l ove

r pa

per

with

bra

yer.

2. U

se c

ardb

oard

edg

es f

or s

crap

ers

onfi

nger

pain

t.

3. P

lace

str

ing

on w

et f

inge

rpai

ntin

g an

d fo

ldov

er f

irst

. Pul

l str

ings

out

. Lif

t top

she

et.

4. U

se n

atur

al m

ater

ials

f w

ood.

bar

k. e

tc.)

as

pain

t.E

valu

ate

PAIN

TIN

G

pape

r or

pla

ce

tool

s to

use

on

a to

p sh

eet

wet

fin

ger-

BE

AD

S F

RO

M F

ING

ER

PA

INT

ING

S-

4-5-

6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

es

to c

reat

e pe

rson

al. h

andm

ade

jew

elr)

to m

ake

bead

s th

at h

arm

oniz

e in

col

orto

sal

vage

a f

inge

rpai

ntin

gto

"st

retc

h" a

rt m

ater

ials

Mat

eria

lssc

isso

rs,

penc

il,ca

rdbo

ard

tria

ngle

s11

/." x

stite

hery

or

fine

kni

tting

need

le, w

hite

glu

e. s

mal

l bru

shes

,w

axpa

per.

em

broi

dery

nee

dle.

hea

vy th

read

or s

mal

l tw

ine,

dam

p sp

onge

s or

pap

erto

wel

s

Prep

arat

ion

Hav

e ol

d fi

nger

pain

tings

on

hand

. Sel

ect

thos

e w

ith g

ood

colo

r va

riet

y an

d sh

ow-

ing

man

) sw

irls

. Cut

car

dboa

rd tr

iai,g

les

11 /a

" x

12"

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Use

car

dboa

rd tr

iang

les

as p

atte

rns

to m

ark

off

tria

ngle

son

the

fing

er-

pain

ting.

Cut

out

the

tria

ngle

s m

arke

d. S

tart

ing

with

the

wid

e en

d of

the

stri

p. r

oll a

tria

ngle

ove

ra

need

le. K

eep

the

stri

p ce

nter

ed. B

e su

reth

e co

lor

side

is o

ut. W

hen

the

stri

p ha

s be

en r

oile

d ne

arly

to th

e tip

appl

y gl

ue w

ith b

rush

insi

de a

nd o

utsi

de th

e tip

.Sl

ip th

e ne

edle

out

and

set

the

rolle

d be

adon

was

pap

er to

dry

. Wip

e gl

uefr

om n

eedl

e an

d ha

nds

befo

re r

epea

ting.

30

bead

s th

is s

ize

shou

ld m

ake

a sh

ort n

eckl

ace.

Str

ing

bead

s w

ith h

eavy

thre

ad o

r lig

ht tw

ine

stru

ngth

roug

h an

em

broi

dery

nee

dle.

Gla

ssor

woo

den

bead

s in

ters

pers

ed w

illm

ake

neck

lace

long

er a

nd m

ore

prof

essi

onal

. Be

sure

itis

larg

e en

ough

to g

o ov

er th

e he

ad. S

hella

c ca

n be

app

lied

to th

e pa

per

bead

s fo

r a

glos

sy lo

ok.

"Eac

h st

uden

t in

his

own

way

. wor

ks to

sat

isfy

the

infl

ate

love

of

beau

ty w

hich

stim

ulat

es h

im to

pro

duce

and

cre

ate

artis

tical

ly."

Geo

rge

von

Kan

tor

Art

Cha

irm

anJo

hn F

. Ken

nedy

Jr.

Hig

h

"Cre

ativ

ityis

adi

stin

guis

hing

char

acte

rist

icof

outs

tand

ing

indi

vidu

als

in a

lmos

t eve

ry f

ield

."E

. Pau

l Tor

ranc

e3'

;

Page 63: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAIN

TIN

GT

EM

PE

RA

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esto

giv

e cr

eativ

e ex

peri

ence

s w

ith c

olor

.to

lear

n to

com

bine

col

ors

into

a p

leas

ing

com

posi

tion.

to g

ain

faci

lity

in th

e us

e of

pai

ntin

g to

ols

t bru

shes

. stic

ks. c

ardb

oard

.fi

nger

s, e

tc.)

.

to le

arn

to c

ombi

ne m

an m

edia

. tec

hniq

ues.

to g

ain

expe

rien

ce in

pre

plan

ning

a c

ompo

sitio

n.to

enc

oura

ge e

xper

imen

tatio

n w

ith p

aint

.to

cul

tivat

e sp

onta

niet

v.to

wor

k bo

ldly

with

out r

elia

nce

on p

enci

l gui

delin

es.

A W

OR

D A

BO

UT

PA

INT

ING

.R

eaki

sm c

omes

fro

m lo

ng p

ract

ice

in d

raw

ing.

Pain

ting

is a

bout

som

ethi

ng e

ntir

ely

diff

eren

t.A

pai

nter

's c

hief

con

cern

is w

hat h

appe

ns w

ith h

is p

aint

. Col

ors.

ble

nds,

light

s an

d da

rks,

larg

e ar

eas

of c

olor

. sm

all a

reas

of

colo

r. c

lean

col

or, t

rans

-pa

rent

col

or, h

arm

ony.

bru

sh s

trok

es. t

extu

res.

moo

dth

ese

are

a pa

rt o

fw

hat h

e is

exp

erim

entin

g w

ith_

If it

look

s re

alis

tic. f

ine.

If

it do

esn'

t. he

isno

t bot

here

d so

long

as

his

desi

gn a

nd e

ffec

t are

ple

asin

g.In

chi

ldre

n's

pain

tings

. man

y na

ive

effe

cts

reac

h qu

aliti

es th

e ad

ult

pain

ter

is s

trug

glin

g fo

r. L

earn

to f

ind

thes

e: it

's a

fas

cina

ting

gam

e.

POIN

TE

RS

AB

OU

T P

AIN

TIN

G:

Tem

pera

pig

men

ts a

re n

ot p

ure

and

do n

ot m

ix in

to c

lear

dea

n bl

ends

.T

empe

ra s

houl

d be

the

thic

knes

s of

ligh

t cre

am.

Usi

ng th

e si

de o

f th

e br

ush

to p

aint

alo

ng a

line

wor

ks b

ette

r th

an u

sing

the

brus

h po

int.

Bru

shes

sho

uld

not b

e he

ld li

ke a

pen

cil b

ut s

houl

d be

gra

sped

at l

east

an in

ch b

ack

of th

e m

etal

fer

rule

.B

rush

dra

win

g is

bol

der

and

free

r th

an p

enci

l dra

win

g. a

nd m

uch

tobe

pre

ferr

ed.

Filli

ng in

pen

cil d

raw

ings

is c

olor

ing.

not

pai

ntin

g.Se

riou

s pa

inte

rs o

ften

spr

ead

on c

olor

and

dra

w o

ver

it. w

ithou

t con

cern

for

fitti

ng th

e co

lor

and

draw

ing

exac

tly.

Wet

pap

er (

on b

oth

side

s) g

ives

bea

utif

ul e

ffec

ts if

not

ove

rloa

ded

with

pain

t.C

hild

ren,

K-2

, sho

uld

not h

ave

mor

e th

an 3

col

ors

at a

tim

e.

AN

D W

AT

ER

CO

LOR

PRO

CE

DU

RE

FO

R P

AIN

TIN

GG

et s

et f

or p

aint

ing

activ

ities

at t

he b

egin

ning

of

the

year

, and

the

actu

alac

tivity

will

be

sim

ple.

Do

this

: Hav

e ol

d ne

wsp

aper

s on

han

d.C

ut d

own

card

boar

d ca

rton

s. (

Cam

pbel

l's s

oup

size

) to

3"

high

.C

ut to

ps f

rom

milk

car

tons

to h

old

pain

t.Pl

ace

6 m

ilk c

arto

ns in

foi

l-lin

ed c

ardb

oard

box

-tra

y.C

olle

ct la

rge

cans

fro

m c

afet

eria

to h

old

wat

er.

If in

divi

dual

wat

er c

onta

iner

s ar

e ne

eded

. cut

tops

off

pla

stic

mill

.bo

ttles

.

Bef

ore

the

pain

ting

activ

ityD

o 'h

is: F

ill m

ilk c

arto

ns w

ith 4

to 6

sep

arat

e co

lors

1"

to 1

" de

ep.

Set p

aint

car

tons

in c

ardb

oard

tray

and

cov

er w

ith p

last

ic w

rap.

Wet

a b

atch

of

pape

r to

wel

s an

d w

ring

slig

htly

.

To

begi

nD

o th

is: C

over

tabl

es w

ith n

ewsp

aper

12

pupi

ls)

Giv

e ou

t pap

er a

nd b

rush

es 1

2 pu

pils

)Se

t wat

er a

nd p

aint

s on

tabl

es (

Tea

cher

Giv

e ea

ch c

hild

a d

amp

pape

r to

wel

for

kee

ping

han

ds c

lean

.T

o cl

ean

upD

o th

is: P

upils

cle

an b

rush

es in

wat

er c

an a

nd la

y th

em o

n ta

ble.

Tea

cher

col

lect

s pa

int t

ray

and

disc

ards

all

milk

car

tons

that

are

nea

rly

empt

y1

pupi

l col

lect

s br

ushe

s1

pupi

l at e

ach

tabl

e em

ptie

s w

ater

can

s at

sin

kE

ach

pupi

l rem

oves

new

spap

ers

from

tabl

e an

d fo

lds

them

com

pact

ly,

leav

ing

pain

ting

on ta

ble.

1 pu

pil p

asse

s th

e w

aste

bas

ket t

o co

llect

new

spap

er.

Pain

tings

not

dry

can

be

spre

ad te

mpo

rari

ly o

n fl

oor

or c

ount

ers.

If

som

eone

will

don

ate

an o

ld h

air

drye

r, th

e dr

ying

can

be

spee

ded

up.

Page 64: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAIN

TIN

G

TO

NE

D B

AC

KG

RO

UN

DK

-4Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

es

To

disc

over

wet

ble

ndin

g.T

o cr

eate

a c

olor

bac

kgro

und

for

draw

ing.

Mat

eria

ls

Whi

te c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r or

but

cher

pap

er, w

ater

, tem

pera

,br

ush,

spon

ge f

or c

lean

up,

muf

fin

tins.

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

trib

ute

mat

eria

ls. P

ut 3

thin

ned

colo

rs in

eac

h m

uffi

n tin

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

Exp

lain

that

pup

ils a

re g

oing

to m

ake

thei

row

n co

lore

d pa

per

on w

hich

to d

raw

. Hav

e th

em d

ip s

pong

e in

cle

ar w

ater

, and

wet

pap

er o

n bo

thsi

des.

Sm

ooth

pap

er o

n ta

ble

and

brus

h co

lors

on

the

pape

r to

cre

ate

colo

rful

bac

kgro

und.

Set

asi

de to

dry

. Nex

t day

, let

pup

ils p

aint

pic

ture

on th

e co

lore

d su

rfac

e.

Eva

luat

e

SP

AT

TE

R P

AIN

TIN

G K

-2, 3

-4Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ex

peri

men

t with

pos

itive

and

neg

ativ

e sh

apes

.T

o ex

peri

men

t with

man

y te

chni

ques

for

mak

ing

a st

enci

l pai

ntin

g.M

ater

ials

Tem

pera

; sci

ssor

s; c

harc

oal o

r pe

ncil;

bru

sh (

toot

hbru

sh, v

eget

able

brus

h, h

airb

rush

) ; p

aper

I b

utch

er, m

anila

, new

spri

nt)

; car

dboa

rd (

file

fold

ers)

; sc

reen

wir

e (p

iece

)

Prep

arat

ion

Giv

e ou

t sci

ssor

s, c

harc

oal o

r pe

ncils

and

car

dboa

rd. S

ketc

hes

shou

ldbe

mad

e di

rect

ly o

n ca

rdbo

ard

and

cut o

ut. K

eep

obje

c-s

larg

e.C

over

pai

ntin

g ar

ea w

ith n

ewsp

aper

. Chi

ldre

n ca

n w

ork

in p

airs

and

assi

st e

ach

othe

r w

ith s

patte

ring

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eO

bjec

t is

cut o

ut f

rom

car

dboa

rd. O

bjec

tm

ay b

e us

ed a

s st

enci

l or

area

fro

mw

hich

it w

as c

ut. P

lace

ste

ncil

on p

aper

and

spat

ter

with

tem

pera

-fill

ed b

rush

thro

ugh

scre

en. S

ever

al c

olor

s ca

n be

used

. Ove

rlap

sha

pes

whe

n re

peat

ing

the

spat

ter.

Eva

luat

e

61

Page 65: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

SP

ON

GE

PA

INT

ING

3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ex

peri

ence

mix

ing

colo

rs o

n th

epa

per.

To

achi

eve

vari

ous

effe

cts

by d

iffe

rent

wet

ness

of a

reas

on

pape

r.M

ater

ials

Spon

ges

(cut

var

ious

siz

es)

; sci

ssor

s (t

ocu

t spo

nges

) ;

dry

tem

pera

;pa

per

(Man

ila)

; clo

thes

pin

s.

PAIN

TIN

G

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

spo

nges

into

sm

all p

iece

s (a

ppro

xim

atel

yx

2").

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er.

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

pape

r, s

pong

es a

nd te

mpe

ra. S

pong

es c

an b

e pl

aced

in o

r ne

ar th

e co

lor

to b

e us

ed. U

se a

dif

fere

nt s

pong

e w

ith e

ach

colo

r.Pa

int c

an b

e pl

aced

in a

cen

tral

ly le

'ate

d ar

ea.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eW

et p

aper

. Pla

ce o

n sm

ooth

sur

face

and

rem

ove

wri

nkle

s. U

se p

iece

s of

spon

ges

to d

ip in

to d

ry te

mpe

ra, t

hen

onto

pap

er.

Clo

thes

pin

hold

s sm

all s

pong

e.If

dry

tem

pera

is n

ot a

vaila

ble,

liqu

id te

mpe

ra p

oure

d in

to a

reg

ular

spon

ge w

ill h

old

enou

gh p

aint

to c

olor

sm

all s

pong

es. U

se li

ke a

sta

mp

pad.

Eva

luat

eV

aria

tion:

Cut

a s

tenc

il fi

-nn

a m

anila

file

fol

der.

Lay

it o

n a

clea

n sh

eet o

fpa

per

and

spon

ge c

olor

in o

pen

spac

e. T

ry tw

o co

lors

and

shi

ft s

tenc

ilfo

r se

cond

col

or. T

ry s

pong

ing

arou

nd c

ut o

ut p

iece

.

TE

MP

ER

A W

AS

H-O

UT

3-4,

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

disc

over

a f

orm

of

resi

st.

Mat

eria

ls

tem

pera

,pa

per

(con

stru

ctio

n), r

ubbe

rce

men

t, br

ushe

s

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er. C

over

anot

her

area

nea

r si

nk w

ith n

ewsp

aper

sfo

r dr

ying

. Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

pape

r,br

ush

and

tem

pera

. Glu

e ca

n be

sha

red

betw

een

seve

ral c

hild

ren.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

ePa

int i

s ap

plie

d he

avily

to a

reas

on

pape

r. W

hen

dry,

rub

ber

cem

ent i

sdr

ippe

d or

pla

ced

on p

aint

ed s

urfa

ce. W

hen

dry,

pap

er is

was

hed

byge

ntly

rub

bing

und

er r

unni

ng w

ater

. Glu

ed a

reas

will

rem

ain

dark

. The

proc

ess

can

be r

epea

ted

afte

r dr

ying

the

pape

r.

Eva

luat

e

DR

IP P

AIN

TIN

GPr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

help

dev

elop

a f

eelin

g fo

r th

e ab

stra

ct.

To

expe

rim

ent w

ith a

Jac

kson

Pol

lock

tech

niqu

e.M

ater

ials

tem

pera

pai

nt, b

rush

or

stic

k, n

ewsp

aper

,pa

per

(new

spri

nt, M

anila

).Pr

epar

atio

nC

over

wor

k ar

ea w

ith o

ld n

ewsp

aper

s.E

ach

child

will

nee

d pa

per

(new

spap

er,

Man

ila, o

r ne

wsp

rint

). P

lace

pai

nt a

ndbr

ushe

s ne

ar c

hild

ren

to p

reve

nt d

rip-

ping

ove

r ea

ch o

ther

's w

ork.

Put

abr

ush

or s

tick

in e

ach

colo

r te

mpe

raan

d pa

ss ja

rs a

roun

d.M

otiv

ate

3-4,

5-6

Proc

edur

e

Tak

e a

half

she

et o

f ne

wsp

aper

. Tea

r ho

les

into

it. L

ay th

is o

ver

pape

r.L

oad

brus

h w

ith f

luid

tem

pera

so

that

it is

dri

ppin

g. D

rip

over

the

new

s-pa

per

sten

cil.

Cha

nge

colo

r an

d re

peat

with

a c

lean

bru

sh. L

et d

ry. A

new

sten

cil w

ith s

mal

ler

hole

s ca

n be

use

d to

rep

eat t

he p

roce

ss. W

hen

dry

draw

aro

und

shap

es w

ith m

agic

mar

ker

or b

lack

pai

nt.

Var

iatio

ns

(a)

Pain

t ton

al b

ackg

roun

d on

pap

er. L

et d

ry. D

ip s

tick

into

eas

y-ru

nni

tem

pera

and

dri

p ov

er b

ackg

roun

d co

lor.

(b)

Pain

t in

rhyt

hmic

line

s. T

hen

drip

col

ors

over

ori

gina

l lin

es.

(c)

Com

bine

tech

niqu

e of

dri

ppin

g an

d po

urin

g.

Eva

luat

e62

Page 66: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PA

PE

R E

NG

RA

VIN

G3-

4, 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

unde

rsta

nd th

e te

chni

que

of e

ngra

ving

thro

ugh

a si

mpl

e pr

oces

s.

Mat

eria

ls

New

spri

nt; p

enci

l or

chur

cool

; dar

ning

nee

dle;

brus

h; te

mpe

ra: c

ardb

oard

(po

ster

pap

er, f

ilefo

lder

s)

PAIN

TIN

G

Prep

arat

ion

Di-

cuss

eng

ravi

ng. l

ia.e

chi

ldre

n un

ders

tand

that

thi-

isin

to a

sur

face

.G

ive

oil:

new

spri

nt a

nd c

harc

oal o

r pe

ncils

. lio

.e p

lann

ing

child

is s

atis

fied

with

hi-

-ke

tch.

gite

out

car

dboa

rd a

ndea

ch p

er c

hild

) .

Pain

t can

be

plac

ed in

cen

tral

loca

tions

Cov

er a

rea

with

new

spap

er.

Mot

ivat

e

a pr

oces

s of

scr

atch

ing

sket

ches

don

e. W

hen

the

darn

ing

need

les

lone

of

to s

erve

sev

eral

chi

ldre

n.

Proc

edur

eD

esig

n is

scr

atch

ed in

to c

ardb

oard

with

nee

dle.

-e s

impl

e su

bjec

tsan

imal

, tre

e,ho

use.

per

-on)

. Sel

atch

dee

p y

into

car

dboa

rdpa

int o

ver

with

thin

ned

tem

pera

(ew

nly)

. scr

atch

-d d

esig

n w

ill s

how

up

as a

dar

ker

colo

r.E

valu

ate

PA

INT

ON

FO

ILG

R. 3

-4, 5

-6

11

Prep

/ann

i;.i:

Obj

et ti

eso

expe

ri,n

ci "

pulli

ng o

ut''

aby

scr

atch

ing.

pict

ure

or d

esig

n

rial

-.A

buni

num

foi

l; ru

bber

cem

ent;

tem

pera

; car

d-d

I A

irt b

oard

orco

rrug

ated

);br

ush;

scra

tchi

ng to

ol (

dull

penc

il), s

ciss

ors,

poi

nted

stic

k. e

tc./

:ha

ir s

pray

; liq

uid

dete

rgen

t.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

n,.u

spap

er. E

ach

child

will

nee

d a

piec

e of

car

dboa

rd, f

oil.

Rub

ber

ye/ti

ent a

nd te

mpo

raan

he

plac

ed in

cen

tral

ly lo

cate

d ar

eas.

Chi

ldre

n ca

nus

e ab

stra

ct d

e -i

gn-

or p

ictu

re-

-cra

tche

d in

to f

oil.

Subj

ects

fur

pic

ture

s ca

n be

sim

ple

obje

cts,

tree

s, a

nim

al,,

land

s( a

pes,

stil

l lif

e. o

r fi

gure

s. M

any

text

ures

can

be p

rodu

ced

by s

crat

chin

g th

ru th

e pa

int i

n va

riou

s w

ays

(cro

ss-h

atch

, str

ai?'

tlin

es, c

riss

-cro

ss, w

iggl

y, b

roke

n lin

es.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eG

lue

foil

to c

ardb

oard

with

rub

ber

cem

ent.

Smoo

th o

ut w

rink

les.

Pai

nt s

urfa

ce w

ithte

mpe

ra.

Add

liqu

id d

eter

gent

N. t

empe

ra if

it "b

eads

-.)

Allo

w to

dry

. Scr

atch

thro

ugh

tem

pera

to c

reat

e de

sire

d de

sign

or

pict

ure.

Spr

ay w

ith h

air

spra

y to

hel

ppr

otec

t sur

face

.E

valu

ate

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

dis

cove

r di

ffer

ent t

echn

ique

sbr

ayer

s.po

ssib

le

Mat

eria

lsas

sort

ed b

raye

rsor

rol

lers

)te

mpe

rafl

at p

anpa

per

(con

stru

ctio

n pa

per,

man

ila)

BR

AY

ER

3-4,

5-6 Pr

oced

ure

with

Tem

pera

is p

oure

d in

fla

t pan

and

rol

ler

is r

un th

roug

h pa

int.

Pain

ted

rolle

r is

then

appl

ied

dire

ctly

to p

aper

. Lon

g. e

xten

ded

stro

kes

or s

hort

one

s ca

n be

com

bine

d.R

olle

r tu

rned

on

side

can

mak

e a

narr

ow li

ne. A

n en

tire

pict

ure

or c

ompo

sitio

nca

n be

don

e w

ith v

ario

us s

trok

es.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

er, c

hild

ren

can

expe

rim

ent w

ith r

ollin

g br

ayer

in d

iffe

rent

way

son

new

spap

er b

efor

e pl

anni

ng p

ictu

res.

Try

vari

ous

stro

kes

(sid

e) o

f br

ayer

, oA

istin

g, s

hort

stro

kes,

long

one

s).

Mot

ivat

e

Eva

luat

e

63

Page 67: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

WE

T P

AIN

TIN

G IN

WA

TE

RC

OLO

R 3

-4, 5

-6

PAIN

TIN

G

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o un

ders

tand

the

flow

ing

and

blen

ding

of c

olor

s on

wet

pap

er.

Mat

eria

lsW

hite

con

stru

ctio

n pa

per.

larg

e co

ntai

ner

of w

ater

. 1 f

lat 1

rou

nd, b

rush

, muf

fin

tins,

tem

pera

. pen

cil.

and

spon

ge.

Prep

arat

ion

Plac

e w

ater

con

tain

ers

for

ever

y tw

o pu

pils

. Cov

er ta

bles

with

new

spap

eran

d gi

ve o

ut b

rush

es h

ave

muf

fin

tins

and

tem

pera

pai

nts

at a

cen

tral

loca

tion.

Hav

e pu

pils

dra

w p

ictu

re o

r de

sign

on

the

shee

t of

whi

teco

nstr

uctio

n.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eL

et e

ach

pupi

l sel

ect 5

col

ors.

A s

poon

ful o

f ea

ch w

ill s

uffi

ce. P

ut th

ese

inm

uffi

n tin

. Dip

spo

nge

in c

lear

wat

er a

nd w

et s

heet

of

cons

truc

tion

pape

r th

orou

ghly

fir

st o

n on

e si

de. t

hen

on th

e ot

her.

Whi

le th

e pa

per

surf

ace

is m

oist

pai

nt c

olor

s lo

osel

y on

the

form

s in

the

pict

ure.

Do

not

try

to f

it th

e sh

apes

. mer

ely

spre

ad c

olor

fla

tly o

ver

the

area

. Let

som

e of

the

colo

rs o

verl

ap. M

ake

the

colo

rs m

ore

inte

nse

in s

ome

plac

es th

an in

othe

rs. L

et d

ry. W

hen

the

pain

ting

is c

ompl

etel

y dr

y. (

next

day

) di

p th

ero

und

brus

h in

flu

id b

lack

tem

pera

. and

dra

w th

e sh

apes

in o

n to

p of

the

colo

r. T

he s

prea

d of

col

or b

eyon

d th

e m

argi

ns o

f fo

rms

is a

del

iber

ate

wat

erco

lor

tech

niqu

e.

Eva

luat

e

CO

NT

RO

LLE

D B

LEN

DIN

G5-

6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

es

to u

se w

et b

lend

ing

in li

mite

d ar

eas

Mat

eria

ls

Whi

te c

onst

ruct

ion

orw

hite

dra

win

gpa

per,

wat

er, s

pong

e, r

ound

bru

sh #

12,

muf

fin

tins

and

tem

pera

, or

wat

erco

lor

box,

pen

cil.

Prep

arat

ion

Mak

e co

mpl

ete

sket

ch o

f ov

er a

ll ar

ea(o

mit

fine

det

ails

)

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Dip

bru

sh in

cle

an w

ater

and

wet

an

area

whi

ch is

to b

e of

one

pri

ncip

alco

lor.

Whe

n th

e ar

ea is

all

moi

st, p

ick

up th

e m

ain

colo

r of

the

area

and

flow

it in

to th

e cl

ear

liqui

d. A

noth

er c

olor

may

be

adde

d to

get

var

iety

or to

cre

ate

shad

e. W

hen

the

colo

r in

this

spo

t is

satis

fact

ory

mov

eac

ross

to a

noth

er a

rea

with

out a

ny s

ide

bord

erin

g on

the

firs

t sec

tion

colo

red.

Tre

at th

is s

ectio

n in

the

sam

e w

ay. P

roce

ed, m

ovin

g fr

om o

nedr

y sp

ot to

ano

ther

to b

lend

and

sha

de th

e w

hole

pai

ntin

g. A

s lo

ng a

sth

e de

sign

is n

ot to

o co

mpl

ex th

is a

ppro

ach

wor

ks v

ery

wel

l. W

hen

dry,

use

brus

h tip

to d

raw

in d

etai

ls. A

poi

nter

: avo

id s

mal

l thi

n ob

ject

s or

form

s fo

r w

ater

colo

rs.

OT

HE

R P

OSS

IBIL

ITIE

S T

O E

XPL

OR

E:

1. S

traw

pai

ntin

gA

pply

pai

nt in

flu

id d

ropl

ets,

a f

ew a

: a ti

me.

Usi

ng a

soda

str

aw, b

low

on

the

drop

lets

, for

cing

the

flui

dpa

int f

orw

ard

to f

orm

man

y sm

all b

ranc

hes.

2. C

orru

gate

d ca

rdbo

ard

Use

tem

pera

pai

nt o

n ra

ised

sur

face

onl

y. O

r, p

aint

into

gro

oves

with

one

col

or, t

hen

pain

t cro

ss g

rain

with

oth

er c

olor

s, p

uttin

g de

sign

on

rais

ed s

urfa

ceon

ly.

3. P

aint

pri

nts

Cut

sim

ple

form

out

of

card

boar

d. S

tret

ch n

ylon

hos

eov

er th

e op

enin

g an

d ta

pe d

own.

The

n pa

int t

hrou

ghth

e ny

lon

scre

en o

nto

pape

r. U

sing

sev

eral

sha

pes

pre-

pare

d th

is w

ay, r

epea

ting

the

pain

ting

in d

iffe

rent

colo

rs p

rodu

ces

som

ethi

ng s

imila

r to

a s

ilk s

cree

npr

int.

64

Page 68: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TE

MP

ER

A B

AT

IK3-

6

Prep

arat

ion

Seve

ral a

rt p

erio

ds w

ill b

e ne

eded

.Fi

rst d

ay: C

over

wor

k ar

ea w

ith n

ew-p

aper

. Eac

h pu

pil w

ill n

eed

pape

r an

d ch

arco

alor

pen

cil.

Mak

e sk

etch

on

Man

ila p

aper

. Hav

e te

mpe

ra p

lat e

d in

eas

ily a

cces

sibl

ear

ea s

ince

sev

eral

col

ors

will

1.)

e ne

eded

. Pai

nt.

Seco

nd d

ay: C

rum

ple

pain

ting.

Sha

ke o

ff e

xces

s fl

akes

. App

ly in

k. H

ave

inki

n' a

rea

cove

red

with

new

spap

ers.

Thi

rd d

ay: C

over

sin

k ar

ea w

ith n

ewsp

aper

s. W

ash

pain

ting

unde

r ru

nnin

g w

ater

.Sp

read

to d

ry.

PAIN

TIN

G

Prep

lann

ing

Ob;

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

a si

mpl

e ba

tik e

ffec

t.T

o cr

eate

a c

ompo

sitio

n st

ep b

y st

ep.

Mat

rial

s

Tem

pt r

a ; b

rush

es: p

aper

Man

ila)

; Ind

ia;

runn

ing

wat

er, c

harc

oal o

r pe

ncil

(for

ske

tch)

.

Mot

ivat

e ea

ch d

ay

Proc

edur

e

Beg

in b

y a

plan

ning

ske

tch

suita

ble

sul,j

ets

tnel

utle

stil

l-lif

e, la

ndsc

apes

. por

trai

ts.

anim

als.

) K

eep

obje

cts

fair

ly la

rge.

Skt

telt

on p

aper

. App

ly te

mpe

ra th

ickl

y, le

av-

ing

-roa

dway

s" a

roun

d ob

ject

s. U

se w

hole

slic

es. L

et p

aint

dry

com

plet

ely.

Cru

mpl

epa

intin

g 'in

to b

all)

. Sha

ke o

ff f

lake

s. C

oat s

urfa

ce o

f pa

intin

g w

ith I

ndia

Ink

. Let

dry.

t Use

bru

sh.)

Was

h un

der

runn

ing

wat

er. R

emov

e w

hen

pain

td a

reas

beg

in to

emer

ge. G

entle

rub

bing

in a

reas

bill

hel

p.

Eva

luat

e

CA

RD

BO

AR

D P

AIN

TIN

G G

L 5

-6 SPr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o "b

uild

up"

a c

ompt

stio

n st

ep b

y st

ep.

To

gain

exp

erie

nce

in r

epea

ting

shap

es a

ndeo

lus

in a

com

posi

tion.

Mat

eria

lsT

empe

ra +

thic

ken

with

liqu

id, f

lake

or

pwde

r-ed

dete

rgen

t) ;

drud

ges;

pape

rt m

anila

or

card

boar

d); c

ardb

oard

(va

riou

s th

ickn

esse

s);

milk

car

tons

; sci

ssor

s; p

enci

ls o

r ch

arco

al.

Prep

arat

ion

Giv

e ea

ch c

hild

a p

iece

of

card

boar

d, c

harc

oal o

r pe

ncil

and

scis

sors

. Hav

e fr

ee f

orm

shap

es d

raw

n on

car

dboa

rd a

nd c

ut o

ut. K

r su

re to

rep

eat c

urve

s an

d st

raig

ht li

nes.

Pain

ting

area

can

he

prep

ared

by

cove

ring

a ta

ble

or s

ever

al d

esks

with

new

spap

er.

Tem

pera

can

Ise

mix

ed a

nd p

lace

d in

milk

car

tons

in c

ente

r of

wor

k ar

ea.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eSh

apes

are

cut

out

of

card

boar

d. A

ssor

ted

size

s an

d th

ickn

esse

s ca

n be

use

d. P

ress

card

boar

d sh

apes

tone

at a

tint

et in

to p

aint

or

brus

h pa

int o

n. P

rint

on

pape

r. L

etdr

y xt

d re

peat

with

ano

ther

sha

pe a

nd. o

bit.

Kee

p re

peat

ing

until

all

shap

es a

reus

ed a

nd s

heet

is f

illed

. Ove

rlap

som

e ar

eas.

Var

iatio

nC

ut s

trip

s of

car

dboa

rd. U

se e

dges

to d

raw

ove

r pr

inte

d pi

ctur

e by

pai

ntin

g ed

ge w

ithda

rk c

olor

ed te

mpe

ra. P

ress

edg

e to

pap

er a

nd p

ull u

p. R

epea

t.

Eva

luat

e

TIE

DY

EIN

G-

3-4,

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

und

erst

and

an a

ge-o

ld te

xtile

pro

ces:

-to

exp

erio

ant w

ith f

oldi

ng a

nd ty

ing.

to e

xper

ienc

e pr

oced

ures

tor

.Lyi

ng.

Mat

eria

lsdy

e. p

ot f

ur d

ye, h

ot p

late

. kitc

hen

tong

s. p

anfo

r ri

nsin

g. s

trin

g. s

oft w

ashe

d co

tton

fabr

ic.

new

spap

ers.

Prep

arat

ion

Mak

e up

dye

in s

tron

g so

lutio

n an

d ha

ve r

eady

in a

n en

amel

ed p

an. H

ave

squa

res

cut o

r to

rnfo

r ea

ch p

upil.

Cut

7 o

r 8

leng

ths

of s

trin

g 10

"lo

ng f

or e

ach

child

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Tak

e a

squa

t... o

f cl

oth,

pin

ch u

p a

smal

l am

ount

, wra

p tig

htly

with

str

ing

and

tie,

allo

win

g :

mal

l tip

to s

how

. The

wra

pped

are

a sh

ould

not

dye

. Let

pup

ils I

nflo

wsu

it, p

inch

ing

up la

rge

and

smal

l bits

. mak

ing

sure

of

light

win

ding

and

tyin

g.W

hen

they

can

not p

ossi

bly

get h

old

of a

noth

er "

pinc

h,"

let t

hem

wet

fab

ric

and

begi

n dy

eing

. The

dye

mus

t be

very

hot

. Use

kitc

hen

tong

s an

d im

mer

se o

ne ti

edpi

ece

of f

abri

c at

a ti

me.

The

long

er it

sta

ys in

the

stro

nger

the

colo

r. R

emem

ber

that

the

colo

r lo

oks

muc

h da

rker

whe

n w

et. R

emov

e th

e cl

oth,

rin

se, a

nd d

ry. P

aper

tow

els

will

hel

p sp

eed

the

dryi

ng a

s w

ill a

hai

r dr

yer.

Whe

n dr

y un

tie a

nd d

isco

ver

how

the

tyin

g af

fect

ed th

e dy

e. P

ress

with

iron

to s

et c

olor

and

sm

ooth

fab

ric.

Var

iatio

n

1. P

leat

the

fabr

ic le

ngth

wis

e, th

en h

ave

som

eone

ass

ist i

n tw

istin

g un

til. i

t cur

lsba

ck o

n its

elf.

Thi

s re

quir

es th

in f

abri

c. W

et th

en d

ip in

to d

ye.

2. T

ie k

nots

in th

e fa

bric

, wet

and

dye

.65

Page 69: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal
Page 70: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PA

PE

R

C"

..

.in

quir

e w

hat t

he a

rt e

ffor

t doe

s to

the

reci

pien

t. If

it a

ffec

ts h

im in

a

CCfi

ne w

ay, t

hen

it is

art

; if

the

rule

s ha

ve b

een

brok

en, t

hen

the

rule

s w

ill h

ave

NI

to b

e ch

ange

d."

0H

ughe

s M

earn

sC

reat

ive

Pow

er

Page 71: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Ca-

t

PAPE

R

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

es:

To

lear

n to

man

ipul

ate

pape

r by

cut

ting,

fol

ding

, tea

ring

, ben

ding

and

scor

ing

To

lear

n to

cre

ate

two

and

thre

e di

men

sion

al ;o

rms

from

pap

er

To

disc

over

the

vers

atili

ty o

f pa

per

and

the

vari

ety

in w

hich

it is

man

ufac

ture

d.

Sim

ple

skill

s:

Scor

ingu

se a

dul

l poi

nt s

uch

as th

e ba

ck o

f a

scis

sors

bla

de a

nd im

pres

s al

ong

any

line

whi

ch is

to b

ecom

e a

fold

. Do

not c

ut o

r te

ar.

Cur

lingD

raw

ing

pape

r st

rips

ove

r th

e m

etal

edg

es o

f a

rule

r, o

r ro

lling

on

ape

ncil

in a

str

aigh

t or

spir

al m

anne

r.

Cat

stai

rs(U

sed

for

arm

s an

d le

gs o

n pa

per

figu

res)

. Cut

two

long

str

ips

ofpa

per

of e

qual

wid

th. F

.ien

ends

at r

ight

ang

les

to e

ach

othe

r. F

old

one

stri

psq

uare

ly o

ver

tie o

ther

; the

n fo

ld th

e se

cond

str

ip s

quar

ely

over

the

firs

t.R

epea

t unt

il st

rips

are

nee

ded

leng

th. C

lip e

nds

and

glue

.

Flow

ersF

old

pape

r sq

ur r

e di

agon

ally

; fol

d re

sulti

ng tr

iang

le in

hal

f, f

old

agai

n.H

old

cent

er o

f sq

uare

, stil

l fol

ded,

in le

ft h

and

and

cut w

ide

end

so th

at r

adia

lsi

des

are

of e

qual

leng

th. D

raw

any

sha

pe p

etal

des

ired

. ret

aini

ng th

e ce

nter

part

, and

cut

alo

ng li

nes.

Ope

n an

d fr

inge

. cur

l, no

tch,

or

leav

e as

is. S

ever

alci

rcle

s, o

ne o

ver

the

othe

r, m

ake

a fu

ll bl

oom

. Fas

ten

to p

ipe

clea

ner,

wra

pped

wir

e, o

r a

thin

dow

el.

Slas

hing

Cut

slit

s in

pap

er. I

nser

t end

of

anot

her

piec

e. P

ull t

hrou

gh to

des

ired

posi

tion,

and

glu

e. C

ontr

ol s

ize

of s

lits

and

inse

rts

for

desi

red

effe

ct.

Frin

ging

Mul

tiple

sla

shes

alo

ng p

aper

's e

dge.

clo

sely

and

eve

nly

cut.

Cdn

be

curl

ed f

or f

luff

y ef

fect

.

Ben

ding

Cur

ves

mad

e to

cre

ate

3 di

men

sion

al f

orm

s.

S1ct

511,

1pn

rrtS

berld

i.ncl

68

Page 72: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAPE

RT

RE

ES

K-2

, 3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o gi

ve b

ilate

ral p

ract

ice

in c

uttin

g.T

o cr

eate

man

y va

riat

ions

fro

m o

ne id

ea.

Mat

eria

lsC

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r.gl

itter

l opt

iona

l ).

clea

r sc

otch

men

ding

tape

. sci

ssor

s.Pr

epar

atio

nT

each

'r h

elpe

rs p

ass

out n

eede

d m

ater

-ia

ls. I

f ch

ildre

n ha

ve d

iffi

culty

in c

ut-

ting

out a

pat

tern

. hav

e th

em tr

ace

itfi

rst.

Be

posi

tive

that

they

kno

w b

i-la

tera

l cut

ting-

is d

one

on th

e fo

ld. T

alk

abou

t why

pap

er tr

ees

mus

t be

wid

er a

tth

e ba

se.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eFo

ld a

pie

ce o

f gr

een

cons

truc

tion

pape

r le

ngth

wis

e do

wn

the

mid

dle.

Cut

tree

s on

a tr

iang

ular

sha

pe m

akin

g th

em la

rger

at b

ase.

Chr

istm

as tr

eest

yle.

Usi

ng th

e tr

ee ju

st c

ut. t

race

aro

und

it on

ano

ther

mat

chin

c, s

heet

.an

d cu

t thi

s ou

t. T

ake

thes

e cu

t-ou

ts a

nd la

c th

e fo

lds

on th

e ta

ble.

bac

kto

bar

k. T

ape

the

fold

s fi

rmly

aga

inst

eac

h ot

her

with

cle

ar S

cotc

h ta

pe.

Tur

n ov

er. a

nd d

o th

e sa

me

on th

e ot

her

side

. Whe

n fi

nish

ed. t

he tr

eesh

ould

sta

nd a

lone

. Tri

m w

ith g

litte

r. s

equi

ns. o

r sp

onge

with

whi

tete

mpe

ra f

or s

now

. if

desi

red.

Eva

luat

e

TE

XT

UR

ED

PA

PE

RK

-2, 3

-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

T, a

chie

ve a

text

ural

eff

ect b

y pu

nchi

ngho

les.

Mat

eria

ls

Cor

ruga

ted

box

card

boar

d, c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r. n

ails

(as

sort

ed s

izes

).

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

a pi

ece

of c

orru

gate

dca

rdbo

ard,

con

stru

ctio

n pa

per

and

nails

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Plac

e co

rrug

ated

box

car

dboa

rdon

fla

t sur

face

(ta

ble

or d

esk)

. Lay

con

-st

ruct

ion

pape

r ov

er c

orru

gate

d bo

ard.

Pun

ch th

roug

h co

nstr

uctio

npa

per

(int

o co

rrug

ated

boa

rd)

with

nai

ls. U

se a

var

iety

of

size

s. G

roup

hole

s to

ach

ieve

a p

leas

ing

desi

gn. R

emov

e co

nstr

uctio

n pa

per

and

turn

over

. Han

g so

that

pun

ched

sid

e (b

ack)

is f

acin

gie

wer

. Pun

ched

out

plac

es f

orm

a r

elie

f pa

ttern

sho

win

g te

xtur

es.

Eva

luat

e

Pr, p

lann

ing

crea

te a

rai

sed

desi

gn,k

...,,,

ver

a di

ffer

ent w

ay to

use

tiss

ue.

NIA

teri

als

t..,,l

oret

1tis

sue.

card

boar

dfo

rba

ck-

grou

nd.

x 12

". p

enci

l. w

hite

glu

e.sc

isso

rs. s

mal

l box

es. e

nvel

opes

.Pr

epar

atio

nC

ut o

rte

artis

sue

into

piec

esab

out

3- x

Plac

e ea

ch c

olor

in s

epar

ate

box.

Giv

e e

ach

child

pen

cil.

card

boar

d.gl

ue.

Mot

ivat

e

DE

SIG

NIN

G W

ITH

TIS

SU

E B

ALL

SK

-2, 3

-4

Proc

edur

e

Set b

oxes

on

tabl

es a

nd le

t pup

ils s

elec

t tis

sue

piec

es a

nd r

oll i

nto

balls

.T

hen

have

pup

ils d

raw

a d

esig

n.i t

urke

y. p

umpk

in. s

now

man

. San

ta,

map

sha

pes.

on

card

boar

d to

be

cove

red

with

tiss

ue b

alls

. Giv

e ea

chch

ild a

n en

velo

pe to

hol

d hi

s tis

sue

balls

. Pas

s th

e bo

xes

of ti

ssue

bal

lsar

ound

the

room

. let

ting

pupi

ls ta

ke o

ut c

olor

s th

ey n

eed.

The

tiss

ueba

lls a

re to

be

glue

d to

the

desi

gn s

o th

at c

flor

s de

fine

spe

cifi

c pa

rts

ofth

e pi

ctur

e. I

n ot

her

wor

ds. c

olor

s ar

e gl

ued

on f

or d

esig

n.

Eva

luat

e

69

Page 73: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAPE

R S

TR

IP C

ON

S IR

UC

TIO

N.,-

4, 5

-6

I 1!

I' I. l.

art a

r.,,t

ni.r

%N

At

otpa

per

1.,

wak

e1

rie.

.In

in O

Ave

rsn

ips.

I'w

ort

am!

et o

nt,it

ir-.

Val

li la

ts.

ttit

El-

Ei.

FM'

each

itt t

it al

lsh

wte

ith

e sa

me.

"tat

tler.

sr

,nst

o:ct

ion.

pap

er a

reot

t par

eut

tet.

Is'

avet

s at

a ti

me.

Ilav

e ui

is

(lis

t t ib

uto

stap

ler

and

past

eto

1 y1

41,4

a:(

1 sc

isso

rs10

-at h

. ho

:...e

tttra

ll%14

4,4.

aled

and

let

tilt'

I, ,w

leet

ittp.

thri

tM

otka

tePr

ooed

ure

f th

e --

011j

1-cl

I/0

pit l

lEtt-

..1

kL

etpu

pils

do

outli

ne E

il,l1

%T

el M

ak,'

l,it,l

- a

aprs

. atla

s :''

the

stri

l.sT

itth

at th

eN,

lieth

ett.

.r. :

-t.r

l at o

ne11

...in

pus

hitt

e.th

e se

e,,ta

l shi

p fr

om I

ft.ti

oto

t.ar

fltl

jollr

-11

the

thir

d a

little

mor

e th

an th

eth

et,,

t1;!

.. e

Ili,

crea

tes

a bu

lge

whi

ch c

an f

ottn

the

hi -

ad. S

t:el.,

at

.

p1

this

;Ma.

wor

king

.fr

om th

e to

p st

rip

dow

n ti'

1,,t

.1,

1,,,,

I\-

i,it

1. il

enei

ning

end

-.m

ay h

e cu

lled.

or

bing

ed f

rta

il.I

14.^

.I

1-1

.' be

` ad

ded.

Exp

erim

ent t

o cr

eate

oth

er!!f

t". S

it ip

?.. r

..; }

Een

41 (

In e

mi f

orle

ngth

.E

valu

ate

n in

gO

hjee

ti% e

sI.

t' e

ate

ri:la

rutti

ng a

nd s

t-o;

mr.

1't U

r1I.

con

true

tion

pap

er. s

ciss

ors.

oak

tet_

or

shir

t ear

dLoa

d. p

aste

or

.4ap

les.

jai l

idr

can.

Prep

trat

ion

'I ea

dier

tan

rut t

rian

gle.

sha

pe o

ut o

f.a

k ta

g or

shi

rt c

ardi

oard

to f

it in

side

irl s

hape

. Ila

ch e

hittl

or

2-3

child

ren

will

nee

d a

tria

ngle

sha

pe. E

ach

2-3

child

ren

will

nee

dca

n fo

r ci

rcle

sha

pe.

cons

truc

tion

pape

r pe

nu it

and

sci

ssor

s.M

otiv

ate

PAPE

RC

IRC

LE D

ES

IGN

3-4

Prtp

lann

ing

Ibje

elk

e

To

crea

te e

le.ig

n w

ith c

irru

lar

shap

es.

Nla

tria

lsI't

'sut

tiet

npa

per:

i.

coin

s of

,ari

ons

size

,:ja

r to

ps,

e:

rat i

on

e hi

ldne

edN

.J.-

low

.si

zes

oftit

rie

s.si

ssor

s...

.nst

ru..t

i.f.

apr.

pas

te. ;

1,1a

,lp:

1 -t

ilt:

area

.Pr

ot id

ean

te,m

it of

pas

te.

Alo

ti.at

e

Prat

eedu

re

Use

ot.e

larg

e sh

eet .

.f c

onst

tro

tient

pape

r fu

r ba

ckgr

ound

. Try

sev

eral

arra

ngem

ents

of

disc

s (4

1fi

t.ltu

tto

cre

ate

an in

tere

stin

g de

sign

bef

ore

past

ing.

Use

dif

fere

nt s

ize-

. tit

et la

p so

me.

Var

iatio

n

Cut

fre

e fo

rm s

hape

s ou

t of

the

pa!v

r fl

out w

hih

disc

.: w

ere

eut.

'Use

seve

ral r

41,,r

, 1.1

pape

r. A

rran

ge o

n a

ltael

grou

nd p

it'V

e of

CO

nStr

fiti0

11pa

p'''.

Let

sha

pes

over

lap

eat i

t

Fa

GE

OM

ET

RIC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

K-2

, 3-4

:' fo

rm f

rom

Proc

edur

eI

sing

4-a

n. e

hil.1

17-

1.ar

' nod

it o

n co

nstr

uctio

n pa

per.

Cut

out

cir

cle.

Plac

e tr

iang

l. i

reh

.1 th

at it

touc

hes

the

edge

s in

3 p

lace

s. W

ith .

.tr

iang

le. R

emov

e tr

iang

le a

nd b

end

circ

leat

!. O

n I.

, 'an

he

past

ed o

r st

aple

d to

geth

er a

long

fold

sto

th-

e-ili

tuer

isio

rrd

form

s.

'Var

iatio

n

Use

tri.e

ngle

s in

stea

dci

rcle

s. C

ut a

sm

alle

r tr

iang

le o

ut o

f ca

rdbo

ard

tofi

t inv

erte

d in

t., th

e la

rger

. Sco

re a

ndth

e sa

me

wal

. at.

with

cir

clet

..

70i

Page 74: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PAPE

RP

A?E

R W

EA

VIN

G IN

AB

ST

RA

CT

DE

SIG

N3-

4, 5

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ac

hiev

e va

riet

y of

pat

tern

To

prod

uce

a no

vel e

ffec

t

Mat

eria

lsco

nstr

uctio

n pa

per.

sci

ssor

s, p

aste

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

trib

ute

2 sh

eets

of

cons

truc

tion

pape

rin

con

tras

ting

colo

rs. S

ciss

ors

for

each

child

.

Mot

ivat

ePr

oced

ure

Exp

lain

that

mar

gins

mus

t be

allo

wed

on

all s

ides

of

shee

t to

be w

oven

.In

stea

d of

cut

ting

stra

ight

line

s, th

e pa

per

is to

be

cut i

n lin

es o

f va

ry-

in..

wid

ths

and

angl

es (

or

curv

es).

Hav

e an

eve

n nu

mbe

r fo

r th

is. I

t will

b;ne

cess

ary

to c

ut th

roug

h on

e m

argi

n w

hich

will

be

past

ed to

geth

erag

ain

at f

inis

h. A

fter

cut

ting

thes

e st

rips

, wea

ving

str

ips

are

cut f

rom

the

othe

r sh

eet.

The

se a

re to

var

y in

wid

th a

lso,

so

as to

cur

ve o

r fo

rman

gles

. The

one

cau

tion

is th

at th

e w

eavi

ng s

et o

f st

rips

be

kept

in s

e-qu

ence

. Num

ber

them

as

they

are

cut

. Wea

ve th

em in

cor

rect

ord

er, a

ndpa

ste

ends

on

unde

rsid

e. F

inis

h by

lavi

ng a

con

ceal

ed s

trip

und

er m

argi

nth

at h

as b

een

cutr

and

glue

dow

n.

Var

iatio

nsA

nim

als,

peo

ple,

cut

in s

impl

e sh

apes

fro

m c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r ca

n be

giv

enin

tere

st b

y w

eavi

ng p

aper

into

the

larg

er a

reas

. On

stan

dard

pap

er s

trip

wea

ving

it c

reat

es in

tere

st to

wra

p ya

rn d

iago

nally

ove

r an

d un

der

the

stri

ps in

a u

nifo

rm m

anne

r.E

valu

ate

CA

RD

BO

AR

D L

AM

INA

TIO

NS

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

crea

te a

rai

sed

effe

ct.

To

use

repe

titio

ns o

f fo

rm.

Mat

eria

lsSh

irt c

ardb

oard

or

post

erbo

ard,

sci

ssor

s,gl

ue, p

enci

l, ne

wsp

rint

.

Prep

a ra

tion

Put w

hite

glu

e in

sm

all d

ispe

nser

bot

tles

or in

pap

er c

ups.

Let

pup

il he

lper

s di

s-tr

ibut

e m

ater

ials

to e

ach

child

.

Mot

ivat

e

5-6

Proc

edur

eC

hoos

e si

mpl

e ob

ject

s, a

nd w

ork

out p

ossi

ble

desi

gns

on n

ewsp

rint

to f

itca

rdbo

ard.

Beg

in b

y tr

acin

g de

sign

on

card

boar

d an

d cu

tting

out

. Nex

t,tr

ace

each

pie

ce o

n ca

rdbo

ard

agai

n. T

his

time,

cut

out

, tri

mm

ing

away

1/8"

to 1

/4"

from

edg

e. R

epea

t. us

ing

seco

nd f

orm

s to

trac

e de

sign

.C

ut a

way

edg

es a

gain

. Con

tinue

unt

il jo

u ha

ve 4

to 6

laye

rs. G

lue

toca

rdbo

ard

in g

radu

ated

ord

er w

ith s

mal

lest

pie

ce o

n to

p. T

he f

inis

hed

desi

gn m

ay b

e pa

inte

d or

she

llack

ed.

Eva

luat

e

YA

RN

ON

CO

RR

UG

AT

ED

CA

RD

BO

AR

D3-

4 5-

6Pr

oced

ure

Pupi

ls d

raw

sim

ple

desi

gns

on th

e th

in s

ide

of c

ardb

oard

. Tea

cher

cut

sw

itL b

lade

alo

ng o

utlin

es. P

upils

pee

l out

pap

er la

yer

to e

xpos

e co

rru-

gatio

n. I

n so

me

plac

es th

e pa

per

is le

ft a

s a

ivid

ing

line

betw

een

part

s.Y

arn

is th

en g

lued

into

the

card

boar

d gr

oove

s, c

ut to

fit

each

gro

ove.

If p

aint

is to

be

used

. dis

trib

ute

thes

e m

att r

ials

. Pai

nt p

aper

sur

face

sno

t pee

led

away

.

Var

iatio

nU

se s

mal

l pie

ces

of c

ardb

oard

with

gra

in r

unni

ng h

oriz

onta

lly. P

ipe

clea

ners

can

be

push

ed th

roug

h fr

om s

ide

to f

ill g

roov

es_

Car

dboa

rd f

rom

rol

ls c

an b

e de

cora

ted

with

yar

n by

dra

win

g de

sign

and

havi

ng te

ache

r cu

t a li

ne a

roun

d th

e ed

ges

for

an o

utlin

e of

yar

n to

stre

ngth

en th

e de

sign

.

Eva

luat

e

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

exp

erie

nce

effe

ct o

f br

oken

col

orto

cre

ate

a lin

ear

desi

gnM

ater

ials

shee

ts o

f co

rrug

at d

(bo

x) c

ardb

oard

,ex

acto

kni

fe o

r ra

or

blad

e, y

arn,

glu

e,pe

ncil.

sci

ssor

s. O

ptio

nal:

pain

t,br

ushe

s, m

uffi

n tin

s, w

ater

jars

.Pr

epar

atio

nD

istr

ibut

e ca

rdbo

ard,

pla

ce b

alls

of

yarn

whe

re p

upils

can

sel

ect c

olor

s. C

r t o

ff in

yard

leng

ths.

Mot

ivat

e71

Page 75: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

C C

Patte

rns

are

not c

reat

ive.

How

ever

. the

sta

r. o

ne o

f ou

r na

tiona

l sym

bols

, is

ofte

n re

quir

ed in

dec

orat

ing.

and

is n

ot e

asy

to c

ut w

ithou

t dir

ectio

ns.

PAPE

RP

OS

ITIV

E-

NE

GA

TIV

E D

ES

IGN

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

und

erst

and

posi

tive

and

nega

tive

area

sto

cre

ate

sim

ple,

dra

mat

ic d

esig

nM

ater

ials

9 x

12 c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r, a

ssor

ted;

9 x

12

cons

truc

tion

pape

r,w

hite

; sci

ssor

s, g

lue

Prep

arat

ion

Let

hel

pers

dis

trib

ute

2 sh

eets

col

ored

, 1 s

heet

whi

te c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r to

eac

hpu

pil.

Plac

e gl

ue f

or e

very

two

pupi

ls.

Mot

ivat

ea

Proc

edur

eH

alve

one

she

et o

f co

nstr

uctio

n pa

per.

Dra

w a

n ir

regu

lar

shap

e al

ong

one

edge

ext

endi

ng f

rom

top

to b

otto

m. C

ut o

ut. L

ay th

e tw

o cu

t pie

ces

on a

whi

te s

heet

. pla

cing

the

cut o

ut s

hape

in r

ever

se, a

s if

it h

ad b

een

fold

ed b

ack

from

the

sect

ion

it w

as c

ut f

rom

. Thi

s cr

eate

sa

posi

tive

and

a ne

gativ

efo

rm. G

lue

in p

ositi

on. S

mal

lsq

uare

s m

ay b

e cu

t sim

ulta

neou

sly

in th

e sa

me

way

, and

arr

ange

d in

a r

epea

t pat

tern

.L

ayin

g cu

t pie

ces

on a

con

-tr

astin

g co

lor

can

be a

ttrac

tive.

Var

iatio

nB

egin

with

a tr

iang

le o

r re

ctan

gle.

Cut

acr

oss

it in

a s

erie

s of

rel

ated

cur

ves

or a

ngle

s. L

ay th

ese

cut p

iece

s on

ano

ther

she

et. k

eepi

ngin

seq

uenc

e.Sp

read

them

slig

htly

apa

rt o

bser

ving

eff

ect o

f op

en (

nega

tive)

spa

ces

crea

ted.

Adj

ust t

o m

ost p

leas

ing

arra

ngem

ent a

nd g

lue.

Try

this

with

oth

ersi

mpl

e ge

omet

:-_

shap

es_

Cut

a s

impl

e ge

omet

ric

shap

e fr

om b

oth

side

s of

a r

ecta

ngle

. Var

y th

e si

ze o

f th

e cu

t-ou

ts. L

ay th

em o

utsi

de th

ere

ctan

gle

asif

fol

ded

back

fro

m o

rigi

nal p

ositi

on.

Eva

luat

e

CU

TT

ING

A S

TA

R

1. U

sing

a f

olde

d sh

eet f

old

A to

Bat

app

roxi

tate

poi

nt s

how

n.2.

Fol

d C

ove

r to

A f

old.

adj

ust-

3. F

old

D d

own

over

C f

old.

ing

to p

oint

ir id

way

of

wid

th.

4. C

ut f

rom

D to

E.

72

Page 76: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

TO

RN

TIS

SU

E F

IGU

RE

S5-

6Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

"10

empl

o: a

fre

e ap

proa

ch to

dra

win

g.T

o w

ork

with

torn

pap

er:

Mat

eria

lsSh

eets

of

light

(do

red

or w

hite

con

-st

ruct

ion

pape

r: s

heet

s of

col

ored

tiss

ue.

whi

te g

lue

arid

',zite

r 50

-50.

bru

shes

,pa

per

cups

. new

spap

er.

Prep

arat

ion

Arr

ange

for

a p

upil

to m

odel

in c

ostu

me

for

the

clas

s. S

prea

d ne

wsp

aper

s on

tabl

es. P

ut d

ilute

d gl

ue in

pap

er c

ups

and

dist

ribu

te. o

ne to

eac

h pu

pil;

also

a br

ush

per

pupi

l. Sp

read

she

ets

of c

ol-

ored

tiss

ue w

here

pup

ils m

ay ta

ke tu

rns

sele

ctin

g co

lors

nee

ded.

Mot

ivat

ePr

oced

ure

Pose

mod

el in

atti

tude

of

actio

n. D

iscu

ss b

endi

ng o

f el

bow

s, k

nees

, bod

y,an

d ef

fect

on

clot

hing

. Ass

ure

pupi

ls th

eir

wor

k do

es n

ot h

ave

to b

eex

act,

but t

o tr

y to

sho

w th

e m

odel

's p

ostu

re.

Let

pup

ils b

egin

tear

ing

tissu

es to

con

stru

ct f

igur

e, s

tart

ing

anyw

here

they

plea

se. E

asie

st. o

f co

urse

is to

beg

in w

ith la

rges

t sha

pe. F

or th

ose

indo

ubt,

sugg

est b

egin

ninc

, with

tors

o, a

nd a

ddin

g he

ad, a

rms,

legs

, etc

.Su

gges

t tha

t the

y ad

d de

cora

tive

effe

cts

such

as

dots

, str

ipes

, but

tons

,

vr,

and

so o

n. A

s th

ey a

re to

rn. a

pply

thes

e pi

eces

to b

ackg

roun

d sh

eets

,br

ushi

ng th

em in

pla

ce w

ith b

rush

dip

ped

in g

lue

solu

tion.

Var

iatio

nsT

his

sam

e ap

proa

ch c

an b

e us

ed w

ith c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r. I

t can

be

appl

ied

to v

ehic

les,

ani

mal

s, h

ouse

s, e

tc.

Eva

luat

e

Scor

ing.

fol

ding

. slit

ting.

join

ing,

off

erin

num

erab

le w

ays

of c

reat

ing

thre

e-di

men

sion

al f

orm

s fr

om p

aper

. Lim

it-at

ions

of

spac

e al

low

onl

y a

sugg

estio

nor

two.

Y-Y

ryY

YV

Vry

lev

vV

VY

\/Y

V V

re V

V

Page 77: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal
Page 78: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PR

INT

MA

KI G

C C C...

the

mai

n ob

ject

ive

of a

rt e

duca

tion

toda

y is

to a

ssis

t in

the

inte

llect

ual,

emot

iona

l, an

d so

cial

gro

wth

of

the

lear

ner

acco

rdin

gto

his

nee

ds a

ndca

paci

ties.

"

Cha

r le

.; D

. Gai

tske

llC

hild

ren

and

The

ir A

rt

Page 79: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PRIN

TM

AK

ING

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

es

To

expe

rien

ce m

any

was

of r

epea

ting

an im

age.

To

lear

n to

han

dle

man

y pr

intin

g te

chni

ques

-

To

empl

oy r

epet

ition

and

ove

rlap

ping

in m

akin

g pr

ints

.T

o ex

plor

e ef

fect

of

prin

t on

diff

eren

t sur

face

s.

Prin

tmak

ing

has

innu

mer

able

pos

sibi

lizie

s. T

here

are

man

y w

ays

of p

rint

ing:

1. R

elie

fpri

nt f

rom

a r

aise

d su

rfac

e2.

Int

aglio

prin

t fro

m a

n in

cise

d de

sign

3. S

erig

raph

prin

t thr

ough

silk

scr

een

4. S

tenc

ilpri

ntin

g th

roug

h cu

t-ou

t are

a

5. C

ollo

grap

hpri

ntin

g fr

om a

ssem

blag

e of

glu

ed-o

n su

rfac

es

6. R

ubbi

ngim

pres

sion

take

n fr

om r

aise

d su

rfac

e by

rub

bing

7. P

hoto

gram

prin

t on

light

sen

sitiv

e pa

per

The

re is

a w

ide

choi

ce o

f m

ater

ials

:

1. P

late

s, f

iled

stic

ks, c

rum

pled

pap

er. b

oxes

, stv

rofo

am, v

eget

able

s, s

pool

s,cl

ay, p

last

er, b

raye

r. li

nole

um. w

ood.

gla

ss. s

pong

e, e

rase

r. w

ax. A

lso

mul

ti-pl

ates

ass

embl

ed f

rom

car

dboa

rd. i

nner

tubi

ng. s

trin

g, ti

n ca

ns.

pipe

cle

aner

s. c

emen

t.

2. I

nksP

rint

ing

ink

( w

ater

sol

uble

), te

mpe

ra. f

inge

r pa

int,

oil i

nk.

3. P

aper

sFin

ger

pain

t. bu

tche

r, c

olor

ed ti

ssue

. gif

t wra

p, w

allp

aper

,sh

elf

pape

r. p

aper

tow

els,

bur

lap.

fab

rics

.

4. E

ngra

vers

kniv

es, n

ails

, file

s, s

ciss

ors.

lino

-zip

tool

s. li

nole

um c

utte

rs.

5. P

adsS

quar

e of

vin

yl ti

le, o

r sm

all c

ardb

oard

cov

ered

with

wax

pap

eror

foi

l.

Sens

itivi

ty to

pat

tern

s fo

r pr

intin

g m

ay b

e de

velo

ped

:.

1. ta

king

wal

ks to

obs

erve

nat

ural

I sp

ider

's w

eb, m

ud, c

rack

s in

cem

ent,

flow

er p

etal

s. r

ows

of te

leph

one

pole

s. w

heel

trac

ks, v

eins

inle

aves

, pat

tern

s in

but

terf

iv w

ings

, dri

ed s

eed

pods

. rin

gs o

n a

stum

p,te

xtur

ed m

ater

ials

. vin

es, r

ocks

.)

3. b

ring

ing

thin

gs to

fee

l, sm

ell.

hear

, tas

te.

3. s

how

ing

prin

ts b

y ar

iists

.

ST

AM

P-

PR

INT

ING

K-2

, 3-4

Pre

plan

ning

Obj

ectiv

es

To

intr

oduc

e so

me

ofth

eba

sics

ofpr

intin

g.T

o ex

plor

e a

diff

eren

t for

m o

f ar

tex

pres

sion

.

Mat

eria

lsPi

e tin

s; te

mpe

ra: s

pong

es; s

mal

l box

es,

plas

tic c

ups,

cru

mpl

ed f

oil,

mes

h ba

llsus

ed f

or d

ish

was

hing

, for

ks, n

ylon

net

,co

mb.

Cor

ks, c

loth

es p

ins,

pap

er d

ips,

cup

s,sp

ools

, egg

car

tons

. car

dboa

rd tu

bes,

pain

t and

pie

tins

, pap

er (

vari

ety

).

Prep

arat

ion

Eith

er m

ake

or o

btai

n ex

ampl

es o

f pr

ints

.A

rran

ge ta

bles

for

wor

king

in g

roup

s of

four

. Arr

ange

mat

eria

ls f

or e

ach

grou

p.C

over

tabl

es w

ith n

ewsp

aper

. Put

thin

laye

r of

tem

pera

in p

ie ti

ns.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eE

xpla

in w

hat a

sim

ple

relie

f pr

int i

s. S

how

how

fou

nd o

b::a

n he

use

dto

do

stam

p pr

intin

g. L

et p

upils

cho

ose

prin

ting

mat

eria

'mom

col

lect

ion

and

prin

t rep

eat d

esig

n. T

hese

can

go

in c

ircl

es. o

verl

ap. c

reat

e st

agge

r-ed

line

s, f

orm

blo

ck p

atte

rns.

Try

to f

ill p

aper

.

Var

iatio

nsPr

int o

bjec

t edg

e to

edg

e to

edg

e.O

verp

rint

with

str

ing

coat

ed w

ith. t

empe

ra.

Prep

aie

pape

r by

cut

tinc,

squ

ares

of

colo

red

tissu

e. G

lue

thes

e to

w...

iteco

nstr

uctio

n pa

per

with

dilu

ted

whi

te g

lue.

Let

dry

bef

ore

prin

ting.

Impr

essi

ons

mad

e on

fla

ttene

d ba

lls o

f cl

ay. t

hen

drie

dd

sEel

lack

ed b

e-fo

re in

king

, off

er a

mor

e in

vent

ive

kind

of

stam

p fo

r i

76

Page 80: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

VE

GE

TA

BLE

PR

INT

SK

-2, 3

-4, 5

-6

PRIN

TM

AK

ING

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

com

bine

sev

eral

pri

nts

into

a c

ompo

sitio

n.T

o ov

erla

p in

pri

ntin

g.

Mat

eria

lson

ions

,M

en-.

squa

sh.

gree

npe

pper

,co

rn,

appl

es, o

rang

es, e

tc.;

pape

r (b

lack

isef

fect

-iv

e) ;

r :s

pape

r, p

aint

, pie

tin

and

brus

hes.

Prep

arat

ion

Cov

er ta

bles

.C

ut s

ome

vege

tabl

es v

ertic

ally

and

som

eho

rizo

ntal

ly.

Plac

e se

vera

l veg

etab

les

for

ever

y pi

e tin

ofpa

int.

Pass

out

pap

er.

Mot

ivat

ePr

oced

ure

Sele

ct v

eget

able

s, b

lot m

oist

sur

face

s on

new

spap

er, p

aint

sur

face

of

vege

tabl

e an

dpr

ess

it on

pap

er w

ith e

ven

pres

sure

. With

one

han

d ho

ld p

aper

and

oth

er h

and

care

fully

lift

off

veg

etab

le. S

elec

t ano

ther

veg

etab

le a

nd r

epea

t pro

cess

by

prin

ting

next

to o

r ov

erla

ppin

g fi

rst p

rint

. Try

to p

rint

a s

till-

life.

Var

iatio

n

Dip

wee

ds, g

rass

es, s

hells

, and

oth

er n

atur

al it

ems

in p

aint

and

pri

nt. T

ry d

ragg

ing

or p

ullin

g th

e m

ater

ial.

Eva

luat

e

PLA

ST

ER

BLO

CK

PR

INT

ING

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to d

isco

ver

anot

her

surf

ace

for

prin

ting

Mat

eria

ls

wal

lboa

rd, s

hella

c, in

k pa

d, p

rint

ing

ink,

bra

yer

pape

r(

foil

or w

ax p

aper

), p

aper

Prep

arat

ion

It m

ust b

e un

ders

tood

by

pupi

ls th

at th

ere

will

be a

n in

terl

ude

for

dryi

ng th

e pl

aste

r be

fore

a pr

int i

s m

ade.

Cut

wal

l boa

rd in

sec

tions

,di

stri

bute

cut

ting

tool

s. C

over

tabl

es a

nd f

loor

with

new

spap

er

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e1.

Hav

e pu

pils

pee

l car

dboa

rd c

oatin

g ba

ck f

rom

one

plas

ter

surf

ace.

Dam

pen

rem

aini

ng b

its o

f ca

rdbo

ard

2.T

race

or

draw

des

ign

and

cut w

ith li

nole

um c

utte

rs.

3.Sh

ella

c w

ith b

rush

.4.

Ink

bloc

k w

ith p

rint

ing

ink.

5.Pu

t pri

ntin

g pa

per

over

blo

ck a

nd r

ub li

ghtly

. Pee

l pri

nt.

Eva

luat

e

3-4,

5-6

S.

side

of

wal

l boa

rd to

exp

ose

and

fini

sh r

emov

ing.

Let

pla

ster

dry

com

plet

ely.

PH

OT

OG

RA

MS

K-2

, 3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

n ac

tions

of

lighi

.=en

sitiv

e pa

per.

To

cont

rol a

rint

ing

to o

btai

n gr

adat

ions

in v

alue

.T

o le

arn

sim

ple

deve

lopi

ng.

Mat

eria

lsPr

intin

g-of

f pa

per

or b

lue

prin

tpa

per;

sha

llow

pan

(for

dev

elop

ing)

;hy

po (

deve

lopi

ng m

ed-

ium

) bl

ack

cons

truc

tion

pape

r, f

ound

obj

ects

for

prin

ting.

Prep

arat

ion

Mak

e a

blac

k co

nstr

uctio

n pa

per

enve

lope

for

each

chi

ld.

In a

clo

set

or d

arkr

oom

, slip

ash

eet o

f lig

ht-s

ensi

tive

pape

r in

to e

ach

enve

lope

and

clos

e w

ith ta

b of

tape

. Pla

n fo

r a

plac

e to

deve

lop

pape

rs.

If n

o cl

oset

or

dark

room

isav

aila

ble,

per

haps

the

teac

her

can

deve

lop

the

phot

ogra

ms

at h

ome.

Proc

edur

e

Giv

e on

e en

velo

pe to

eac

h ch

ild. D

emon

stra

te h

ow to

take

a p

hoto

gram

, and

nec

essi

tyof

sea

ling

it in

bla

ck e

nvel

ope.

Let

chi

ldre

n ha

ve f

ound

obj

ects

rea

dy. S

elec

t asu

nlit

spot

, if

poss

ible

. Rem

ove

pape

r, la

y ob

ject

s on

it, w

ait u

ntil

pape

r is

dis

-co

lore

d. R

emov

e fr

om li

ght a

nd p

lace

imm

edia

tely

in b

lack

env

elop

e. D

o no

t ope

nor

rem

ove

until

rea

dy to

dev

elop

. For

dev

elop

ing,

fol

low

inst

ruct

ions

on

cont

aine

rof

hyp

o.

Var

iatio

ns

Aft

er o

bjec

t(s)

exp

osur

e ha

s be

en li

ghtly

rec

orde

d on

pap

er, s

hift

the

obje

ct (

s) to

a ne

w p

ositi

on a

nd le

tit

fini

sh r

ecor

ding

ove

r th

e fi

rst i

mpr

essi

on.

Use

a s

mal

l rec

tang

le o

f gl

ass.

Pai

nt w

ith d

ark

colo

r of

tem

pera

. Ccv

er s

urfa

ceco

m-

plet

ely.

Whe

n dr

y, s

crat

ch a

pic

ture

or

desi

gn in

to th

e pa

int.

Plac

e sc

ratc

h pi

ctur

eov

er li

ght-

sens

itive

pap

er. P

ictu

re w

ill b

e re

cord

ed.

Eva

luat

e

77

Page 81: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

LIN

OLE

UM

PR

INT-

RE

GU

LAR

CU

TT

ER

S5-

6

HA

ND

S 51

AV

BE

Hif

ibT

HE

CU

TT

ER

PRIN

TM

AK

ING

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

lear

n us

e of

reg

ular

lino

leum

cut

ters

.T

o de

sign

for

eff

ectiv

e co

ntra

st a

nd te

xtur

e.

Mat

eria

ls

Lin

o zi

p cu

tter,

new

spap

ers,

bat

tle s

hip

linol

eum

,w

hite

tem

pera

, det

erge

nt, b

raye

r, w

ater

sol

uble

ink,

inki

ng p

late

, pap

er, (

1ari

ety)

, spo

on.

Not

e: li

nole

um n

oes

not h

ave

to b

e m

ount

ed o

na

bloc

k.

Prep

arat

ion

Prep

are

piec

es o

f lin

oleu

m.

Cov

er ta

bles

.Pa

ss o

ut s

uppl

ies,

pre

pare

inks

, spr

ead

new

s-pa

pers

, cov

er p

iece

s of

car

dboa

rd w

ith f

oil f

orin

king

pad

, or

use

a vi

nyl t

ile.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e1s

t day

Coa

t lin

oleu

m w

ith w

hite

tem

pera

mix

ed w

ith a

dro

p of

det

erge

nt. L

et d

ry.

Dra

w s

impl

e de

sign

on

butc

her

pape

r. T

urn

face

dow

n on

blo

ck a

nd r

ub w

ithsp

oon

until

pen

cil m

arks

tran

sfer

to b

lock

.T

raci

ng w

ith c

arbo

n pa

per

will

do

just

as w

ell)

. Rem

ove

pape

r. T

ake

penc

il an

d go

ove

r th

e tr

ansf

erre

d de

sign

, now

on

the

linol

eum

. Ind

icat

e te

xtur

es a

nd d

arke

n ar

eas

to b

e le

ft. D

o no

t was

h.

2nd

dayB

efor

e cu

tting

the

desi

gn, p

ract

ice

on a

scr

ap o

f lin

oleu

m f

or v

arie

ty in

line

and

text

ure.

Hol

d lin

oleu

m w

ith o

ne h

and,

kee

ping

it a

lway

s be

hind

the

poin

tof

the

cutte

r! W

hen

cutti

ng is

com

plet

e, w

ash

o.f

pain

t and

pen

cil m

arks

.

3rd

dayC

over

pie

ces

of c

ardb

oard

with

alu

min

um f

oil,

sque

eze

out i

nk e

qual

ing

size

of a

sm

all b

ean_

Rol

l bra

yer,

pic

king

it u

p be

twee

n co

ntac

ts s

o th

at a

ll si

des

ofbr

ayer

get

ink_

Whe

n br

ayer

is c

iple

tely

cov

ered

. app

ly it

to th

e lin

oleu

m. r

ollin

gfr

om d

iffe

rent

dir

ectio

ns to

ens

ure

com

plet

e co

vera

ge.

ay p

aper

ove

r bl

ock

and

rub

pape

r w

ith b

ack

of s

poon

. Pee

l pap

er u

p sl

ight

ly f

rom

cor

ner

and

chec

k co

nditi

onof

pri

nt. D

o no

t let

pap

er s

lip. K

eep

rubb

ing

till p

rint

is c

,,mpl

eted

. Lif

t pri

nt a

ndla

y in

a s

afe

plac

e to

dr)

. or

pin

to a

clo

thes

line

with

a c

loth

es p

in. H

int:

Som

etim

esw

hen

a pr

int w

on't

com

e of

f w

ell,

begi

n by

dam

peni

ng th

e pa

per,

blo

t bet

wee

nne

wsp

aper

s an

d th

en la

y ov

er in

ked

bloc

k_ B

e ca

refu

l not

to te

ar w

hen

rubb

ing.

Eva

luat

e

LIN

OZ

IP P

RIN

TS

3-4,

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

teac

h yo

ung

child

ren

the

use

of li

nozi

pcu

tters

to c

ut a

blo

ck w

hich

can

be

used

to m

ake

man

ypr

ints

.

Mat

eria

ls

Lin

o zi

p cu

tters

, new

spap

er, b

attle

shi

p lin

oleu

n ,

whi

te te

mpe

ra, d

eter

gent

, bra

yer,

wat

er s

olub

lein

k, in

king

pla

te, p

aper

(va

riet

y), s

poon

Prep

arat

ion

Prep

are

piec

es o

f lin

oleu

mco

ver

tabl

espa

ss o

ut s

uppl

ies

prep

are

inks

spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

cove

r pi

ece

of c

ardb

oard

with

foi

l for

inki

ngpa

d, o

r us

e a

viny

l tile

stre

tch

clot

hesl

ine

to h

ang

prin

ts f

or d

ryin

g

Proc

edur

e

Pain

t sur

face

of

linol

eum

ligh

tly w

ith te

mpe

ra m

ixed

with

det

erge

nt. D

raw

pic

ture

on p

aper

and

trac

e or

dra

w p

ictu

re d

irec

tly o

n lin

oleu

m. T

he d

esig

n is

then

gou

ged

out b

y th

e cu

tter

eith

er a

long

the

lines

, or

to r

emov

e sp

aces

. Lin

ozip

cut

ter

is p

ulle

dto

war

d on

esel

f_

Ink

linol

eum

with

bra

yer

and

plac

e pa

per

over

lino

leum

. Rub

bac

k of

pap

er w

ithsp

oon.

Pee

l up

corn

ers

and

chec

k to

see

if p

rint

is c

lear

. If

so, l

ay p

rint

in s

afe

plac

e to

dry

or c

lip to

a c

loth

eslin

e an

d ha

ng ti

ll dr

y.

Eva

luat

e

78

Page 82: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

SIM

PLI

FIE

D S

ILK

SC

RE

EN

3-4,

5-6

Pre;

!tzt

trtir

,

Obi

retie

-ti,

unde

rsta

nd -

ilk s

cree

n pr

oces

:.

Nla

teri

als

firm

car

dboa

rd b

ox s

uch

as ii

.).s

iery

box

: mas

king

tape

.or

gand

.. ho

seor

:dir

ersi

lk:

butc

her

pape

r:-t

utca

rdbo

ard

for

sque

egee

:fi

nger

pain

t or

tem

pera

: whe

at p

aste

: new

spap

er

Prep

arat

ion

cut -

trip

- of

car

dboa

rdpr

epar

e pa

ints

cove

r ta

bles

:Mot

ivat

e

PRIN

TM

AK

ING

Pr. w

edU

rt-

Cut

rec

tang

le in

box

lid.

allo

win

g a

mar

gin

for

fast

enin

g sc

reen

. Put

an

iden

tical

open

ing

in b

otto

m O

f bo

x. M

easu

re o

rgan

dy. h

ose

or s

ilk, t

o fi

t box

lid

and

stap

le-r

curt

-17,

insi

de b

ox li

d. a

ll th

e w

ar a

roun

d. P

ress

bot

tom

of

box

into

lid.

Tap

e or

shel

lac

the

who

le b

ox in

teri

or. t

ape

dow

n ov

er e

dge

of o

peni

ng a

nd c

over

a li

ttle

of th

e sc

reen

's e

dge.

Nex

t. cu

t a p

aper

ste

ncil

with

a d

esig

n th

at is

sm

alle

r th

anth

e ex

pose

d si

lk s

cree

n. a

nd p

lace

on

botto

m s

ide

of s

ilk s

cree

n an

d fa

sten

ligh

tlyw

ith tw

o pi

eces

of

tape

. Spr

ead

a pa

d of

new

spap

er a

nd la

y a

clea

n sh

eet o

fpa

per

or it

for

pri

ntin

g. S

et -

ilk s

cree

n an

d st

enci

l ove

r th

e pa

per.

Sco

op u

p a

tabl

espo

on-

ful o

f fi

nger

pai

n:I

or te

mpe

ra m

ix)

and

spre

ad a

cros

s on

insi

de o

f sc

reen

. Tak

est

iff

piec

e of

car

dboa

rd th

e w

idth

of

the

scre

en. a

nd u

sing

eve

npr

essu

re, p

ull a

ndpr

e,-

the

pain

t arr

.. to

the

othe

r rm

i. D

u th

e sa

me

in th

e op

pcsi

te d

irec

tion.

The

pain

t will

cau

se th

e st

enci

l to

sti.-

k to

the

set-

yen.

Lif

t. re

mov

e pr

int.

plac

e a

clea

nsh

eet a

nd r

epea

t the

pro

cess

.Ii

the

box

inte

rior

is im

med

iate

ly c

lean

ed w

ith a

not -

)bak

ed. s

p.ng

-. a

noth

er c

olor

can

, be

used

with

the

next

ste

ncil.

If

not

clea

ned.

neil-

may

be

chan

ged,

but

col

or m

ust b

e ke

pt th

e sa

me.

aria

t

A .1

i:tn-

tit k

ind

of s

ilk s

cree

n fr

ame

can

ht-

mad

e fr

ont e

mbr

oide

ry h

oops

. Pap

erpl

ate-

can

he

used

for

ver

y sm

all p

rint

s. T

ape

edge

s of

org

andy

fir

rrly

dow

n ov

erho

le r

ut in

pla

te.

ho -

teal

u-i'i

g a

sten

cil.

draw

hea

vily

on

the

scre

en w

ith w

ax c

rayo

n. e

'ull

sque

egee

and

tain

t acr

oss.

Pri

nt w

ill c

olor

bac

kgro

und

and

leav

e de

sign

cle

ar.

Pall

2 or

3 c

olt.r

s ac

to-s

scr

een

at o

ne ti

me

for

a m

ulti-

colo

red

prin

t.

Eva

luat

e

OT

HE

R V

AR

IAT

ION

S T

O E

XP

LOR

E:

K-2

, 3-4

, 5-6

Tin

can

Cut

out

end

-: u

se n

i -ta

l -he

ar.:

to r

emov

e ri

ms.

Tap

eed

ges

to a

void

cut

ting

hand

s. G

lue

on d

esig

ns c

ut f

rom

inne

r tu

be-

n us

e ai

rpla

ne g

lue)

. Whe

n gl

ue d

ries

,tr

eat t

empe

ra w

ith a

few

dro

p- O

f de

terg

ent.

then

pat

ont

o de

sign

with

the

flat

of

an e

asel

bru

sh.

Stri

ng c

an b

e w

rapp

ed h

oriz

onta

lly o

r ve

rtic

ally

. Pat

tem

pera

on

with

bru

sh. R

oll

can

on p

aper

to p

rint

. A p

ike,

- of

bro

om h

andl

e ru

n th

roug

h th

e ca

n he

lps

in r

ollin

g.

Tow

el tu

bing

Coa

t with

due

and

rol

l in

rice

. Get

a g

ood

cove

ring

, tho

' int

erm

itten

tsp

aces

are

all

righ

t. W

hen

dry.

she

llac.

App

ly p

aint

with

bru

sh o

r sp

onge

.

Oth

er m

ater

ials

that

can

he

appl

ied

are:

spa

ghet

ti,st

rips

of

vege

tabl

e ba

ggin

g, b

its o

fbr

aid

or r

ick-

rack

. Alw

ays

shel

lac

and

dry.

Be

sure

rai

sed

elem

ents

are

of

sam

eth

ickn

ess

on o

ne tu

be.

stri

ps o

f St

yrof

oam

fro

m m

eat t

rays

can

be

glue

d to

tow

el tu

bes,

and

she

llack

ed_

Box

esSm

all b

oxes

mak

e us

eful

ret

angu

lar

mas

ses

for

build

ing.

Car

dboa

rded

ges

will

supp

ly r

oofi

ng li

nes,

po;

es, w

ar, a

nd A

lter

linea

r el

emen

ts.

Plas

tic c

ops

mak

e go

od c

ircu

lar

form

s, a

s w

ill b

ottle

caps

, jar

lids

.

Gen

alite

she

ets,

nof

ten

foun

d in

pac

king

Im

ake

an u

nusu

al p

late

. The

ink

is r

olle

don

the

gena

lite.

A p

aper

is la

id o

n to

t, of

the

ink.

Dra

w o

n th

e ba

ck s

ide:

rub

light

ly f

or s

hadi

ng a

nd p

ull u

p th

e pr

int.

Pres

sing

line

ar f

orm

s, s

uch

as e

dges

of

card

boar

d. o

n th

e pr

int p

aper

will

get

inte

rest

ing

resu

lts.

Bis

que

clay

Cla

y bl

ocks

. cut

fro

nt th

ick

coils

of

clay

, car

ved

out a

nd d

ried

, can

be

fire

d. s

nlla

cked

and

use

d.

Pota

toes

. car

rots

. etc

.Des

igns

car

ved

into

larg

e se

ctio

ns o

f th

ese

vege

tabl

es o

ffer

aw

it .-

var

iety

of

repe

at p

atte

rns.

Car

dboa

rd-

Can

be

used

on

its e

dge

to g

et s

trai

ght l

ines

, cur

ved

lines

.zi

gzag

line

s. I

tca

n be

cut

int.)

fla

t sha

pes,

pai

nted

and

pri

nted

.

Car

dboa

rd p

rint

s ar

e al

so m

ade

by c

uttin

g se

ctio

ns o

f a

desi

gn a

nd g

luin

g in

plac

eon

car

dboa

rd b

acki

ng. S

hella

c on

fro

nt in

ei b

ack,

ink

and

prin

t.

Bra

yer-

-Aft

er c

oatin

g w

ith in

k. ta

ke c

ardb

oard

or

som

e ot

her

tool

and

scra

pe p

aint

away

fro

m b

raye

r su

rfac

e. R

oll b

raye

r on

cle

an p

aper

to m

ake

prin

t.

Col

lect

pap

ers

of v

aryi

ng te

xtur

e an

d qu

ality

. Pap

er b

ags,

foi

lpa

pers

. gre

y pa

ckin

gpa

pers

, ric

e pa

per.

gif

t-w

rap

pape

rs, p

atte

rn ti

ssue

, pap

er to

wel

s, c

olor

ed ti

ssue

, etc

.

79

Page 83: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

00083

Page 84: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PU

PP

ET

S

4W

IWS

/MN

1.11

.50.

..111

11.1

.111

.111

.0.

"The

re is

a r

elat

ions

hip

betw

een

crea

tivity

and

inte

llige

nce

high

ly c

reat

-

c pe

ople

are

alw

ays

inte

llige

nt; h

ighl

y in

telli

gent

peo

ple

are

not a

lway

s

crea

tive.

"

Jam

es A

. Sm

ith in

Cre

atir

e T

each

ing

of th

eG

raph

ic A

rts

Page 85: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

C C

PUPP

ET

S

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ex

plor

e m

any

diff

eren

t mat

eria

ls f

or m

akin

g pu

ppet

s.T

o le

arn

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

art

in c

hara

cter

izat

ion.

To

crea

te a

n ar

t for

m th

roug

h w

hich

fre

e ex

pres

sion

can

take

pla

te.

DR

AM

AT

IC S

ELF

-EX

PR

ES

SIO

NT

HR

OU

GH

TH

E U

SE

OF

PU

PP

ET

S

With

you

nger

chi

ldre

n m

ore

emph

asis

sho

uld

be p

lace

d on

the

use

of th

e pu

ppet

sth

an o

n th

e pu

ppet

s th

emse

lves

_ A

fter

eac

h ch

ild h

as c

ompl

eted

his

pup

pet t

he te

ache

rca

n de

velo

p a

play

by

suf7

estin

g th

e be

ginn

ing

of a

sto

ry in

%ol

ving

two

or th

ree

char

acte

rs. T

he c

hild

ren

tal.e

ove

r an

d fi

nish

the

play

,Ahi

ch m

ay g

o on

spo

nt.in

eous

ly f

orfi

ve m

inut

es. T

he c

hild

ren

will

ado

pt th

e su

gges

ted

char

acte

rs a

nd id

entif

y w

ith th

eir

prol

ilem

s.

Old

er c

hild

ren

shou

ld b

e in

spir

ed to

dev

elop

thei

r ow

n pl

ays.

The

pla

ys a

re a

lway

sm

ore

spon

tane

ous

if th

e ch

ildre

n ar

e no

t hel

d ri

gidl

y to

a s

crip

t. bu

t are

per

mitt

ed to

expr

ess

them

selv

es w

ithin

a g

ener

al f

ram

ewor

k. A

fter

sev

eral

reh

ears

als,

they

will

put

on

a po

lishe

d pe

rfor

man

ce w

ith n

o sc

ript

in h

and.

Con

dens

ed f

rom

Mea

ning

in C

raft

sE

dwar

d L

. Mat

til

Sug

gest

ions

for

pre

sent

ing

pupp

et p

lays

Tur

ned

over

tabl

e. C

hild

can

kne

el in

bac

k of

surf

ace

and

hold

pup

pet u

p to

tabl

e ed

ge_

Tab

le a

nd c

urta

in. A

ttach

cur

tain

(or

she

et)

tofr

ont e

dge

of ta

ble.

Chi

ld c

an s

it or

kne

el a

tba

ck o

f ta

ble

and

hold

pup

pet u

p to

edg

e.Sc

ener

y ca

n be

tape

d to

tabl

e to

p an

d m

ade

tost

and

up.

Thr

ee-s

ided

scr

een.

Sid

es c

an b

e m

ade

of c

orru

-ga

ted

card

boar

d or

ply

woo

d_ A

pplia

nce

boxe

sfr

om f

urni

ture

sto

res

need

onl

y on

e si

de r

e-m

oved

. Edg

es c

an b

e ta

ped

to o

pen

and

clos

eor

hin

ged

(ply

woo

d.).

Fro

nt s

ides

can

be

pain

ted

plai

n or

dec

orat

ed. C

hild

can

.sit

or ::

;nee

l beh

ind

scre

en. P

aper

sce

ner:

can

be

tape

d to

top

edge

.

Tab

le a

nd c

hair

s. A

ttach

a c

urta

in o

r sh

eet t

ofr

ont e

dge

of lu

ng ta

ble.

Pla

ce a

cha

ir a

t eac

hen

d of

the

tabl

e al

ong

fron

t edg

e. L

ay a

boa

rdor

hea

v ca

rdbo

ard

from

the

seat

of

One

cha

irto

the

othe

r, a

ttach

cur

tain

to b

oard

. Chi

ld c

anst

and

behi

nd ta

ble

and

wor

k pu

ppet

clo

se to

edge

of

boar

d.

Box

and

tabl

e. A

ttach

a c

urta

in o

r sh

eet t

o fr

ont

edge

of

tabl

e. C

ut o

ne s

ide

from

box

. Pla

ce b

oxon

bac

k ed

ge o

f ta

ble,

ope

n si

de to

war

d fl

oor.

Tap

e do

wel

s or

stic

ks to

box

for

legs

. Chi

ld c

ansi

tor

kne

el o

n fl

oor

unde

r op

enin

g in

box.

Scen

ery

can

be p

aint

ed o

n ba

ck o

f bo

x he

hind

pupp

et.

TH

E S

ELF

-RE

VE

LAT

ION

OF

PU

PP

ET

RY

Oft

en, t

he y

oung

chi

ld's

des

ire

for

appr

oval

lead

s hi

m to

con

form

to w

hat w

ill m

eet

adul

t app

rova

l. H

ov,e

ver.

thro

ugh

his

pupp

ets

he c

an r

elea

se th

e in

ner

self

with

out

cens

orsh

ip. T

he p

uppe

t is

free

to b

e na

ught

y, to

say

out

rage

ous

thin

gs;

it ca

n be

ridi

culo

us o

r un

reas

onab

le: i

t can

bui

ld b

ig f

anta

sies

and

asp

irat

ions

:it

can

com

men

tph

iloso

phic

ally

abo

ut th

ings

as

they

are

;w

hate

ver

is m

ost i

mpo

rtan

t to

the

child

at

the

mom

ent.

The

teac

her

who

car

es w

ill li

sten

.

82

Page 86: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PUPP

ET

SB

UIL

DIN

G A

PU

PP

ET

TH

EA

TE

R F

RO

M A

PP

LIA

NC

E B

OX

1.C

ut b

ack

t or

one

side

off.

2.C

ut p

iece

s fo

r to

p fr

om s

ide

rem

o'.e

d.3.

Stag

e op

enin

g is

cut

in f

ront

cen

ter.

4.V

oice

ope

ning

is c

ut a

t kre

elin

g le

vel o

f ch

ild. C

over

with

clo

th a

nd g

lue

on L

ick

side

.5.

Cur

tain

wir

e is

atta

ched

to to

p of

sta

ge o

peni

ng b

ybr

ads.

A)

6.Sc

ener

y ro

d is

dow

el r

un th

roug

h ho

les

back

of

stag

eop

enin

g.t B

)7.

Dow

el r

od (

C)

in r

ear

of p

uppe

t the

ater

hol

ds s

ides

in p

lace

.8.

Atta

ch r

oof

by w

irin

g 2

side

pie

c:_s

at t

op. C

lip to

thea

ter

by c

loth

es p

ins.

Clip

fro

nt r

oof

on a

nd le

tre

st o

r: b

ack

pie,

et.,.

The

ater

can

be

fold

ed f

lat b

y.m

ovin

g do

wel

s.

PA

PE

R B

AG

K-2

OPr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

atT

o pr

ovid

e a

sim

ple

expe

rien

ce in

cre

at-

Ch

ing

a ch

arac

ter.

To

crea

te a

for

m w

hich

can

be

view

edfr

om a

ll si

des.

Mat

eria

lsN

ewsp

aper

s (

for

stuf

fing

) pa

per

bags

diff

eren

t siz

es o

f sc

isso

rs, q

uick

-dry

ing

glue

. tap

e, c

rayo

ns, p

aper

and

clo

thsc

raps

, fou

nd o

bjec

ts, y

arn,

stic

k, s

trin

g,ru

bber

ban

ds_

Prep

arat

ion

Put b

ags

and

mat

eria

ls o

n ta

ble.

Let

chi

ldre

n fi

le p

ast t

able

to c

hoos

e si

zeba

g th

ey w

ant a

nd m

ater

ials

. Sho

w a

com

plet

ed p

upi.e

t.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Dis

cuss

how

to a

ttach

dif

fere

nt m

ater

ials

(se

win

g, g

luin

g, s

tapl

ing,

etc

.)Pr

ocee

d, u

sing

imag

inat

ion

to c

reat

e pu

ppet

fac

esn

bags

. Use

clo

th,

cray

on, p

aper

. etc

_ fo

r co

stum

es. S

tuff

infl

ated

bag

.with

shr

edde

d pa

per

or c

loth

scr

aps.

Put

stic

k in

side

bag

to h

old

on to

. Use

str

ing

or r

ubbe

rba

nd a

nd ti

e se

cure

ly o

pen

end

of b

ag.

Eva

luat

e

Prep

arat

ion

Hel

pers

pas

s ou

t pap

er. c

rayo

ns. a

nd s

ticks

.

Mot

ivat

e

ST

ICK

FIG

UR

ES

K-2

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

See

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a f

igur

e us

ing

a ba

ck a

nd a

fron

t.M

ater

ials

Oak

tag.

sta

pler

. whi

te g

lue.

pas

te. p

op-

side

stic

ks o

r st

rips

of

woo

d. c

rayo

ns.

pain

t. fo

und

mat

eria

lsya

rn f

or h

air.

Proc

edur

e

Dra

w a

nd c

olor

a f

igur

e on

oak

tag.

Kee

p fi

gure

s la

rge.

Cut

out

. Usi

ng c

ut-

out f

igur

e as

pat

tern

. tra

ce a

roun

d it

on s

econ

d pi

ece

of o

ak ta

g. C

utou

t. H

ave

child

col

or s

econ

d fi

gure

as

the

back

of

his

firs

t one

.(

Bac

kvi

ew).

Sec

ure

pops

icle

stic

k to

one

leg

I le

t stic

k ou

t 4"

belo

w le

g) .

Glu

e tw

o pi

eces

toge

ther

. Fin

ish

by p

astin

g on

yar

n ha

ir. b

eads

. etc

.

Var

iatio

n

Figu

re c

an b

e st

uffe

d lig

htly

with

cot

ton

befo

re g

luin

g or

sta

plin

g ar

ound

edge

s.

Eva

luat

e83

Page 87: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

SE

LF-H

AR

DE

NIN

G C

LAY

-CR

EA

TU

RE

HE

AD

S K

-2Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esto

acq

uire

man

ipul

ativ

e ex

peri

ence

s in

wor

king

with

cla

y.to

get

qui

ck r

esul

ts w

ithou

t fir

ing.

to w

ork

in 3

-dim

ensi

onal

for

m.

Mat

eria

lsse

lf h

arde

ning

cla

y, d

owel

s, n

ewsp

aper

s. te

m-

pera

, bru

shes

, and

she

llac

brus

h.

Prep

arat

ion

Prep

a-e

clay

bal

ls a

bout

3"

in d

iam

eter

.

Mot

ivat

e

PUPP

ET

S

Proc

edur

eD

iscu

ss im

agin

ary

wie

rd c

reat

ures

. Tal

k ab

out e

xagg

erat

ing

feat

ures

. Sho

w h

ow to

pres

s ch

eek

aad

eye

cont

ours

, to

pinc

h up

nos

e co

n *

ow-s

, to

add

clay

bal

ls f

or e

yes,

coils

for

eye

brow

s an

d m

outh

. Pun

ch h

ole

for

stic

k on

whi

ch h

ead

is to

be

sup-

port

ed. I

t sho

uld

be '

the

thic

knes

s of

the

ball.

Let

dry

. Pai

nt w

ith te

mpe

ra a

ndsh

ella

c. M

ount

on

stic

k an

d ad

d a

deco

rativ

e fr

ill f

or c

olla

r.

Eva

luat

e

Not

e: T

he a

bove

may

be

carr

ied

out i

n pl

astic

ene

exce

pt f

or p

aint

ing

and

shel

lack

ing.

Plas

ticen

e is

rat

her

stif

f fo

r yo

ung

hand

s, a

nd s

houl

d be

war

med

to s

ofte

n it.

Do

not b

e su

rpri

sed

if s

ome

child

ren

mak

e he

ads

with

out f

acia

l fea

ture

s. S

ome

have

net r

each

ed th

is d

evel

opm

enta

l sta

ge. A

ccep

t wha

teve

r th

ey a

.hei

ve.

HA

ND

PU

PP

ET

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esTo To

crea

te a

pup

pet w

ith h

ead

and

body

in o

ne

Mat

eria

lsun

blea

ched

mus

lin, t

hrea

d, a

nd n

eedl

e, M

anila

pape

r fo

rpa

ttern

for

pupp

et, m

ater

ial

for

stuf

fing

(co

tton,

sto

ckin

gs, s

ocks

, etc

.), p

aint

,br

ushe

s.fo

und

mat

eria

ls,

card

boar

d tu

bing

,sc

isso

rs m

ilk-c

onta

iner

s an

d w

ater

.

Prep

arat

ion

Ass

embl

e fo

r ea

ch c

hild

mus

lin. s

ciss

ors,

thre

ad,

Man

ila, o

akta

g, a

nd n

eedl

e. D

istr

ibut

e at

cla

sstim

e. M

ix p

aint

in m

ilk c

onta

iner

s. P

ut o

ther

mat

eria

ls o

n ta

ble

for

late

r us

e.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eH

ave

each

chi

ld s

ketc

h hi

s an

imal

or

hum

an h

ead.

Ske

tch

larg

e en

ough

to f

it ov

erha

nd. W

hen

mak

ing

anim

al. i

nclu

de e

ars

mak

ing

head

and

ear

s in

one

pie

ce. O

ncl

oth

mak

e bo

dy p

atte

rn a

s sh

own

larg

e en

ough

to f

it ov

er h

and.

Cut

two

laye

rsfo

r fr

ont a

nd b

ack.

Cut

who

le p

uppe

t out

of

a do

uble

pie

ce o

f m

uslin

. Cut

1,2

"la

rger

than

ske

tch

to a

llow

for

sea

ms.

Glu

e, o

r se

w s

eam

s us

ing

a ru

nnin

g st

itch.

Stuf

f he

ad. I

nser

t sho

rt p

iece

of

card

boar

d tu

bing

in n

eck.

Pup

pet c

an b

e pa

inte

dw

ith te

mpe

ra. F

acia

l fea

ture

s ca

n be

pai

nted

. Yar

n ha

ir c

an b

e se

wn

on. C

loth

es.

can

be p

aint

ed.

Eva

luat

e

LIG

HT

BU

LB3-

4, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

eto

util

ize

the

mod

elin

g te

chni

que

with

pap

ier

mac

he.

Mat

eria

lsne

wsp

aper

or

pape

r to

wel

ing,

whe

at p

aste

, lar

geca

n fo

r ;n

ixin

g, p

aper

cup

s fo

r in

divi

dual

use

,ol

d bu

rned

out

ligh

t bul

bs, r

azor

bla

de, (

teac

h.er

use

onl

y) w

ax p

aper

, rub

ber

band

s, s

crap

mat

eria

l, ne

edle

and

thre

ad, y

arn,

bea

ds, o

ddje

wel

ry, t

empe

ra, a

nd b

rush

es, w

hite

gltr

-Pr

epar

atio

nM

ix w

heat

pas

te. T

ear

new

spap

ers

or p

aper

tow

elin

g in

to s

mal

l pie

ces

and

stri

ps.

Cov

er li

ght b

ulbs

with

wax

pap

er a

nd s

ecur

ew

ith r

ubbe

r ba

nd a

roun

d ba

se.

Pour

whe

at p

aste

into

pai

n- c

ups

for

indi

vidu

alus

e.Sp

read

new

spap

ers

over

wor

k ar

ea.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Dip

new

spap

er s

trip

s in

to w

heat

pas

te a

nd a

pply

to li

ght b

ulb

over

wax

pap

er o

rsa

ran

wra

p la

yer.

App

ly 2

to 3

laye

rs o

ver

entir

e bu

lb. L

et d

ry. T

akes

2 o

r 3

days

.B

uild

up

faci

al f

eatu

res

whe

n fi

rst l

ayer

s ar

e dr

y by

pla

cing

sm

all w

ads

for

nose

,ch

in, f

latte

ned

piec

es f

or e

ars.

Cov

er w

ith p

aper

tow

elin

g an

d pa

ste.

Sec

ure

tolig

ht b

ulb

by s

trip

s di

pped

in w

heat

pas

te. S

moo

th o

ut w

rink

les

and

let d

ry. (

May

take

sev

eral

day

s.)

Whe

n co

mpl

ett"

dry,

teac

her

slits

one

sid

e of

hea

d an

d re

-m

oves

bul

b. C

over

slit

with

pas

te a

nd n

ewsp

aper

str

ips.

Bod

y ca

n be

mad

e by

cutti

ng c

loth

the

shap

e in

dica

ted

in s

ketc

h. S

ew u

p se

ams.

Glu

e ne

ck o

f cl

othe

sto

nec

k of

pup

pet (

turn

clo

thes

insi

de o

ut o

ver

head

to g

lue)

.

Eva

luat

e

Not

e: I

t is

also

pos

sibl

e to

for

m a

bal

l fro

m n

ewsp

aper

, wra

p w

ith tw

ine,

and

shap

e pa

pier

mac

he h

ead

over

this

.

84

Page 88: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

C C co

PUPP

ET

SS

OC

K P

UP

PE

TS

3-4,

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

lear

n se

w.:a

lm

i.-th

uds

of c

reat

ing

pupp

ets

from

soc

ks a

nd s

tock

ings

.

Mat

eria

lsO

ld. c

lean

sock

s an

d st

ocki

ngs.

cotto

n(f

orst

uffi

ng),

yar

n, f

elt a

nd c

loth

scr

ap. b

utto

ns.

bead

s. je

wel

ry. n

eedl

e an

d th

read

, whi

te g

lue

scis

sors

, car

dboa

rd tu

bing

, rub

ber

band

s.

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

a so

ck. n

eedl

e an

d th

read

.sc

isso

rs, v

arie

ty o

f fo

und

mat

eria

ls.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eM

etho

d A

Use

who

le s

ock.

Hav

e ch

ild e

xten

d ar

m f

ull l

engt

h of

soc

k to

2"

of to

een

d. P

ush

toe

inw

ard.

Fin

gers

will

man

ipul

ate

mou

th o

f pu

ppet

. Pin

mou

th e

dges

whi

le e

ach

child

dec

orat

es to

sui

t the

par

ticul

ar c

hara

cter

. Sew

but

tons

, yar

n, e

tc.

onto

soc

k. B

e ca

refu

l not

to s

titch

thro

ugh

mor

e th

an o

ne a

l' -k

ne,:s

. Rem

ove

pins

at m

outh

whe

n fi

nish

ed.

Met

hod

B--

Cut

soc

k ju

st b

elow

hee

l. St

uff

toe

end

light

ly w

ith c

otto

n an

d in

sert

shor

t pie

ces

of c

ardb

oard

tubi

ng f

or n

eck.

Pla

ce r

ubbe

r ba

nd a

roun

d so

ck a

t nec

k.D

ecor

ate

by s

ewin

g on

fea

ture

s. C

loth

e, c

an b

e m

ade

by c

uttin

g cl

oth

scra

ps d

oubl

ed.

usin

g pa

ttern

sha

pe s

ugge

sted

. Glu

e cl

othe

s to

nec

k or

atta

ch w

ith r

ubbe

r ba

nd.

Eva

luat

e

PLA

ST

ICE

NE

AN

D P

AP

ER

MA

CH

E5-

6

Pre

plan

ning

.

Obj

ectiv

eT

o fo

rt%

fze

ial f

eatu

res

usin

g a

plia

ble

med

ium

.

Mat

eria

lsPl

astie

ene

mod

!-"l

ing

clay

,:-t

ick,

:w

heat

pa-

te a

nd c

onta

iner

: vas

elin

e; n

ews-

pape

r or

pap

er to

wel

ing

stri

p-:

.1rt

ilioa

rd -

Api

ares

; tem

pera

; bru

sh; y

arn

scra

ps;

bead

s: f

elt;

clot

h; je

wel

ry,

whi

te g

lue.

Prep

arat

ion

Spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

ove

r w

ork

area

. Mix

N b

,-at

pas

te in

larg

e ca

n or

pan

. Tea

r ne

ws-

pape

r bi

ts o

r pa

per

toys

el m

g st

rips

tsm

all

.

Eac

h cl

.Id

will

nee

d 2

stic

ks o

f cl

ay a

nd 2

car

dboa

rd s

quar

es I

for

mol

ding

hea

d),

Mot

ivat

e

PLA

STIC

EN

E A

ND

PA

PER

MA

CH

E

Proc

edur

eW

ork

clay

into

hal

f ;m

egg

sha

pei h

ollo

w I

for

fron

t of

brad

. Wo-

anot

her

half

for

back

of

head

_ Pl

ace

each

on

a ca

rdbo

ard

-qua

rt-.

Mol

d fa

cial

fea

ture

s in

to f

ront

view

usi

ng f

inge

rs a

nti s

ticks

. Exa

gger

ate

size

s of

nos

e. e

yes.

mou

th. L

eave

bac

kof

hea

d pi

ece

plai

n. R

ub b

oth

piec

es w

ith .a

selin

e. C

over

with

2 o

r 3

laye

rs o

fne

wsp

aper

or

tow

elin

., di

pped

into

whe

at p

a-te

. Let

dry

. Rep

eat 2

or

mor

e la

yers

and

let d

ry. R

emov

e fr

om f

orm

s. F

it to

geth

er b

y at

tach

ing

slit

with

str

ips

dipp

ed in

whe

at p

aste

. Let

dry

. Whi

le h

ead

drie

s w

ake

ears

by

build

ing

up p

aper

bits

.Fa

sten

to h

ead

with

pap

er to

wel

ing

stri

ps'rr

int w

hen

dry

if n

eede

d. Y

arn,

but

tons

,be

ad.,.

etc

. can

be

adde

d by

glu

ing

toI-

.w

hite

glu

e. C

loth

es a

nd b

ody

can

be m

ade

and

secu

red

onto

bea

d by

usi

rag

gest

ion

for

stoc

king

pup

pets

.

Eva

luat

e

o.

d.

85

Page 89: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PUPP

ET

SS

1 t R

OF

OA

M A

ND

PLA

ST

ER

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

bui

ld u

p fa

cial

fea

ture

s in

3-d

imen

sion

.to

cre

ate

unus

ual f

acia

l exp

ress

ions

.

Mat

eria

lsSt

yrof

oam

egg

s, s

tyro

foam

St.

-ups

; dow

el, W

,"by

2";

fin

e sa

ndpa

per;

toot

hpic

ks; w

hite

glu

e;pl

aste

r of

Par

is; l

arge

can

: tem

pera

: bru

shes

;ne

wsp

aper

; kni

fe, r

azor

bla

de o

r sc

isso

rs.

Prep

arat

ion

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

a st

yrof

oam

egg

, dow

el,

scra

ps a

nd to

othp

icks

; oth

er m

ater

ials

can

be

plac

ed in

a c

entr

al lo

catio

n fo

r al

l.N

ote:

Mix

eno

ugh

plas

ter

for

only

4 o

r 5

head

s at

a ti

me.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eU

sing

sty

rofo

am s

crap

s, c

utea

rs, n

ose,

mou

th.

Atta

ch to

egg

sha

pe b

y co

atin

g w

ith w

hite

glu

e(u

ndilu

ted)

. Sec

ure

in p

lace

by

stic

king

a to

oth-

pick

at r

ight

ang

le in

to e

gg. R

emov

e to

othp

ick

whe

n gl

ue s

ets.

Ey.

; soc

kets

can

be

pr.:I

-A:L

ed in

by m

ashi

ng th

umbs

into

egg

. Eye

s ca

n be

add

edto

soc

kets

in s

ame

man

ner

as n

ose

and

ears

. Glu

ero

und

piec

e of

sty

rofo

am to

bot

tom

of

head

for

neck

. Whe

n gl

ue s

ets,

dig

out

hol

e in

nec

k fo

rst

ick

(for

fin

ger,

eve

ntua

lly).

Whe

n al

l fea

ture

sar

e gl

ued

on a

nd s

et, m

ix p

last

er to

a c

ream

yth

ickn

ess.

Dip

sty

rofo

am h

ead

into

pla

ster

unt

il co

vere

d. R

emov

e, a

llow

to d

ry. P

aint

v.it

hte

mpe

ra. A

dd y

arn

hair

, bea

ds, e

tc. b

y gl

uing

. Gen

tly r

emov

e do

wel

Clo

thes

can

be.

mad

e by

usi

ne p

atte

rns

sugg

este

d fo

r lig

ht b

ulb

and

stoc

king

pup

pets

.E

valu

ate

Pupp

et h

eads

may

be

mad

e fr

om th

e de

ep d

ivid

ers

used

in a

pple

chu

tes.

Cut

out

the

cup

shap

es-a

ndjo

E,"

them

as

show

n in

illu

stra

tion.

Pai

nt f

lesh

for

and

add

feat

ure:

Hea

vy b

urla

p fr

inge

for

eyel

ashe

s w

ill c

once

al th

e jo

inin

g at

the

eyes

and

yarn

or

rave

lled

burl

ap w

ill d

o fo

r ha

ir. I

nser

ta

card

boar

d tu

be f

or n

eck.

SH

AD

OW

PU

PP

ET

S A

ND

TH

EA

TE

R:#

-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

cre

ate

pupp

ets

and

a pu

ppet

sta

ge o

ut o

f fe

w m

ater

ials

.to

cre

ate

a 2-

dim

ensi

onal

med

ium

.

Mat

eria

lsne

wsp

rint

, lig

ht w

eigh

t car

dboa

rd (

old

post

car

ds, o

ak ta

g, o

ld f

ile f

olde

rs)

scis

sors

and

tape

, pen

cil,

stic

ks(p

opsi

cle,

etc

.), c

ardb

oard

box

, bla

ck te

mpe

ra, b

rush

;tr

acin

g pa

per,

(pa

rchm

ent t

ype)

or n

ylon

(to

sho

w c

lear

sha

dow

s), f

lash

light

,kn

ife

or r

azor

bla

de.

Prep

arat

ion

Cha

ract

ers

and

scen

ery

can

be s

ketc

hed

on n

ewsp

rint

. (N

ewsp

rint

can

be

used

as

apa

ttern

whe

n pl

aced

ove

r ca

rdbo

ard)

. Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

scis

sors

, pen

cil,

new

s-pr

int a

nd c

ardb

oard

. Dec

ide

wha

t cha

ract

ers

and

scen

ery

will

be

need

ed to

tell

the

stor

y. L

ist t

hose

to b

e m

ade.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

ePl

ace

new

spri

nt p

atte

rn o

ver

card

boar

d an

d cu

t ont

. Tap

e st

ick

to h

ack

at a

poin

t whe

re th

e fi

gure

or

obje

ct w

ill s

tand

ere

ct. C

ontin

ue u

sing

new

spri

nt s

ketc

hes

as p

atte

rns

until

sce

nery

and

cha

ract

ers

are

cut o

ut.

The

ater

:Pa

int o

utsi

de o

f bo

x bl

ack.

Cut

aw

ay o

ne e

nd a

nd o

ne s

ide.

Cut

out

fram

e fo

r sc

reen

on

fron

t (se

e di

agra

m).

Fro

m in

side

, tap

e a

shee

t of

trac

ing

pape

r or

nyl

on o

ver

fram

e op

enin

g. F

lash

light

or

flas

hlig

hts

can

be p

lace

d on

book

s or

box

es in

bac

k of

box

(sh

inin

g to

war

d sc

reen

).C

hara

cter

s an

d sc

ener

y ca

n be

man

ipul

ated

by

hold

ing

them

fla

t aga

inst

scr

een

byst

icks

on

the

back

.

Free

;n4e

e;oc

Isc

.rec

n 1,

rnic

'jc.6

Var

iatio

n:M

ovab

le p

arts

can

be

mad

e by

pla

cing

a b

rad

atth

e jo

int a

nd a

ttach

ing

a st

ick

to e

ach

mov

able

limb

Hai

r ca

n be

mad

e by

glu

ing

or ta

ping

fra

yed

stri

ng. t

wis

ted

wir

e, r

affi

a, s

traw

or

coto

n to

the

edge

of

the

head

.E

valu

ate

86

Page 90: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

ST

ITC

HE

RY

"The

mak

ing

of a

rt h

asal

way

s be

en.in

tegr

al to

the

life

of h

uman

bei

ngs

onou

r ea

rth.

"

1

Bur

ton

'Was

serm

anPr

ofes

sor

of A

rtG

lass

boro

Sta

te C

olle

geN

ew J

erse

y

N'1

k

"-"N

II11

.11.

111/

.."4"

111°

0(-

)

C

,:,,..

..d''`

'....r

Page 91: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

IN A

ND

OU

T D

ES

IGN

S K

-2

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to te

ach

how

to u

se n

eedl

es s

afel

yto

lear

n to

use

in a

nd o

ut n

eedl

es

Mat

eria

ls

larg

e-ey

ed b

lunt

nee

dles

(al

read

y th

read

-ed

for

kin

derg

arte

n)co

lore

d ya

rn o

r he

avy

thre

ad9"

x 1

2" c

olor

ed c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r,gl

ued

to s

hirt

boa

rdpa

per

punc

hes,

sci

ssor

s

Prep

arat

ion

Wor

k in

a s

mal

l gro

upG

lue

cons

truc

tion

pape

r to

tagb

oard

or

shir

t boa

rds.

Pla

ce a

ll m

ater

ials

on

ade

sk c

entr

ally

loca

ted-

Let

eac

h pu

pil

file

pas

t and

sel

ect h

is o

r he

r co

nstr

uct-

ion

pape

r, y

arn

or th

read

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Tal

k ab

out s

afe

way

to u

se n

eedl

es. U

sepu

nche

s to

mak

e bo

rder

or

desi

gn o

npa

per.

Hav

e ch

ildre

n m

ake

desi

gns

byco

nnec

ting

hole

s w

ith y

arn.

Eva

luat

e

STIT

CH

ER

Y

Gen

eral

obj

ectiv

es:

To

appr

ecia

te th

e de

cora

tive

colo

red

yarn

s an

d th

read

s.T

o en

cour

age

inve

ntiv

enes

s in

com

bina

tion

with

oth

er m

edT

o be

com

e ac

quai

nted

with

an

poss

ibili

tes

in s

titch

ing

with

the

use

of s

titch

es a

nd th

eir

ia- art o

f an

cien

t her

itage

.

Poin

ters

: To

thre

ad y

arns

thro

ugh

narr

ow n

eedl

e ey

es, p

lace

yar

nen

d be

twee

n tw

o sm

all p

iece

s of

cel

loph

ane

tape

. Tri

m th

eta

pe to

the

wid

th o

f th

e th

read

, and

the

thre

ad w

ill g

o th

roug

hth

e ey

e ea

sily

. Clip

off

aft

erw

ard.

Cau

tion

pupi

ls n

ot to

pul

l thr

eads

t..;,

tigh

tly.

It is

not

nec

essa

ry f

or y

oung

pup

ils to

tie

off

thei

r th

read

.T

he e

nd c

an b

e ta

ped

dow

n on

the

back

sid

e of

the

fabr

ic.

Nee

dles

are

eas

ily c

ared

for

if s

tuck

into

a s

tyro

foam

blo

ckw

hen

not i

n us

e.In

trod

uce

the

thim

ble

to s

tude

nts

whe

n th

ey b

egin

wor

king

on c

lose

ly w

oven

mat

eria

ls.

Whi

le w

orki

ng, p

ut m

aski

ng ta

pe o

n th

e ba

ck s

ide

of r

awed

ges

of m

ater

ial.

It p

reve

nts

rave

ling.

App

lique

s ca

n be

tem

pora

rily

pas

ted

or s

tapl

ed u

ntil

stitc

h.in

g is

don

e.

US

ING

ST

YR

OF

OA

M K

-2

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to m

ake

a de

sign

with

yar

nto

teac

h in

and

out

stit

cher

y

Mat

eria

ls

styr

ofoa

m m

eat t

rays

. too

thpi

cks.

yar

ns,

raff

ia, m

etal

lic th

read

s, e

tc.

Prep

arat

ion

Giv

e ea

ch p

upil

a st

yrof

oam

mea

t tra

yya

rns,

toot

hpic

ks. a

nd th

read

. Pro

vide

a va

riet

y of

siz

es o

f m

eat t

rays

and

colo

red

yarn

for

indi

vdua

l &as

te.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

Punc

h ho

les

in tr

ay w

ith to

othp

icks

. Pun

chya

rnth

roug

hho

les

with

toot

hpic

ks.

Stre

tch

yarn

to n

ext p

lann

ed p

oint

and

agai

n pu

nch

thro

ugh.

Con

tinue

wor

king

in:h

ispr

oces

sto

foiL

nde

sign

. Use

vari

ety

of y

arns

in o

ne d

esig

n. G

lue

bead

s, s

equi

ns, e

tc.

Eva

luat

e88

Page 92: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

STIT

CH

ER

YC

RA

YO

N-Y

AR

N P

ICT

UR

EK

-2Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

es

To

lear

n us

e of

nee

dle

and

thre

adT

o co

mbi

ne 2

art

med

ia.

'Mat

eria

ls

Whi

te p

aper

: cri

nolin

e or

net

ting

crin

-ol

ine

best

i: c

rayo

ns: Y

arns

: lar

ge-e

yed

need

les

with

dul

l poi

nts;

sta

ples

.

Prep

arat

ion

Giv

e ea

ch p

upil

a ne

edle

, a p

iece

crin

olin

e an

d a

vari

ety

of c

olor

scr

ayon

. Tea

cher

-hel

pers

may

ass

ist

pass

ing

out m

ater

ials

.

of of in

Proc

edur

e

Use

cra

yons

to m

ake

bold

pic

ture

. Sta

ple

c.in

olin

e or

net

ting

to p

aper

.U

se y

arn

to o

utlin

e an

d ac

cent

dra

win

g. S

's:iz

eh th

roug

h pa

per

and

crin

-ol

ine

or n

ettin

g. D

emon

stra

te o

n pi

-_-c

e of

(-l

oth

stitc

hes

as th

ey a

rene

eded

.

Eva

luat

e

WIR

E M

ES

HK

-2, 3

-4Pr

epla

n ru

ng

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a p

ictu

re w

ith Y

arn

.

Mat

eria

lss:

Var

ious

col

ors

of Y

arn:

scis

sor

1-1

--

hard

war

ecl

oth

w ir

em

esh

1:

wir

ecu

tters

.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

var

ious

siz

es o

f ha

rdw

are

clot

h. B

rsu

re to

sni

p of

f an

y en

ds a

nd ta

pe e

dges

with

mas

king

tape

. Tap

e en

d of

thre

adon

und

er s

ide

of b

orde

r be

fore

chi

ldbe

gins

.

Proc

edur

eL

et c

hild

ren

pick

sha

pe o

f m

esh

and

yarn

. Sho

w h

ow to

dra

w Y

arn

upth

roug

h on

e sq

uare

. acr

oss_

and

dow

n th

roug

h an

othe

r. L

et th

em e

x-7.

-w-r

irre

nt w

ith m

akin

g cu

rved

line

s. C

hild

ren

proc

eed

to -

pain

t- w

ithth

e ya

rn, w

orki

ng in

a v

arie

ty o

f di

rect

ions

.

Var

iatio

nU

se y

arn

and

need

les.

Cre

ate

a m

osai

c de

sign

!lar

ch%

are

-I11

11 b

wea

v-in

g co

lore

d ya

rn in

and

out

thro

ugh

mes

h un

til a

ll ar

eas

are

fille

d.

Eva

luat

e

AP

PLI

QU

E

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esto

mak

e a

clot

h pi

ctur

eto

lear

n ho

w to

app

ly p

iece

s of

clo

thov

er o

ther

fab

ric.

Mat

eria

lsSc

rap

clot

h in

box

es: b

urla

p: n

eedl

es:

thre

ad: s

ciss

ors:

sta

pler

: pap

er: p

enci

l:gl

ue.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

bur

lap

into

rec

tang

les.

or

oval

s. H

ay"

pape

r cu

t to

fit e

ach

piec

e. D

istr

ibut

eto

pup

ils. L

et e

ach

child

sel

ect h

is o

wn

scra

ps la

ter.

Bin

d ed

ges

of b

urla

p w

ith m

aski

ng ta

peto

pre

vent

rav

elin

g.

3-4 Pr

oced

ure

Let

eac

h ch

ild d

raw

a p

ictu

re o

f hi

s ()

%11

1de

sign

on

pape

r. T

race

the

desi

gn o

nto

burl

ap r

ecta

ngle

. the

n cu

t out

eac

h pi

ece

of th

e pa

per

desi

gn a

nd p

in to

clo

thsc

raps

. Cut

clo

th s

crap

b%

pap

er p

inne

dto

it. A

ssem

ble

the

piec

es o

n th

e bu

rlap

.D

epen

ding

on

child

ren'

sab

ilitie

s.th

epi

eces

RIM

be

glue

d.st

aple

d. a

nd o

rst

itche

d to

the

burl

ap. S

aplin

g ca

n be

re-

mov

ed a

fter

stit

chin

g. B

ind

with

bia

sta

pe f

or m

ore

fini

shed

look

. Use

dow

elan

d ta

pe lo

ops

for

hang

ing.

Var

iatio

nsL

se

appl

ique

to m

ake

a cl

oth

colla

ge. G

lu-

on h

eavy

yar

n to

giv

e te

xtur

e.E

valu

ate

k\C

kA

A71

... s

inn

AIV

ITV

YV

Y

Page 93: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

SA

MP

LER

3-4,

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

to le

arn

vari

ous

stitc

hes.

Mat

eria

ls

burl

ap. y

arn,

blu

nt e

nd n

eedl

e.

Pre?

arat

ion

itette

nrin

nra

ug,1

7-k"

0.:4

1.14

.5.1

=-2

cy,in

gqr"

-74

;

Set u

p a

tabl

e or

des

k fo

r m

ater

ials

in a

n ea

sily

let p

upils

file

pas

t and

sel

ect m

ater

ials

. Hav

eco

lors

of

burl

ap a

nd y

arn

if p

ossi

ble.

Thi

sD

emon

stra

te s

impl

e st

itche

s su

ch a

sbut

ton

cros

s-st

itch.

STIT

CH

ER

Y

acce

ssib

le lo

catio

n an

don

han

d a

vari

ety

ofpr

omot

es c

reat

iven

ess.

hole

. cha

in, r

unni

ng.

Proc

edur

e

Hel

p ch

ild d

o re

sear

ch to

fin

d ho

w to

do

addi

tiona

l sti

oes.

Hel

p in

terp

ret

inst

ruct

ions

whe

n ne

eded

. Chi

ld s

houl

dle

arn

a be

stitc

h to

pre

vent

rave

ling.

Use

oth

er s

titch

es to

mak

e a

pict

ure.

Eva

luat

e

AP

PLI

QU

ED

OB

JEC

TS

5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

crea

te a

pic

ture

fro

m f

abri

c.

Mat

eria

ls

Thr

eads

; yar

ns; n

eedl

es;

whi

te g

lue;

scra

p cl

oth;

fel

t; bu

rlap

; mon

k's

clot

h;un

blea

ched

mus

lin, e

tc.,

for

back

grou

ndbr

icks

for

doo

rsto

p; f

oam

for

pill

ows:

woo

den

dow

el f

or w

all h

angi

ng, e

tc.

siL

e

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

with

pup

ils w

hat o

bjec

t the

y w

ant t

o m

ake:

and

use

of

clot

h sc

raps

and

yarn

in m

akin

g a

"pic

ture

."

Proc

edur

eIf

fab

ric

is to

be

appl

ied

to a

n ob

ject

suc

h as

a b

rick

. dra

w :-

hape

for

cut

-tin

g to

fit.

Let

eac

h ch

ild s

titch

des

ign

befo

re r

uttin

g. A

ppliq

ued

bits

of f

abri

c ca

n be

sta

pled

in p

lace

to a

ssis

t pup

il w

hile

stit

chin

g.D

oors

top:

glu

e on

to b

rick

whe

n st

itchi

ng is

com

plet

ed.

Pillo

w: C

ut b

ack

side

to m

atch

app

lique

d to

p. S

ew u

p 3

side

s. w

rong

sid

eou

t. T

urn,

stu

ff w

ith f

oam

. sew

up.

Eva

luat

e

PA

INT

ING

WIT

H Y

AR

NPr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

to m

ake

a te

xtur

al p

ictu

re u

sing

yar

n.M

ater

ials

Bur

lap.

mon

k's

clot

h. o

nion

sac

ks,

felt

or o

ther

mat

eria

l for

bac

kgro

und.

larg

e-e.

ed

need

les.

sci

ss-

or...

var

ious

col

ors

and

thic

knes

es o

f va

rn. m

aski

r4ta

pe.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

squ

ares

of

fabr

ic o

r m

esh

each

chi

ld c

an c

hang

esh

ape

of f

abri

c if

he

desi

res.

Set u

p de

sk f

or m

ater

ials

in a

cen

tral

ly 'c

rate

dpl

ace.

Let

pup

ils f

ile p

ast a

nd s

elec

t squ

ares

of

fabr

ic a

nd o

ther

mat

eria

ls. P

rovi

de a

few

pai

r, o

fsc

isso

rs f

or p

upils

who

mig

ht w

ant t

o ch

ange

sha

peof

fab

ric.

5-6 Proc

edur

eT

ape

arou

nd e

dges

of

fabr

ic to

pre

vent

rav

elin

g. I

f m

ater

ial i

slim

p us

e em

broi

der%

hoo

ps o

r ta

ck to

a w

oode

n fr

ame.

Let

chi

l-dr

en c

hoos

e ar

n. P

roce

ed to

sew

a p

ictu

re. I

ndiv

idua

l hel

p on

stitc

hes

may

be

need

ed b

ut c

hild

ren

can

"inv

ent"

new

stit

ches

to s

olve

thei

r pr

oble

ms.

Use

scr

ap m

ater

ial a

s"d

oodl

ing"

clo

thto

wor

k ou

t new

stit

ches

.

Var

iatio

nsPi

eces

of

clot

h m

ay b

e ap

pliq

ued

on. B

utto

ns, b

eads

, etc

. may

be

adde

d.

Eva

luat

e90

Page 94: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

"MO

LAS

" O

R C

UT

-TH

RO

UG

H5-

6

STIT

CH

ER

Y

Pr; p

lann

ing

Obj

ecti

t-s

To

lear

n ar

t for

m o

f an

othe

r co

untr

y.T

o le

arn

a ne

w s

titch

ery

proc

ess.

Mat

eria

ls

vari

ous

colo

rs a

nd p

atte

rns

of c

otto

n,th

read

, nee

dle,

sci

ssor

s.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

fab

ric

into

12"

x 1

5" s

quar

es. G

ive

each

pup

il pr

e-cu

t squ

ares

of

mat

eria

l, th

read

, nee

dle,

sci

ssor

s. G

ive

a br

ief

dem

onst

ratio

n us

ing

all

mat

eria

ls y

ou p

lan

to u

se.

Proc

edur

e

Sew

abo

ut 4

rec

tailg

les/

squa

res

toge

the

arou

nd e

dge

with

bas

ting

stitc

h.C

ut th

roug

h to

p la

yerm

akin

g a

larg

e sh

ape.

Tur

n un

der

edge

and

bast

e. C

ut a

sm

alle

r sh

ape

or s

ever

al s

mal

ler

shap

es w

ithin

the

larg

esh

ape.

Bas

te a

roun

d ed

ges

each

tim

e. C

ontin

ue c

uttin

g su

cces

sive

lysm

alle

r sh

apes

with

in th

e la

rger

one

s un

til la

st la

ver

show

s. C

an b

efi

nish

ed b

y se

win

g bi

as ta

pe a

roun

d ed

ges,

mak

ing

clot

h lo

ops

on to

p,an

d in

sert

ing

a w

oode

n do

wel

for

han

ging

.

Var

iatio

n

Cut

out

pie

ces

may

be

appl

ique

d ov

er a

reas

.

Eva

luat

e

GE

OM

ET

RIC

YA

RN

DE

SIG

NS

5-6

Prei

,'ann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

achi

eve

a fe

elin

g by

usi

ng s

trai

ght

lines

-

Mat

eria

ls

rule

r,co

mpa

ss,

penc

il, m

aski

ngta

pe,

yarn

. nee

dles

1 la

rge

1st

iff

card

boar

d.

9 6

3Z

Prep

arat

ion

Dem

onst

rate

a d

esig

n th

at c

an b

e m

ade

by th

read

ing

yarn

fro

m o

neho

le to

ano

ther

. (se

e ill

ustr

atio

n).

Rul

er, c

ompa

ss. p

enci

l. ya

m la

rge

need

le a

nd p

iece

of

heav

y ca

rdbo

ard

shou

ld b

e pr

ovid

ed f

or e

ach

pupi

l. M

aski

ng ta

pe c

ould

be

shar

ed.

The

se th

ings

sho

uld

be a

t pup

il's

desk

bef

op-h

and.

Dem

onst

rate

ade

sign

that

can

be

mad

e by

thre

adin

g ya

rn f

rom

one

hol

e to

ano

ther

.L

et p

upils

try

out a

des

ign

firs

t with

pen

cil.

Proc

edur

e

Prep

lan

on p

aper

wha

t des

ign

will

be

mad

e. T

race

ont

o ca

rdb<

ard

. Pun

chho

les

at p

oint

s1

use

larg

e ne

edle

or

do o

n un

thre

aded

sew

ing

mac

hine

).T

hese

mus

t be

even

ly s

pace

d an

d ac

cura

te. S

tart

yar

n fr

om b

ack.

Com

eup

on

fron

t sid

e. c

ross

, go

dow

n i b

ack

1. F

rom

bac

k co

me

up in

NE

XT

hole

(do

not

cro

ss o

ver

on b

ack!

. Cro

ss o

n fr

ont,

go d

own.

com

e up

inne

xt h

ole,

and

so

on. C

onne

ct h

oles

acc

ordi

ng to

a p

la.a

ned

desi

gn. C

om-

bine

tria

ngle

des

ign

to m

ake

a zi

g-za

g. U

se a

cir

cled

ivid

e in

equ

alpa

rts;

con

nect

poi

nts.

Var

iatio

ns

Use

a le

af m

otif

. Ske

tch

seve

ral l

eave

s on

car

dboa

rd. M

ake

hole

s w

ithne

edle

and

stit

ch a

s in

geo

met

ric

desi

gns.

Use

hea

vy. h

ard

fini

sh c

ord

to s

titch

des

igns

. She

llac

whe

n co

mpl

eted

. Let

dry

. Pai

nt o

r in

k ra

ised

stri

ngs

and

prin

t.

Eva

luat

e91

Page 95: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

5

LA

DD

Ft1

STIT

CH

Thi

s is

bes

t don

e by

fol

low

ing

the

diag

ram

s.#4

and

#5

the

need

le g

oes

behi

nd th

e cr

osse

d th

read

s, a

s sh

own.

STIT

CH

ER

Y

ST

ITC

HE

RY

GU

IDE

FISH

BO

NE

ST

ITC

Hle

af d

esig

n

1. M

ake

a sm

all s

trai

ght s

titch

in c

ente

r to

p of

des

ign.

2. B

ring

nee

dle

ur o

n le

ft li

ne.

3. I

nser

t exa

ctly

opp

osite

on

righ

t lin

e.4.

Bri

ng o

ut in

cen

ter

a lit

tle lo

wer

dow

n.5.

Mak

e a

stitc

h ov

er th

is lo

op a

nd b

ring

nee

dle

out o

n le

ft li

ne.

6. K

eep

cent

er s

titch

es e

qual

in le

ngth

.

Thi

s is

a b

rief

col

lect

ion

of b

asic

stit

ches

. The

y ar

e no

tC

ombi

ning

two

or m

ore

kind

s of

stit

ches

isof

ten

inte

nded

tc b

e ta

ught

as

a un

it. T

hey

are

inte

nded

to b

eat

trac

tive.

usef

ul to

the

teac

her

for

help

ing

her

stud

ents

get

var

iety

.U

se o

f di

ffer

ent s

ize

thre

ads

and

diff

eren

t col

ors,

isM

any

of th

ese

stitc

hes

are

love

ly w

hen

over

laid

in r

ows

anot

her

way

to g

et v

arie

ty.

of 2

or

3 co

ntra

stin

g co

lors

usi

ng th

e sa

me

stitc

h. M

any

can

be c

ombi

ned

into

ver

y ri

ch lo

okin

g bo

rder

s, e

tc.

By

chan

ging

the

slan

t, ad

ding

a lo

op, p

uttin

g in

an

extr

aC

hang

ing

the

leng

th, w

idth

, and

spa

cing

of

stitc

hes

can

stitc

h, a

ll ki

nds

of n

ew id

eas

can

be u

evel

oped

. Enc

our-

give

dra

mat

ic e

ffec

ts.

age

olde

r pu

pils

to w

ork

out t

heir

ow

n.

Page 96: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CH

AIN

ST

ITC

H

1. B

ring

nee

dle

thro

ugh

fabr

ic.

2. H

old

thre

ad d

own

with

thum

b.3.

Ins

ert n

eedl

e at

spo

tI

not s

ame

hole

l whe

re th

read

em

erge

d.4.

Bri

ng n

eedl

e ou

t a s

hort

dis

tanc

e be

low

.5.

Dra

w n

eedl

e th

roug

h. o

ver

loop

.6.

Con

tinue

in s

ante

man

ner.

BR

AID

ST

ITC

H

I. M

ake

chai

n st

itch.

Tie

dow

n w

ith s

mal

l stit

ch.

2. B

ring

nee

dle

out a

littl

e be

low

this

stit

ch.

3. T

hrea

d un

der

chai

n st

itch

with

out g

oin;

= th

roug

h fa

bric

.4.

Ins

ert n

eedl

e in

fab

ric

whe

re it

last

em

erge

d, a

nd b

ring

out

bel

owth

is p

oint

.5.

Thr

ead

it un

der

the

tie d

own

stitc

h an

d re

inse

rt w

here

it la

stem

erge

d, b

ring

ing

out b

elow

this

poi

nt.

SQU

AR

E C

HA

IN S

TIT

CH

1. L

ay o

ut 2

row

s of

par

alle

l eve

nly

spac

ed d

ots.

Bri

ng th

read

thro

ugh

1st d

ot o

n L

.2.

Wor

king

fro

m to

p do

wn,

stit

ch o

n a

diag

onal

. fr.

L w

ith-

out p

ullin

g lo

op ta

ut.

3. H

oldi

ng lo

op w

ith th

umb,

inse

rt n

eedl

e in

side

loop

at n

ext d

oton

rig

ht. N

ow m

ake

loop

snu

g.4.

Stit

ch s

lant

wis

e to

left

, etc

.

STE

M S

TIT

CH

1. B

ring

nee

dle

thro

ugh

at b

egin

ning

of

line.

2. I

nser

t nee

dle

a sh

ort d

ista

nce

to r

ight

.3.

Bri

ng o

ut b

esid

e ba

se o

f pr

evio

us s

titch

.4.

Thr

ead

may

be

held

to r

ight

or

left

of

need

le, b

ut k

eep

i::co

nsis

tent

.5.

Ins

ert n

eedl

e be

side

top

of ii

rst s

titch

. con

tinue

as

abov

e.6.

The

mor

e di

agon

al th

e st

itch

the

slen

dere

r th

e st

em.

93

Page 97: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PEK

INE

SE S

TIT

CH

1. P

ut in

a r

ow o

f cl

osel

y al

igne

d ba

ck s

titch

ing.

2. G

oing

fro

m L

to R

go

unde

r se

cond

stit

ch w

ithou

t pen

etra

ting

fabr

ic.

3. B

ring

nee

dle

back

und

er 1

st s

titch

and

beg

in a

gain

on

3rd

stitc

h, c

omin

gba

ck to

2nd

.

CO

RA

L S

TIT

CH

1. B

rim

:, th

read

up

at b

egin

ning

of

line.

2. H

old

dow

n w

ith th

umb.

3. M

ake

a sm

all s

titch

alo

ng li

ne.

4. D

raw

nee

dle

thro

ugh

over

thre

ad.

5. P

ull t

hrea

d sn

ug b

ut n

ot to

o tig

ht.

SCR

OL

L S

TIT

CH

1. W

ork

from

L to

R.

2. A

fter

inse

rtin

g ne

edle

fro

m u

nder

side

take

a s

mal

l sla

ntin

gst

itch

just

abo

ve a

nd ju

st b

elow

the

line.

3. S

ee th

at th

e th

read

is lo

oped

und

er th

e ne

edle

abo

ve a

ndbe

low

.4.

Pul

l thr

ead

snug

ly b

ut n

ot to

o tig

ht.

5. K

eep

stitc

hes

even

.

CO

UC

HIN

G S

TIT

CH

One

thre

ad is

ove

rlai

d by

ano

ther

.1.

Lay

1st

thre

ad a

long

line

.2.

Bri

ng n

eedl

e up

bes

ide

and

belo

w e

nd o

f 1s

t thr

ead.

3. I

nser

t nee

dle

dire

ctly

acr

oss

1st t

hrea

d on

oth

er s

ide.

4. B

ring

nee

dle

thro

ugh

fabr

ic a

t des

ired

dis

tanc

e be

side

and

belo

w 1

st th

read

.5.

Ins

ert d

irec

tly a

cros

s, e

tc.

94

Page 98: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BL

AN

KE

T S

TIT

CH

1. U

se tw

o lin

es p

aral

lel.

2. S

titch

tow

ard

your

self

.3.

Beg

in b

y br

ingi

ng n

eedl

e th

roug

h on

low

er li

ne.

4. H

old

thre

ad d

own

with

left

thum

b, a

nd in

sert

nee

dle

a lit

tle to

rig

ht o

f st

artin

g po

int.

5. B

ring

out

dir

ectly

bel

ow o

n bo

ttom

line

.6.

Kee

p ne

edle

abo

ve th

read

loop

as

you

draw

snu

g.

on u

pper

line

BU

TT

ON

HO

I,E

ST

ITC

H

Thi

s is

the

blan

ket s

titch

don

e ve

ry c

lose

toge

ther

.

FEA

TH

ER

ST

ITC

HT

he f

eath

er s

titch

is r

eally

z.

. ope

nch

ain

stitc

h ta

ken

firs

t fro

m th

e le

ft,

then

fro

m th

e ri

ght.

1. W

ork

from

the

top

dow

n be

ts ,e

n pa

ralle

l lin

es.

2. I

f th

e in

side

poi

nt o

f ea

ch s

titch

is a

littl

e be

yond

cen

ter,

fir

st to

the

Lth

en to

the

R, t

he e

xam

ple

show

n he

re r

esul

ts.

SIN

GL

E F

EA

TH

ER

ST

ITC

H

1. B

ring

thre

ad th

roug

h m

ater

ial.

2. T

ake

a de

ep s

titch

sla

ntin

g fr

om R

to L

.3.

Kee

p lo

op u

nder

nee

dle.

Pul

l snu

g bu

t not

tigh

t.

SPIN

E S

TIT

CH

1. U

se 3

par

elle

l lin

es.

2. S

tart

on

L li

ne a

nd b

ring

nee

dle

thro

ugh

fabr

ic.

3. I

nser

t nee

dle

on m

id-l

ine,

em

erge

on

cent

er li

ne a

ta

poin

t low

er th

anpo

int o

f en

try.

4. H

old

thre

ad lo

op w

ith th

umb

so th

at n

eedl

e co

mes

out

over

it. P

ull s

nug.

S. S

win

g ne

edle

to L

line

and

stit

ch d

ownw

ard

and

tow

ard

cent

er li

ne.

6. H

old

thre

ad lo

op w

ith th

umb

and

pull

snug

.

95

Page 99: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

OSS

ST

ITC

H

1. W

ork

firs

t fro

m L

to R

with

stit

chin

g.2.

The

n w

ork

from

R to

L3-

Ins

ert n

eedl

e as

sho

wn_ BA

CK

ST

ITC

H

1_ B

ring

nee

dle

up a

sho

rt d

ista

nce

from

sta

rt o

f lk

.e.

2. I

nser

t nee

dle

at s

tart

of

line.

3- B

ring

out

an

equa

l dis

tanc

e ah

ead

of li

ne.

PLA

IN H

ER

RIN

GB

ON

E S

TIT

CH

1. B

ring

nee

dle

up a

t AIn

sert

at E

and

bri

ng o

ut a

t C.

3. I

nser

t at D

and

bri

ng o

ut a

t E.

3 Y

arns

2 Y

arns

TH

RE

AD

ED

BA

CK

ST

ITC

H

1. W

ork

a fo

unda

tion

of b

ack

stitc

hes.

2. T

hrea

d an

othe

r co

lor

of y

arn

thro

ugh

thes

e st

itche

s.3.

A th

ird

yarn

can

be

thre

aded

thro

ugh

if d

esir

ed.

96

Page 100: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

FISH

BO

NE

ST

ITC

H

1. W

ork

from

L to

R.

2. U

sing

gui

delin

es b

ased

on

thos

e in

dica

ted,

stitc

h at

ash

arp

diag

onal

.3.

Kee

p th

e st

itche

s cl

ose

toge

ther

. VA

N D

YK

E S

TIT

'al

1- U

se a

blu

nt n

eedl

e.2-

Lay

out

par

alle

l lin

es.

3. B

ring

thre

ad th

roug

h at

A.

4- I

nser

t nee

dle

at B

.5-

Bri

ng o

ut a

t C.

6- I

nser

t at D

and

com

e ou

t at E

.7.

For

nex

t stit

ch, i

nser

t nee

dle

unde

r ce

nter

-cro

ssed

stit

ches

with

out

pick

ing

up f

abri

c, D

raw

thro

ugh.

8- I

nser

t nee

dle

in r

ight

mar

gin

belo

w la

-.E

titch

. Bri

ng o

ut d

irec

tly b

elow

on le

ft.

CR

ET

AN

ST

ITC

H

1. W

ork

from

L to

R.

2. U

sing

par

alle

l lin

es a

s gu

ide

mak

e sm

all

stitc

hes

vert

ical

to th

ese

lines

. Alw

ays

poin

t nee

dle

inw

ard.

Kee

p th

read

loop

unde

r ne

edle

.

CL

OSE

HE

RR

ING

BO

NE

ST

ITC

H

1. B

ring

nee

dle

up a

t A.

2. I

nser

t at B

and

bri

ng o

ut a

t C.

3. I

nser

t at D

and

bri

ng o

ut a

t E4.

Ins

ert a

t F a

nd b

ring

out

at G

.5.

Con

tinue

as

show

n.

( 97

Page 101: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CR

ET

AN

ST

ITC

Hle

af d

esig

n

1. B

ring

nee

dle

thro

ugh

at A

.2.

Ins

ert a

t B, f

orm

a lo

op w

ith th

read

and

em

erge

at C

, ove

rth

e lo

op.

3. I

nser

t at D

and

bri

r g

out a

t E o

ver

loop

.4.

Rep

eat a

bove

fro

m B

thro

ugh

E.

5. K

eep

outs

ide

stitc

hes

clos

e to

getl-

ex a

nd in

side

stit

ches

inev

en li

ne.

CE

NT

IPE

DE

ST

ITC

H

1. U

se a

hoo

p -

wor

k fr

om le

ft to

rig

ht.

2. W

ork

betw

een

two

Ilin

es.

3. S

tart

in th

e ce

nter

, bri

ng n

eedl

e th

roug

h m

ater

ial,

inse

rt a

tup

per

mar

gin

and

brin

g th

roug

h di

rect

ly a

cros

s on

opp

osite

mar

gin.

4. L

oop

need

le u

nder

fir

st s

titch

.5.

Stit

ch u

nder

and

acr

oss

as b

efor

e.6.

Loo

p th

roug

h di

agon

al o

f pr

evio

us lo

op.

98

Page 102: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

4FR

EN

CH

. KN

OT

1. T

he th

read

is w

ound

aro

und

need

le tw

o or

thre

e tim

es.

2. I

nser

t nee

dle

at e

mer

genc

e po

int a

nd p

ull t

hrou

gh to

bac

k.

4B

UL

LIO

N S

TIT

CH

1. T

he th

read

is n

ot w

ound

aro

und

need

le u

ntil

afte

rin

ster

ted

for

a st

raig

ht s

titch

.2.

Bef

ore

/wili

ng n

eedl

e th

roug

h. th

read

is ti

ghte

ned

dow

n to

em

erge

nce

poin

t.3.

Nee

dle

is p

ulle

d th

roug

h cl

oth

and

thro

ugh

boun

dth

read

, the

n in

sert

ed n

ear

begi

nnin

g of

stit

ch.

RU

MA

NIA

N S

TIT

CH

1. U

se p

aral

lel l

ines

for

gui

de.

2. S

titch

all

the

way

acr

oss

from

L to

R.

3. B

ring

nee

dle

out a

littl

e le

ss th

an h

alfw

ay b

ack

to-

war

d le

ft li

ne. K

eep

need

le p

oint

abo

,e th

read

of

1st

stitc

h.4.

Bri

ng n

eedl

e ov

er 1

st s

titch

and

tie

half

way

tow

ard

left

line

, bri

ngin

g ne

edle

poi

nt o

ut o

n le

ft li

ne.

PAD

DE

D S

AT

IN S

TIT

CH

1. W

ork

a la

yer

of s

mal

l stit

ches

to s

erve

as

padd

ing.

2. B

ring

nee

dle

up a

t one

edg

e of

are

a an

d in

sert

at

oppo

site

sid

e, u

sing

sla

nt s

titch

ing.

3. C

ontin

ue s

titch

es a

long

an

even

edg

e, k

eepi

ng th

emcl

ose

and

even

ly s

pace

d.

99

Page 103: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

?4

00103

Page 104: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

SIO

NA

L A

RT

"Man

is s

earc

hing

at l

ast

seek

ing

with

ren

ewed

vig

orte

chni

ques

for

impr

ovin

g th

e ba

lanc

e be

twee

n te

chno

logy

, eco

nom

ies,

est

hetic

s, a

nd c

on-

ditio

ns f

or li

ving

."is

4G

eorg

e F.

Hor

n

Art

Cha

irm

an

John

Hop

kins

Jr.

Hig

h

Page 105: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

T

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

fre

e-st

andi

ng ;o

rrns

to b

e vi

ewed

in th

e ro

und.

To

unde

rsta

nd th

e im

port

ance

cf

volu

me

and

spac

e in

des

ign.

To

rela

te 3

-D e

ffec

ts to

scu

lptu

re a

nd a

rchi

tect

ure.

SH

AD

OW

BO

XE

SK

-2

Prep

lann

ing

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esO

bjec

tives

FO

LDE

D N

EW

SP

AP

ER

FO

RM

K-2

, 3-4

To

choo

se a

sub

ject

, be

crea

tive,

mak

eob

ject

s th

at w

ill s

tand

alo

ne.

To

disc

over

that

new

spap

er h

as 3

.D p

oten

tial.

To

fold

and

rol

l pap

er.

Mat

eria

lsM

ater

ials

Shoe

box

es o

r ca

rdbo

ard

foun

datio

ns. I

fou

tdoo

r sc

ene,

pai

nt, b

rush

es, c

onst

ruct

-io

n pa

per,

fou

nd m

ater

ials

; if

indo

orsc

ene,

wal

lpap

er,

clot

h,co

nstr

uctio

npa

per,

etc

.; sc

isso

rs; a

nd g

lue.

Prep

arat

ion

Hav

e ch

ildre

n br

ing

shoe

box

es f

rom

hom

e or

mak

e a

fold

ed c

ardb

oard

foun

datio

n. I

f ca

rdbo

ard

foun

datio

n is

mad

e be

sur

e to

sco

re c

ardb

oard

bef

ore

fold

ing

for

wal

l and

flo

or f

ound

atio

ns.

Cut

con

stru

ctio

n pa

per.

Col

lect

fou

ndob

ject

s.

Proc

edur

e

Dec

ide

on id

ea f

or b

ox (

pain

t). T

urn

box

on s

ide.

Cut

out

peo

ple,

dec

orat

e an

dbr

ace.

Cut

out

oth

er s

cene

ry, s

core

whe

repo

bsib

le a

nd b

race

.

Eva

luat

e

New

spap

er, g

lue.

tape

, rub

be-

band

s, p

aint

, bru

shes

.

Prep

arat

ion

Mak

e sa

mpl

es o

f ro

lled

form

s, th

ick

ones

, elo

ngat

ed o

nes,

ben

dabl

e on

es.

Pass

out

new

spap

ers,

tape

, pai

nt a

nd b

rush

es.

Cov

er ta

bles

with

new

spap

er.

Proc

edur

e

Det

erm

ine

the

shap

e or

sha

pes

to b

e m

ade.

Dec

ide

wha

t typ

es o

f ro

lls w

ill b

e ne

eded

,ro

und,

fla

t,lo

ng, f

at,

etc.

Beg

in w

ithla

rges

tba

sic

shap

e an

d at

tach

oth

erpi

eces

with

glu

e an

d ta

pe. W

hen

obje

ctis

com

plet

ed, p

aint

with

tem

pera

.

Var

iatio

n

Wor

king

on

a sm

alle

r sc

ale,

col

ored

tiss

ues

can

be u

sed

to c

reat

e at

trac

tive,

gay

rol

l-ed

orn

amen

ts.

Eva

luat

e10

2

Page 106: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

TLI

GH

T B

ULB

PE

OP

LEK

-2, 3

-4, 5

-6S

TO

NE

SC

ULP

TU

RE

3-4,

5-6

Prep

!ann

ing

Obj

ectiy

escr

eate

a -

imp!

, fou

ndat

ion

figu

:e.

di. p

ifa

cial

fea

t ur-

-fe

ctiy

ely.

To

dre-

-.1

y.

Mat

eria

lsSt

yrof

oam

iu s

. htl

or 7

.1 w

att l

ight

bul

b-. p

aper

orpl

astic

dri

nk.n

g cu

p-. c

onst

ruct

ion

uctio

npa

per,

scra

ps o

f cl

th. y

arn.

whi

te g

lue.

Prep

at-a

tion

Coe

r ta

ble-

wiL

' new

-pap

er. G

lue

for

ever

y 2

pupi

ls. L

et p

upils

hel

p gi

ve o

utpa

int.

mat

eria

l-. T

each

er w

ill p

repa

re a

bas

ic m

ix o

ffl

esh

colo

r w

ith a

littl

ew

hite

glu

e ad

ded

to m

ake

itst

ick

to b

ulb.

Div

ide

into

sep

arat

e co

ntai

ners

. Mak

esm

al: h

ole

in b

otto

m o

f (u

ps. P

u-h

bulb

- in

to u

psid

e do

wn

cup.

Mot

iNat

e

Proc

edur

eFi

rst d

aypa

int b

ulb-

with

fie

-h

colo

r. C

oyer

cup

s w

ith f

abri

c.Se

cond

dat

ipa

te c

ut o

ut f

eatu

re-

on b

ulb.

The

se c

an b

e pa

inte

d on

by

uppe

r gr

ades

.A

dd y

arn

for

hair

Cut

pap

er c

olla

r fr

om c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r. la

ce,

foil,

or

use

frin

ge. M

ake

ha(

to -

uit t

he h

arac

tri -

-clo

wn.

pilg

rim

. nur

se. w

oman

, chi

ld, I

n-di

an, e

tc. [

)re

-- to

sui

t the

cha

ract

er.

Var

iatio

nSt

ick

light

bul

b :,t

o to

e of

-tic

king

. St c

ure

with

rub

ber

band

aro

und

base

. Fac

ial

feat

ttre-

can

be

sey.

n on

with

nee

dle

aad

yarn

cr

glue

d un

. Yar

n ha

ir c

an b

e se

wn.

Eva

luat

e

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

crea

te a

3.d

imen

sim

al o

bjec

t Eri

n(T

o ob

serv

e an

d ut

ilize

the

natu

ral b

eaut

y of

ston

es.

Mat

eria

lsSt

ones

. she

llac

or c

lear

var

nish

. bru

shes

, sol

ox o

rtu

rpen

tine

for

clea

ning

brus

hes)

tem

pera

,ep

oxy.

glu

e.

Prop

arat

ion

Cle

an s

tone

s (s

crub

% ;i

th s

and

and

wat

er/.

Tur

n st

ones

the

shap

e an

d co

lor.

Cov

er w

ork

area

with

new

spap

ers.

Mot

ivat

e

oyez

- an

d oy

er s

tudy

ing

Proc

edur

eW

hen

an id

ea e

mer

ges,

pai

nt d

etai

ls (

win

gs, h

ead,

fea

ture

s. e

yes.

etc

.1 w

ith te

mpe

raan

d br

ush.

She

llac

or v

arni

.h w

hen

dry.

Var

iatio

nG

lue

seve

ral s

tone

s to

geth

er to

for

m w

ings

, hea

d, f

eet.

etc.

I ca

ve s

tone

s na

tura

l or

pain

t.

Eva

luat

e

BO

X T

CiT

EM

SK

-2Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

ex.r

cise

imag

inat

ion

in c

reat

ing

non-

real

istic

head

s.T

o m

ake

use

of p

lent

iful

inex

pens

ive

mat

eria

ls.

To

crea

te a

larg

e un

it fr

om in

divi

dual

pro

ject

s.M

ater

ials

Box

es c

olle

cted

fro

m h

ouse

hold

, suc

h as

oat

-m

eal.

hi-

quic

k, d

eter

gent

.et

c.Sm

alle

r 3-

di-

men

sion

.! m

ater

ials

, suc

h as

egg

cra

tes,

but

-to

ns.

bottl

eca

ps,

feat

hers

,m

acar

oni,

tow

eltu

be-,

. etc

.. pa

int.

brus

hes.

wat

er in

jars

. sci

s-so

rs. n

ewsp

aper

. sev

eral

lung

dow

els

at le

ast

24".

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

egg

car

tolis

and

tow

el tu

bes

into

sm

alle

rse

ctio

ns. F

or f

eatu

res

prep

are

a ta

ble

o' m

is-

cella

neou

s bo

xes

and

othe

r co

llect

ed m

ate.

ials

.Pr

epar

e a

dryi

ng a

rea

for

firs

tda

y's

wor

k.M

ix a

bit

of d

eter

gent

into

'pai

nts.

Fin

d in

forn

ictiv

e m

ater

ial:,

abo

ut to

tem

s.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eD

iscu

ss to

tem

s. th

eir

purp

ose.

how

mad

e. C

halle

nge

pupi

ls to

mak

e to

tem

s to

rf.p

re:e

-it s

piri

ts a

nd a

nces

tors

of

this

age

, or

a fu

ture

per

iod.

Spr

ead

new

s:ta

pers

over

tabl

es.

Firs

t day

: Pup

ils s

elec

t box

es a

nd f

ound

obj

ects

to b

uild

fea

ture

s. P

aint

eac

h bo

xin

sol

id c

olor

sui

ted

to p

upil'

s ;d

ea.

Seco

nd d

ay: S

prea

d ne

wsp

aper

s. li

elpr

s gi

ve o

ut g

lue

and

sci-

-ors

. Atta

ch -

ars

with

glue

. Add

oth

er it

ems

to c

ompl

ete

faci

al f

eatu

res

and

pain

t. Pu

nch

hole

- in

box

es.

top

cent

er a

nd b

otto

m c

ente

r fu

r st

ippi

ng u

nto

dow

el. I

nter

-per

-e p

aint

ed p

aper

cups

for

nec

ks. S

et lo

wer

end

of

dow

el in

pot

of

dirt

, or

stan

d in

per

fora

ted

bric

ksan

d st

ack

box

tote

ms

one

abus

e ot

her

on d

owel

.

Var

iatio

n

Box

es c

an b

e tr

eate

d in

divi

dual

ly to

cre

ate

a va

riet

y of

cha

ract

ers

or o

bjec

t-. A

niro

als,

trai

ns, r

ocke

t shi

ps, b

arns

, cas

tles.

win

dmill

s, h

ouse

s, c

ities

.

Eva

luat

e

Aft

er d

ispl

ayin

g to

tem

s an

d ef

fect

of

asse

mbl

ing

boxe

s ha

s be

en a

ppre

ciat

ed. c

hild

-re

n m

ay d

ism

antle

tote

ms

to c

arry

thei

r ow

n pr

ojec

ts h

ome.

103

Page 107: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

FO

IL S

CU

LPT

UR

E3-

4, 5

-6

Prep

larz

ninh

Obj

ectiv

esto

fin

d us

eful

ness

of

foil

for

mod

elin

g.to

bui

ld a

war

enes

s of

bod

y st

ruct

ure.

Mat

eria

lsFo

il, w

heat

pas

te, n

ewsp

rint

,18

gau

ge w

ire

(sto

ve p

ipe,

alu

min

um, c

oppe

r), p

ins,

tem

pera

pain

t, po

mps

tiss

ue, w

ire

clip

pers

.

r-ep

arat

ion

Tea

r in

divi

dual

leng

ths

of f

oil,

cut 9

inch

leng

ths

of w

ire.

Hav

e pu

pil h

elpe

rs g

ive

out n

ewsp

rint

and

whe

at p

aste

, pai

nts

whe

n ne

eded

. Pla

ce o

ther

mat

eria

ls w

ithin

reac

h. S

prea

d ne

wsp

aper

ove

r ta

bles

.M

otiv

ate

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

T

Proc

edur

eC

rum

ple

foil

into

larg

e ov

al. P

inch

out

bod

y an

d he

ad f

rom

one

pie

ce. A

dd m

ore

foil

if n

eede

d, c

rush

ing

it ev

enly

ove

r fi

rst b

all.

Add

app

enda

ges

by r

unni

ng w

ire

thro

ugh

body

at s

houl

der

and

hip

poin

t and

cru

shin

g fo

il ar

ound

it. B

end

arm

s,le

gs, t

ail,

etc.

and

clip

off

exc

ess

wir

e an

d fo

il. C

over

with

col

orer

: tis

sue,

or

tom

ake

a st

rong

er f

igur

e co

ver

firs

t with

new

spri

nt a

nd w

heat

pas

te. C

olor

ed ti

ssue

can

be a

pplie

d ov

er th

is. U

se s

mal

l pie

ces

to g

et a

roun

d co

ntou

rs. P

aint

fac

e, a

ndha

ir.

cE

valu

ate

IN1

BO

X L

ID A

SS

EM

BLA

GE

S3-

4, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esto

lear

n to

join

a g

roup

of

foun

d m

ater

ials

into

an a

ssem

blag

e.to

cre

ate

an a

bstr

act t

extu

red

com

posi

tion.

Mat

eria

lslid

sof

sho

e bo

xes,

glu

e, c

onst

ruct

ion

pape

r,fo

und

obje

cts

(bea

ds, c

ardb

oard

, bot

tle c

aps,

nut s

hells

,se

eds,

but

tons

, woo

d st

rips

, sod

ast

raw

s, s

tyro

foam

, etc

.)

Prep

arat

ion

Col

lect

box

lids

wel

l in

t.dva

nce;

ass

embl

e la

rge

colle

ctio

n of

fou

nd m

ater

ials

inad

vanc

e. H

ave

them

rea

dy in

low

box

es o

r pa

ns a

nd p

lace

d in

a c

entr

al lo

catio

n.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eG

lue

cons

truc

tion

pape

r to

fit

insi

de o

f bo

x lid

. Sel

ect p

iece

s of

woo

d, s

traw

s or

oth

erm

ater

ials

tocr

eate

par

titio

ns w

ithin

the

lid. G

lue

in p

lace

. Use

sm

alle

r fo

und

mat

eria

ls to

cre

ate

desi

gn a

nd te

xtur

es w

ithin

the

part

ition

s.T

hese

lids

may

be

join

ed in

to a

fre

ize,

or

mur

al a

nd if

des

ired

, ins

tead

of

usin

gco

nstr

uctio

n pa

per

the

lid a

nd c

onte

nts

may

be

pain

ted

in h

arm

oniz

ing

colo

rs o

rsp

raye

d a

sing

le c

olor

.

WIR

E F

IGU

RE

S5-

6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esto

cre

ate

a 3-

D f

orm

whi

ch s

how

s ac

tion.

Mat

eria

lsas

sort

men

t of

wir

e (s

tove

pipe

, ele

ctri

cal,

scre

en,

copp

er, a

nd b

rass

wir

es);

wir

e cu

tters

, plie

rs, p

enci

ls a

nd n

ewsp

rint

,cy

lindr

ical

obj

ects

, str

ing,

yar

n, b

eads

, cem

ent

glue

.

Prep

arat

ion

See

that

chi

ldre

n ar

e th

orou

ghly

fam

iliar

with

gest

ure

sket

chin

g.H

ave

sket

ches

mad

e of

figu

re o

f an

imal

in a

ctio

n us

ing

circ

ular

mo-

tion.

Eac

h ch

ild w

ill n

eed

wir

e an

d ac

cess

tocu

tters

, etc

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eU

sing

ges

ture

ske

tche

s, tr

y to

cop

y ac

tion

of f

igur

e. S

kele

ton

or f

ram

e ca

n be

for

med

of a

dou

ble

thic

knes

s of

wir

e. J

oin

at jo

ints

by

cem

entin

g an

d w

rapp

ing.

Whe

nsk

elet

on is

sol

idly

put

toge

ther

, beg

in w

rapp

ing

(as

iii g

zstu

re s

ketc

hing

). K

eep

wir

e lo

osel

y w

rapp

ed. N

ew p

iece

s ca

n be

add

ed b

y w

rapp

ing

ends

into

tors

o an

dhi

ding

edg

es.

Fini

shed

pie

ce c

an b

e hu

ng a

s m

obile

or

naile

d to

woo

d bl

ock

(as

a ba

se).

Var

iatio

nIn

stea

d of

wra

ppin

g w

ire

as a

ges

ture

ske

tch,

wir

e ca

n be

atta

ched

to s

kele

ton

form

to r

ound

out

rib

s, s

kull,

hip

s, e

tc. C

olor

ed ti

ssue

can

be

wra

pped

.

Eva

luat

e

Page 108: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

T

PLA

ST

ER

CA

ST

ING

Mix

ing

Plas

ter

Use

a th

row

-aw

ay c

onta

iner

suc

h as

a g

allo

n pl

astic

bot

tle (

with

the

top

part

rem

oved

) . H

a., .

42-p

pap

er to

wel

s on

han

d.Fi

ll 1,

2 w

ith w

ater

. Beg

in s

iftin

g pl

aste

r in

to w

ater

and

con

tinue

unt

il a

peak

stan

ds a

bove

the

surf

ace

and

does

not

con

tinue

to s

lide

unde

r. U

se a

stic

k an

d st

ir s

low

lyun

til th

e pl

aste

r be

gins

to th

icke

n. F

or d

ippi

ng, u

se a

t thi

s po

int.

For

pour

ing,

con

-tin

ue u

ntil

you

feel

asl

ight

res

ista

nce

to th

e st

irri

ngst

ick.

Use

at o

nce.

Do

not

let i

t get

so

far

that

the

plas

ter

show

s th

e tr

ail o

f th

e st

ick.

Thi

s w

ill s

et to

o fa

st. I

fpl

aste

r re

fuse

s to

thic

ken,

add

a li

ttle

mor

e, it

may

be

old.

Patti

ng p

last

er th

at is

stif

feni

ng w

ill m

ake

it m

ore

flui

d fo

r a

few

mom

ents

.D

o no

ne o

f th

is n

ear

the

sink

. Thr

ow c

onta

iner

and

stic

k aw

ay. W

ipe

hand

s cl

ean

on w

et p

aper

tow

els.

Wip

e ta

ble,

etc

. Do

not w

ash

anyt

hing

into

sin

k.(P

last

er s

ets

inth

e tr

ap.)

Hem

p ro

pe, c

hees

e cl

oth,

old

nyl

ons,

or

rust

pro

of .v

ire

embe

dded

in y

our

cast

ing

will

str

engt

hen

your

pla

ster

, esp

ecia

lly w

here

the

part

s ar

e fr

agile

.

For

hang

ing,

be

sure

to im

bed

a w

ire

loop

.

For

smoo

thin

g, #

400

sand

pape

r or

em

ery

pape

r.

Lac

quer

, she

llac,

or

poly

mer

can

be

used

as

seal

er. T

hey

also

mak

e go

od to

p co

ats

to p

rote

ct f

inis

hes.

See

sect

ion

on F

orm

ulas

for

pla

ster

mix

es th

at a

re g

iven

attr

activ

e te

xtur

e th

roug

hth

e us

e of

ver

mic

ulite

, san

d or

saw

dust

. Pla

ster

can

als

o be

mad

e in

tere

stin

g by

sw

irlin

ga

bit o

f co

lor

into

the

plas

ter

just

bef

ore

pour

ing.

Do

not s

tir e

noug

h to

dis

trib

ute

colo

r ev

enly

all

thro

ugh

the

plas

ter.

Cra

yon

chip

s ca

n al

so le

nd c

olor

to p

last

er.

SA

ND

CA

ST

ING

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

es

To

use

a si

mpl

e m

old

for

3-d

plas

ter

form

.T

o un

ders

tand

the

reve

rse

effe

ct o

f ca

stin

g.

Mat

eria

ls

Lar

ge b

ox o

r pl

astic

con

tain

er f

illed

with

fin

eda

mp

(not

wet

)sa

nd.

Smal

l too

ls f

or im

-pr

essi

ng te

xtur

es in

to th

e sa

nd. P

last

er; n

ews-

pape

r; w

ater

; dam

p pa

per

tow

els;

thro

w-a

way

cont

aine

r fo

r m

ixin

g pl

aste

r; s

tick;

wir

e ho

ok.

Prep

arat

ion

Set u

p a

mix

ing

stat

ion

for

plas

ter

away

fro

mA

rran

ze s

ever

al b

oxes

of

dam

p sa

nd. P

upils

can

wor

k on

ly in

sm

all g

roup

s, s

ince

the

teac

her

mix

es p

last

er.

See

form

ula

for

mix

ing

plas

ter.

It i

s ad

visa

ble

to tr

y th

is p

roje

ct f

irst

on

y-*

ow

n.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

Usi

ng a

jar,

or

bow

l, m

ake

an im

pres

sion

in th

e da

mp

sand

at l

east

2"

deep

. Mov

e th

ebo

wl i

n a

circ

ular

man

ner,

pre

ssin

g th

e sa

nd o

utw

ard

to f

orm

fir

m w

alls

to h

old

plas

ter.

Pac

k a

little

aga

inst

sid

e of

bow

l all

the

way

aro

und.

Tak

e to

ol o

f yo

urch

oice

and

hav

ing

deci

ded

upon

a m

otif

beg

in p

ress

ing

form

s :n

to th

e sa

nd. C

all

atte

ntio

n to

the

fact

that

the

deep

er th

e pr

essu

re, t

he m

ore

outs

tand

ing

the

pro-

ject

ing

surf

ace.

Aft

er th

is m

uch

dem

onst

ratio

n le

tpu

pils

ask

any

que

stio

ns th

eyw

ish.

Spr

ead

new

spap

ers

on ta

bles

. Giv

e bo

xes

of s

and

to p

upils

, let

them

sel

ect

tool

s an

d be

gin.

Som

e m

ay a

lso

wat

ch in

pre

para

tion

for

thei

r tu

rn. F

ollo

w th

epr

oced

ure

for

mix

ing

plas

ter.

As

soon

as

plas

ter

reac

hes

a cr

eam

-lik

e th

ickn

ess,

begi

n to

pou

r. D

o no

t spl

ash

and

ifpo

ssib

le d

ip o

ut w

ith s

mal

l pap

er c

up to

min

imiz

e fo

rce

.1 p

ouri

ng w

hich

can

des

troy

san

d m

old.

Pou

r lig

htly

ove

r w

hole

surf

ace

and

then

add

pla

ster

unt

il th

e en

tire

impr

essi

on is

fill

ed a

t lea

st1

inch

.H

ave

a w

ire

hook

pre

pare

d. I

nser

t int

o th

e pl

aste

r co

rrec

tly f

or h

angi

ng. A

llow

tose

t 30

min

utes

. Bru

sh a

way

san

d an

d te

st f

or f

irm

ness

, if

o.k.

get

fin

ger

unde

r th

eca

st a

nd li

ft. U

se a

stif

f br

ush

to r

eme

sand

. Was

h if

you

like

, ove

r a

buck

et, n

otth

e si

nk. C

lean

all

plas

ter

away

with

wet

pap

er to

wel

s. T

hrow

thes

e aw

ay. A

lso

the

mix

ing

cont

aine

rz.

T..,

one

for

the

next

gro

up.

Eva

luat

e

105

Page 109: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

PLA

ST

ER

SW

AF

FIT

O 3

-4, 5

-6

Prep

arat

ion

Dip

bru

sh in

oil

and

coat

tain

ers.

Spr

ead

new

spap

ers

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

e

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

T BA

LLO

ON

AN

D P

LAS

TE

R S

CU

LPT

UR

E

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o un

ders

tand

and

exp

erie

nce

inci

sed

desi

gn.

To

cont

rive

inte

rest

ing

effe

cts

of o

ne c

olor

agai

nst a

noth

er.

Mat

eria

lsB

utch

ir p

aper

; pen

cil;

wet

pap

er to

wel

s; s

hoe

box;

pla

ster

; 3 th

row

-aw

ay c

onta

iner

s; s

tick;

wat

er: n

ewsp

aper

; coo

king

oil;

bru

sh; c

arvi

ngtc

ol (

scre

wdr

iver

, fru

it kn

ife,

spo

on)

insi

de o

f bo

x. P

ut te

mpe

ra c

olor

in tw

o se

para

te c

on-

and

have

wet

tow

els

on h

and.

Hav

e pu

pils

dra

w d

esig

n to

fit

thei

r bo

x. D

ivid

e dr

y pl

aste

r be

twee

n tw

o co

ntai

ners

with

tem

pera

. Mix

one

col

ored

laye

r an

d po

ur in

to b

oxes

, let

fir

m, t

hen

miA

and

pour

thin

laye

r of

oth

er c

olor

. 1/1

6". W

hen

set,

lay

pape

r de

sign

or

plas

ter

and

trac

e ov

er it

with

pen

cil,

usin

g a

bit o

f pr

essu

re. L

ift p

aper

, tak

e sc

ratc

hing

tool

san

d cu

t des

ign

thru

the

top

laye

r, d

own

to s

econ

d co

lor.

Whe

n fi

nish

ed a

nd f

ully

edri

ed, r

ub to

a g

loss

with

wax

pap

er.

Eva

luat

e

C cc

Lig

ht D

ough

1 eg

g

1/2

"up

vege

tabl

e sh

orte

ning

1/3

cup

suga

r

2/3

cup

hone

y

1 ts

p. le

mon

fla

vori

ng

3 cu

ps s

ifte

d al

l-pu

rpos

e fl

our

I ts

p. s

alt

1 ts

p. s

oda

3500

for

abo

ut 1

5 m

inut

es

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o be

com

e co

nsci

ous

of in

teri

or s

pace

in s

culp

-tu

re.

Follo

wus

ual

prep

arat

ions

for

wor

king

with

plas

ter.

Obt

ain

'mal

l bal

loon

s, in

flat

e an

d tie

.U

se c

ardb

oard

milk

car

ton

for

form

. Mak

e ho

les

in it

her

e an

d th

ere

to p

erm

it en

ds o

f ba

lloon

sto

be

pulle

d ou

tsid

e. T

ape

in p

lace

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eM

ix p

last

er a

nd b

egin

pou

ring

into

milk

bot

tle.

Add

a b

allo

on b

efor

e pl

aste

r ge

ts to

fir

st h

ole,

pour

mor

e pl

aste

r, a

dd a

noth

er b

allo

on, e

tc.

until

car

ton

is f

illed

. Allo

w to

set

for

abou

t3

hour

s.R

emov

e ca

rton

.D

efla

teba

lloon

s.W

ith s

poon

car

ve th

e fo

rm to

a m

ore

plea

sing

shap

e. S

impl

ify,

exa

min

ing

it fr

om a

ll si

des.

Whe

n dr

y, it

may

be

sand

ed a

nd g

iven

one

of

the

fini

shes

des

crib

ed in

this

sec

tion.

Eva

ulat

e

SCU

LPT

UR

EC

OO

KIE

SC

ULP

TU

RE

K-6

Dir

ectio

ns

Com

bine

fir

st S

dry

ingr

tient

s.Si

ft, t

hen

add

to f

irst

mix

, a li

ttle

at a

tim

e. S

ome

mor

efl

our

may

hav

e to

be

adde

d. R

oll d

ough

to 1

/4".

Cut

or

mol

d to

des

ired

sha

pe.

By

rolli

ng d

ough

into

coi

ls a

nd c

reat

ing

anop

en s

pace

des

ign,

the

open

spa

ces

can

be f

illed

with

cru

shed

sou

r ba

lls a

nd c

ooke

d on

a s

heet

of f

oil 3

500

from

3 to

6 m

inut

es.

Stri

ps o

f do

ugh

can

be c

oile

d, tw

iste

d, p

inch

-ed

and

arr

ange

d in

man

y sh

apes

.V

ario

us im

prin

ts c

an b

e m

ade

from

tool

s, to

ys,

fing

ers,

bol

ts, r

ope

or o

ther

text

ured

obj

ects

.

Dar

k D

ough

1/3

cup

shor

teni

ng

1 cu

p br

own

suga

r (f

irm

)

1 1/

2 cu

p m

olas

ses

2/3

cup

wat

er

6 cu

p al

l-pu

rpos

e fl

our

2 ts

p. s

oda

1 ts

p. s

alt

1/2

tsp.

cin

nam

on

1/4

tsp.

nut

meg

1/4

tsp.

gin

ger

3500

for

abo

ut 1

5 m

inut

es

5-6

106

Page 110: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

TP

AP

ER

MO

DU

LE C

ON

ST

RU

CT

ION

S, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

sm

all c

onst

ruct

ion

units

.T

o bu

ild a

larg

e st

zuct

ure

from

the

units

.T

.-, u

nder

stan

d lu

st r

udim

ents

of

arch

itect

ural

stre

ss a

nd s

trai

n (b

alan

ce).

Mat

eria

lsT

ooth

pick

s. Q

-tip

s, a

pplic

ator

stic

ks, c

ardb

oard

stri

ps, v

ools

, woo

dblo

cksa

ny o

f w

hich

can

be u

sed

to c

reat

e m

odul

es; q

uick

dry

ing

glue

,sc

isso

rs,

new

spap

er,

rule

r,co

lore

dtis

sue,

stra

ight

pin

s.

Prep

arat

ion

Spre

ad n

ewsp

aper

, dis

trib

ute

scis

sors

, mod

ule

mat

eria

ls a

nd g

lue.

Dif

fere

nt p

upils

may

use

dif

fere

nt s

ets

of m

odul

ar m

ater

ials

.H

ave

sam

ple

mod

ules

mad

e fr

om c

ardb

oard

, spo

ols,

app

licat

or s

ticks

, etc

., re

spec

t-iv

ely

Mot

ivat

ePr

oced

ure

Show

sam

ple

mod

ules

to p

upils

and

exp

lain

how

they

can

bec

ome

build

ing

units

whe

n jo

ined

into

a c

onst

ruct

ion.

Exp

lain

that

ther

e ar

e ot

her

shap

e m

odul

es p

os-

sibl

e an

d to

exp

erim

ent t

o de

sign

thei

r ow

n. K

eep

itsi

mpl

e. T

hen

let p

upils

desi

gn m

odul

es a

nd r

epea

t the

con

stru

ctio

n un

til a

ser

ies

of s

imila

r sh

apes

has

been

bui

lt T

hese

mod

ules

may

be

cove

red

with

tiss

ue, c

ardb

oard

, col

ored

pap

er if

desi

red_

Let

pup

ils p

lan

how

to p

ut s

hape

s to

geth

er to

bui

ld a

larg

er f

orm

, the

n le

t the

mpr

ocee

d to

join

thei

r m

odul

es w

ith g

lue

and/

or f

ine

wir

e. P

ins

can

be u

sed

to h

old

glue

d pi

eces

till

dry.

Var

iatim

Woo

d sc

raps

, im

agin

ativ

ely

asse

mbl

ed, a

re g

ood

mat

eria

l for

cre

atin

g bu

ildin

gs a

ndsc

ulpt

ures

.E

valu

ate

.

":1

:1

_.. gV

iM

Nta

i

BO

X S

CU

LPT

UR

E, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

nev

er b

efor

e se

en, i

mag

inat

ive

form

s.T

o cr

eate

inte

rest

fro

m a

ll si

des,

To

mai

ntai

n ba

lanc

e,

Mat

eria

ls2

or 3

car

dboa

rd c

arto

ns, p

apie

r m

ache

pul

p,ne

wsp

aper

stri

psan

dw

heat

past

e;ex

acto

knif

e,ta

gboa

rdst

rips

,ne

wsp

aper

,m

aski

ngta

pe, c

rush

ed f

oil.

Prep

arat

ion

If u

sing

pul

p, p

repa

re in

adv

ance

. (Se

e fo

rmul

as I

.C

olle

ct c

erea

l, ca

ke m

ix, o

at-

mea

l, et

c. b

oxes

. If

whe

at p

aste

is to

1''

used

, mix

bef

ore

clas

s an

d di

vide

into

seve

ral c

onta

iner

sone

for

eac

h fo

ur p

upils

. Gro

up p

upils

in f

ours

aro

und

past

e.D

istr

ibut

e tw

o ro

lls o

f ta

pe to

eac

h gr

oup

and

an e

xact

o kn

ife

or s

ciss

ors

to e

ach.

Ass

embl

e ot

her

mat

eria

ls w

here

they

are

eas

ily a

cces

sibl

e.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eC

halle

nge

pupi

ls to

cre

ate

stra

nge

but s

impl

e fo

rms,

par

t sol

id, p

art e

nclo

sing

spa

ce.

Car

tons

can

hav

e od

d sh

aped

hol

es c

ut in

them

. New

spap

ers

can

be m

ade

into

larg

ean

d /o

r sm

all c

ones

. The

se c

an b

e tr

imm

ed to

fit

one

agai

nst t

he o

ther

and

tape

din

pla

ce. A

box

can

be

atta

ched

, and

ano

ther

, usi

ng d

iffe

rent

siz

es.

Fo .

can

belig

htly

cru

shed

into

cre

vice

s to

fill

in s

hape

. Tap

e in

plac

e.O

verl

ay w

ith n

ews-

pape

r st

rips

dip

ped

in w

heat

pas

te, o

r sp

read

with

pap

er p

ulp

mix

. Con

tinue

fill

ing

nut t

he f

orm

in th

is m

anne

r un

til th

e pu

pil i

s sa

tisfi

ed w

ith h

is s

culp

ture

. Be

sure

itst

ands

sol

idly

. Be

sure

to r

etai

n so

me

open

spa

ce. A

llow

dry

ing

time.

12

days

for

pape

r st

rips

). P

aint

with

tem

pera

.

Eva

luat

e

BO

X A

SS

EM

BLA

GE

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

on

mor

e th

an o

ne p

lane

.T

o be

sen

sitiv

e to

pen

etra

ting

spac

e.T

o be

vis

ually

aw

are

of v

iew

fro

m b

oth

side

s.

Mat

eria

lssh

oe b

oxes

(or

oth

er o

f eq

uiva

lent

siz

e); d

owel

,so

da s

traw

s, h

eavy

car

dboa

d, s

trin

g, g

lue,

tape

.

Prep

arat

ion

Rem

ove

botto

m f

rom

box

es; c

ut v

arie

ty o

f ca

rd-

boar

d st

rips

and

sha

pes

on p

aper

cut

ter;

cut

dow

els

into

sui

tabl

e le

ngth

s to

use

in b

oxes

,ei

ther

dia

gona

lly, h

3riz

onta

lly o

r ve

rtic

ally

; dis

-tr

ibut

e gl

ue, s

trin

g, ta

pe to

eac

h pu

pil.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eU

sing

sid

es o

f bo

x as

a s

uppo

rt, b

egin

glu

ing

in d

owel

s or

str

aws

or c

ardb

oard

str

ips

to c

reat

e ve

rtic

als.

hor

izon

tals

and

or

diag

onal

s. T

hese

mus

t be

in th

e ce

ntra

l are

a_as

wel

l as

near

the

edge

of

box.

Add

sho

rter

pie

ces

conn

ectin

g so

me

of th

e lo

nger

ones

. To

thes

e sm

alle

r se

ctio

ns g

lue

card

boar

d sh

apes

and

str

ips.

Tur

n th

e bo

xas

you

wor

k, c

heck

ing

the

desi

gn f

rom

all

angl

es, t

o se

e th

at th

e 3-

D e

ffec

t is

plea

sing

from

all

side

s. C

olor

ed p

aper

s, f

oils

, tis

sues

may

be

adde

d as

des

ired

.

Eva

luat

e

107

Page 111: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

AR

TP

LAS

TIC

BO

TT

LE S

CU

LPT

UR

E

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion:

Pla

stic

bot

tles

can

easi

ly b

e cu

t with

sci

ssor

s if

hel

dun

der

war

m r

unni

ng w

ater

for

a f

ew m

omen

ts.

The

pre

-for

med

cur

ves

and

cont

ours

of

plas

tic c

onta

iner

s of

fer

poss

ibili

ties

not o

btai

nabl

e w

ith c

ardb

oard

of

pape

r.D

irec

t hea

t fro

m a

fla

me

or e

lect

ric

coil

will

mel

t mos

t pla

stic

con

tain

ers.

Plas

tic s

urfa

ces

will

not

glu

e ea

sily

whe

re th

ere

is te

nsio

n. B

rass

bra

dsth

roug

h ov

erla

ppin

g ed

ges

are

need

ed. P

unct

ure

plas

tic f

irst

by

layi

ng it

on a

woo

den

bloc

k an

d pi

erci

ng it

with

an

ice-

pick

.T

o pa

int t

he s

urfa

ce, r

ough

up

the

plas

tic w

ith m

ediu

m c

oars

e sa

ndpa

per,

and

add

whi

te g

lue

to th

e te

mpe

ra. A

cryl

ic p

aint

s an

d sp

ray

pain

ts c

ling

nice

ly.

Sugg

este

d us

es:

The

fol

low

ing

idea

s ar

e no

t wri

tten

up a

spr

ojec

ts, b

ut a

re p

rese

nted

to in

itiat

e ex

-pl

orat

ion

of p

last

ic b

ottle

scu

lptu

re.

It g

oes

with

out s

ayin

g th

at d

eter

gent

bot

tles

offe

r ex

celle

nt b

ases

for

mak

inG

fig

ures

.A

dd a

pai

nted

sty

rofo

am b

all f

orth

e-he

ad,

then

the

oute

r c:

othi

ng is

all

you

need

.B

its o

f br

aid,

gif

t wra

p, c

loth

scr

aps

pro-

vide

gar

men

ts. W

hen

the

char

acte

r is

mal

e,cu

t the

bot

tom

of

the

bottl

e to

rep

rese

ntle

gs. W

rap

legs

with

new

spap

er a

nd w

heat

past

e. P

aint

pan

ts a

nd s

hoes

; app

ly c

olor

edpa

per

or f

abri

cs f

or u

pper

gar

men

ts. A

rms

may

be

avoi

ded

by u

sing

cap

es. o

r th

eym

ay b

e cu

t fro

m c

ardb

oard

and

atta

ched

.

The

top

half

of

a pl

astic

bot

tle, i

nver

ted

and

set i

nto

an in

vert

ed s

tyro

foam

cup

, is

aba

sic

form

for

cre

atin

g m

any

kind

s of

hea

ds.

The

ope

n to

p ca

n be

fill

ed w

ith a

stu

ffed

nylo

n st

ocki

ng. A

few

ice

pick

hol

es a

roun

dth

e ed

ges

of th

e bo

ttle

will

do

to a

ncho

r st

ock-

ing

in p

lace

with

thre

ad. Y

a.n

can

then

be

tack

ed to

the

stoc

king

to f

orm

hai

r. S

ome-

times

a h

at o

r a

cap

will

elim

inat

ene

ed f

orha

ir. F

acia

l fea

ture

s ar

e be

st c

ut f

rom

con

-st

ruct

ion

pape

r an

d gl

ued

on, a

lthou

gh y

arn

can

be u

sed.

Plas

tic b

ottle

s of

fer

poss

ibili

ties

for

fan-

tast

ic c

reat

ures

. who

se in

teri

ors

can

expo

sehu

mor

ous

inne

r w

orki

ngs.

Sand

pape

r th

o-ro

ughl

y at

glu

e-po

ints

.

Tw

o to

ps o

f m

ilk b

ottle

s. w

ith h

andl

esre

mov

ed c

an b

e jo

ined

and

cov

ered

with

stra

w, c

one

-pet

als.

" ba

rk. o

r ot

her

mat

eria

lsto

mak

e a

nice

bir

d ho

use.

Cap

the

top

open

-in

g.

Cut

ting

out t

he h

andl

e ar

ea o

f a

milk

cart

on, a

nd tu

rnin

g th

e in

side

up,

giv

es th

eba

se f

or c

reat

ing

all k

inds

of

imag

inat

ive

in-

sect

s.Sp

ots.

win

gs, a

nten

nae,

legs

, etc

., ca

nbe

des

igne

d by

the

pupi

l and

atta

ched

.

103

Page 112: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

WE

AV

ING

" W

hat a

bout

the

visu

albr

ain-

was

hing

of

our

kids

, who

are

gro

win

g up

in th

e pl

astic

and

chr

ome

cultu

re o

f A

mer

ica

toda

y?

Phoe

be K

. Sch

oll

Prof

. Art

Edu

catio

n

Edi

nbor

o St

ate

Col

lege

Penn

sylv

ania

Page 113: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

C i" 14,

WE

AV

ING

INT

O M

ES

H

WE

AV

ING

Gen

eral

Obj

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

a va

riet

y of

wea

ving

tech

niqu

es.

To

prov

ide

expe

rien

ce f

or c

reat

ing

orig

inal

and

nov

el w

ays

.cf

wea

ving

.T

o le

arn

to m

ake

and

use

a lo

om.

Not

e: y

oung

er c

hild

ren

tend

to w

eave

with

out a

def

inite

and

shou

ld b

e al

low

ed to

do

so.

,K

-2Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

lear

n ba

sics

of

wea

ving

.M

ater

ials

Wir

e m

esh

or s

crim

(cro

ss-s

titch

rug

blun

t-en

d

1111

1111

1111

1111

1111

8111

1111

1so

litag

esso

mm

eolo

sim

Of

2111

8112

11F

....6

.40.

1111

1111

1111

1111

112.

211

1111

1111

1111

1Pov

m. 4

1111

1161

1 O

SU

MI

napH

itim

ainm

sess

erM

ar.4

0411

1111

1111

1161

1111

1aA

.--.

..J11

6841

Ban

0.11

1111

1ft b

yS

SA

BR

OS

S11

1111

1111

11.4

14t

BA

BB

IIBR

Oam

iliai

LA

W*4

assa

isam

Illit

-401

1 ill

eaS

INIII

IIIR

EW

WI t

ir.,4

11[1

1,r

4. vb.-

J=11

161R

O',I

v+P

SS

IBIB

INA

W. r

rl ha

irS

OIR

KS

.S

OS

ME

WS

SO

W.4

BS

BS

BR

IBII

ovum ew

e IB

B

11.1

111

11.1

111.

14.

ell

canv

as)

;ya

rnor

stri

ng;

need

les:

pap

er: c

rayo

ns: w

ire

cutte

rs.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

scr

im o

r w

ire

into

indi

vidu

al p

iece

s.H

elpe

rspa

sscr

ayon

s,pa

per,

stri

ng,

need

les.

Mot

ivat

e

no o

ilman

MIl

leal

eldi

s11

.111

.4

1111

1.11

M41

1111

r411

1011

-111

1+F

WE

I

Intl

WI O

BI

II U

M .. I SI

BO

OM

MO

RI

SO

Proc

edur

eD

esig

n si

mpl

e ob

ject

on

pape

r. P

lace

pap

er u

nder

mes

h fo

r pa

ttern

. Tra

cede

sign

on

mes

h w

ith c

rayo

n. W

eave

ove

r an

d un

der

scri

m f

iber

s to

out

-lin

e sh

apt-

or

fill

inar

eas

Ove

rlap

v a

rns

for

text

ure.

Exp

erim

ent.

Chi

ldre

n m

ay p

refe

r to

wea

ve w

ithou

t des

ign.

By

all m

eans

. giv

e th

emth

is c

hoic

e.V

aria

tions

Use

oni

on s

ack

stre

tche

d ov

er c

ardb

oard

fra

me.

Stre

tch

old

text

ured

hos

e ov

er a

pie

ce o

f ca

rdbr

oad.

Wea

ve o

n th

is.

Plas

tic b

erry

box

es w

ith s

quar

e ho

les

or c

hick

en w

ire

can

be u

sed

for

wea

ving

with

yar

n or

str

ing.

Eva

luat

e

patte

rn,

DR

INK

ING

ST

RA

W L

OO

M, 3

-4Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

mak

e a

sim

ple

loom

.T

o w

eave

on

loom

.M

ater

ials

Stra

ws:

str

ing:

yar

ns. g

rass

. oth

er m

a-te

rial

s fo

r w

eavi

ng; s

ciss

ors-

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

str

aws

in h

alf:

cut

str

ips

of y

arn.

Cut

str

ing

into

sev

eral

yar

d le

ngth

s.H

elpe

rs p

ass

5 st

raw

s an

d st

ring

to e

ach.

Dem

onst

rate

how

to m

ake

loom

and

be-

gin

wea

ving

.M

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eC

ut 5

pie

ces

c f

stri

ng (

appr

oxim

atel

y 2

ftT

ie th

em in

to b

ig k

not a

t one

end.

Thr

ead

each

str

ing

thro

ugh

a st

raw

. Pus

h st

raw

sup

to k

notte

d en

d.Se

lect

a p

iece

of

varn

. Tie

at k

notte

d en

d to

one

end

of

a st

raw

.W

eave

bac

k an

d 'fo

rth.

goi

ng o

ver

and

unde

r. C

hang

e ya

rns

afte

r aw

hile

to a

dd n

ew c

olor

and

text

ure.

Tie

new

pie

ce to

end

of

old.

As

wea

ving

prog

ress

ts, p

ush

wov

en s

ectio

n up

and

off

str

aws,

fre

eing

str

aws

for

mor

ew

eavi

ng. S

lip s

traw

s of

f st

ring

s w

hen

fini

shed

wea

ving

.E

valu

ate

BA

SK

ET

WE

AV

ING

, 3-4

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

basi

cs o

f w

eavi

ng.

To

crea

te a

dec

orat

ive.

use

ful o

bjec

tM

ater

ials

Oat

mea

l box

or

sim

ilar

circ

ular

con

tain

-er

: str

ipe

of b

lack

pap

er: y

arns

; sci

s-so

rs: g

lue;

rul

ers.

Prep

arat

ion

See

proc

edur

eM

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

e

Cut

bla

ck s

trip

s 2"

long

er th

an h

eigh

t of

box.

Glu

e st

rips

to b

otto

m o

fbo

x. S

kip

1/4"

spa

ces

betw

een

stri

ps. B

ring

them

upw

ard

and

fold

end

sov

er r

im o

f bo

x. G

lue.

Wea

ve y

arn

over

and

und

er s

trip

s. U

se f

orba

sket

or

stab

ile.

Eva

luat

e

110

Page 114: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

WE

AV

ING

PO

PS

ICLE

LO

OM

, 3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o ex

.IA

-rie

nce

sim

ple

wea

ving

.cr

eate

a s

impl

e in

expe

nsiv

e lo

om.

Mat

eria

lsT

wo

penc

ils o

r do

wel

s. 1

0 po

psic

le s

ticks

, glu

e, c

ardb

oard

str

ip, y

arn.

pock

et c

omb.

han

d dr

ill.

Prep

arat

ion

Use

two

stic

ks f

or-t

op a

nd b

otto

m. B

etw

een,

glu

e 7

or 8

stic

ks w

ithho

les.

I Se

e dr

awin

g) .

Tie

yar

n en

ds a

t hol

es.

Bri

ng o

ther

end

sth

roug

h l.:

les

and

tie to

a p

enci

l or

dow

el, t

hen

cont

inue

end

s ba

ck to

slits

bet

wer

n st

icks

.Pa

ss th

em th

roug

h an

d tie

eve

nly

to a

dow

el o

rpe

ncil.

Mak

e a

card

boar

d sh

uttle

and

wra

p w

ith y

arn.

for

wea

ving

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eL

oom

sho

uld

rese

mbl

e ill

ustr

atio

n be

low

. The

loop

atta

ched

tc a

nai

lw

ill b

e fa

sten

ed to

you

r be

lt. T

ie th

e po

psic

le e

nd to

a c

hair

so

that

the

dow

el th

ere

can

mov

e up

or

dow

n. K

eep

yarn

taut

. Wea

ve w

ith s

huttl

e.U

se c

omb

to p

ull t

hrea

ds c

lose

.

Eva

luat

e

Cut

off

the

eigh

thst

rand

whi

ch w

ill n

otha

vea

slit

togo

thro

ugh.

PE

NC

IL L

OO

M, 5

-6

Pre-

i-nn

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o m

ake

a pe

ncil

loom

To

lear

n pr

inci

ples

use

d fo

r le

o .1

wea

v-in

g

Mat

eria

lsPe

ncil

or d

owel

; hea

vy y

arns

: sci

ssor

s

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

sev

eral

yar

d le

ngth

s of

yar

n fo

r ea

chch

ild.

Hel

pers

pas

s do

wel

s, s

ciss

ors,

yar

n.

Mot

ivat

e

JIA

Proc

edur

eC

ut p

iece

s of

yar

n 11

/, tim

es le

ngth

of

fini

shed

pro

duct

(ch

ild d

ecid

esth

is).

Loo

p ya

rn s

o it

has

a sh

ort a

nd lo

ng ta

il.(a

IPl

ace

penc

il ac

ross

(b)

Fold

top

part

of

loop

ove

r pe

ncil.

c) P

ull e

nds

thro

ugh

loop

;pu

ll tig

ht. C

ontin

ue a

cros

s pe

ncil

with

oth

er p

iece

s of

yar

n. T

hese

are

"war

p" th

read

s. P

ull s

hort

end

s ov

er to

p of

pen

cil.

Wea

ve le

ft e

nd lo

agth

read

ove

rand

-und

er to

its

end.

Do

sam

e w

ith r

ight

end

thre

ad. R

epea

tw

ith s

econ

d th

read

on

left

, and

so

on. W

hen

wea

ving

is c

ompl

eted

, kno

ten

ds in

pai

rs. L

oops

are

rem

oved

fro

m p

enci

l and

kno

tted

in s

ame

way

.

Eva

luat

eE

valu

ate

afte

r ea

ch h

as d

one

som

e w

ork

on lo

om_

Wha

t cm

. be

done

to g

ive

vari

ety

to w

ork?

111

Page 115: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CA

RD

BO

AR

D L

OO

M, 3

-4, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

gO

bjec

tives

To

expe

rim

ent w

ith te

xtur

e.T

o ha

rmon

ize

colo

rs.

To

prep

lan

wea

ving

pat

tern

.

Mat

eria

lsY

arn,

rib

bon,

nat

ural

mat

eria

ls (

gras

s,w

eeds

. etc

. i.m

ohai

r: h

eavy

: ar

dboa

rd;

scis

sors

; rul

er; s

trin

g; n

eedl

e.

WE

AV

ING

Prep

arat

ion

Dis

cuss

pat

tern

s of

des

igns

that

cou

ld b

e m

ade

in w

eavi

ng (

usin

g on

lyst

raig

ht li

nes.

)E

ach

desi

gns

his

idea

on

pape

r. H

ave

ampl

eca

rd-

boar

ds p

repa

red

in a

dvan

ce. a

nd b

egin

the

anch

orin

g of

thre

ads.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eD

raw

line

alo

ng to

p an

d bo

ttom

of

card

boar

d, a

bout

1/2

" fr

om e

dge.

Cut

slits

fro

m e

dge

to li

ne. a

bout

I,

apar

t. A

ncho

r th

read

in to

p sl

it, a

ndst

retc

h to

bot

tom

. Con

tinue

acr

oss.

U'e

acc

yarn

s ov

er a

nd u

nder

in u

sual

wea

ving

fas

hion

.In

vent

you

r ow

n te

chni

ques

.V

ertic

al th

read

s ne

edno

t be

ever

1y

spac

ed; t

ie s

ome

toge

ther

, etc

. Beg

in w

eavi

ng y

our

desi

gnaf

ter

you

have

exp

erim

ente

d. Y

oum

ay w

ant t

o m

ake

chan

ges

in it

.

Var

iatio

nsU

se c

ircl

es o

r ot

her

shap

es o

f ca

rdbo

ard

as f

ram

es.

Eva

luat

e

"OJO

S D

E D

IOS

" (G

OD

'S E

YE

S),

3-4

, 5-6

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o w

ork

with

an

art f

orm

frc

m a

noth

erla

nd(G

c,l's

Eye

s ar

e M

exic

an g

ood

luck

cha

rms)

.

Mat

eria

lsSt

icks

(ic

e cr

eam

stic

ks, a

pplic

ator

stic

ks,

Q-t

ips,

tree

bra

nche

s, e

tc.)

;ya

rn; p

ipe

clea

ners

; sci

ssor

s; y

ards

tick.

Prep

arat

ion

Hel

pers

pas

s ou

t 1 p

ipe

clea

ner,

2 s

ticks

per

chi

ldC

hild

goe

s to

tabl

e w

here

yar

n is

, sel

ects

, and

cut

s 1

yard

pie

ceM

otiv

ate

Proc

edur

eW

rap

pipe

cle

aner

aro

und

2 st

icks

to f

orm

a c

ross

. Win

d ya

rn a

roun

dst

icks

, sta

rtin

g at

cen

ter

and

loop

ing

arou

nd e

ach

spok

e, a

lway

s in

sam

edi

rect

ion.

Go

unde

r fi

rst s

poke

and

wra

p on

ce, t

o ne

xt s

poke

on

righ

t;ov

er a

nd w

rap

once

, the

n un

der

the

next

, etc

.

Var

iatio

nsU

se m

ore

than

2 s

ticks

or

bran

ches

.M

ake

a sc

ulpt

ure

usin

g th

is te

chni

que.

Com

bine

ojo

s to

mak

e a

mob

ile.

Eva

luat

e

BU

RLA

P, 3

-4,

Prep

lann

ing

Obj

ectiv

esT

o le

arn

basi

cs o

f w

eavi

ng.

Mat

eria

ls

Bur

lap,

yar

n, c

olor

edst

ring

,ne

edle

s,sc

isso

rs

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

bur

lap

into

squa

res

or r

ecta

ngle

s.E

ach

child

will

nee

d bu

rlap

, nee

dles

and

yarn

. Let

chi

ldre

n ch

oose

col

ors

ofya

rn.

Mot

ivat

e

5-6

Proc

edur

eT

hrea

ds s

houl

d be

pul

led

from

the

burl

ap.

Use

var

ious

com

bina

tions

of

pulli

ng (

pull

two,

ski

p th

ree,

pul

l tw

o, s

kip

one,

pul

lfi

ve s

kip

two,

etc

.).

Thr

ead

need

le w

ith y

arn

and

begi

n w

eavi

ngin

are

as w

here

thre

ads

have

bee

n pu

lled.

Var

iatio

nsA

. Thr

eads

can

be

tied

or c

ut. P

ull f

rom

both

dir

ectio

ns to

for

m s

quar

es o

r de

-si

gns.

Wid

e ro

ws

can

be p

ulle

d; g

roup

sof

thre

ads

tied

toge

ther

.C

ello

phan

e,ri

ck r

ack,

yar

ns c

an b

e w

oven

into

pane

ls m

ade

by p

ullin

g th

read

s. B

eads

can

be a

ttach

ed.

B. F

ree

form

sha

pes

can

be c

ut o

ut b

ycu

tting

all

thre

ads

in o

ne d

irec

tion.

Wea

ve in

to c

ut-o

ut s

hape

s.E

valu

ate

112

Page 116: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

WA

LL H

AN

GIN

G, 3

-4, 5

-6P

repl

anni

ng

Obj

ectiv

esT

o cr

eate

a te

xtur

edha

ngin

g of

fou

nd a

ndre

gula

r w

eavi

ng m

ater

ials

.T

o U

npro

vise

a s

impl

e lo

om.

Mat

eria

lsT

wo

,trip

s cf

cor

ruga

ted

card

boar

d cu

t fro

m a

cart

on. b

all o

f tw

ine.

coa

than

ger.

yar

n -.

clo

thst

rips

. raf

fia.

ree

d et

c.

Prep

arat

ion

Punc

h bo

th c

ardb

oard

str

ips

dow

nth

e ce

nter

for

wc-

o th

read

s_ O

n th

e:it

`th

read

twin

e le

ngth

s(3

6")

and

tiefi

rmly

agai

nst o

ne e

dge.

Pass

oth

er e

nd o

f ea

chtw

ine

leng

th th

roug

h m

atch

ing

hole

in s

econ

dca

rdbo

ard

stri

p.St

raig

hten

twin

e an

d tie

inlo

ose

knot

abo

ut 1

8" b

elow

the

top.

Thi

s kn

otpr

even

ts ta

nglin

g.It

will

be lo

osen

ed a

ndlo

wer

ed a

s w

eavi

ng p

rogr

esse

s.

WE

AV

ING

For

wea

ving

with

ple

nty

of r

oom

for

imag

inat

ion

and

fant

asy.

try

wea

ving

on

tree

bra

nche

s. B

e su

re th

ew

ood

is n

ot to

o ol

d an

d br

ittle

.

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eSe

lect

pie

ce o

f ya

rn. t

ie a

t top

tofi

rst v

ertic

al s

trin

g.B

egin

wea

ving

and

con

tinue

until

dec

isio

n to

cha

nge

wea

ving

mat

eria

lt w

eft )

.E

nds

shou

ld b

e tie

dof

f or

stitc

hed

dow

n on

bat

k s

ide.

for

a n

eat f

inis

h.H

owev

er, t

hey

are

som

etim

es le

ftlo

ose

on th

e si

de-

fur

a pr

imiti

ve lo

ok. C

ello

phan

e st

rip

s. r

eed,

raf

fia.

and

man

yot

her

mat

eria

l, ca

n be

wov

en in

to th

e fa

bric

.R

ings

. loo

ps, b

ottle

cap

s, p

iece

s of

brai

d. f

ring

es. .

-lot

h -c

raps

can

be-

wov

en in

to th

e ha

ngin

g. w

ith a

n ey

e to

the

colo

ran

d te

xtur

al e

ffec

t.U

se a

ue lo

wer

car

dboa

rd to

act

as

a be

ater

to k

eep

thre

ads

stra

ight

. Whe

n ne

ar th

e bo

ttom

of

hang

ing.

dec

ide

if it

is to

be

tied

off.

fri

nged

.w

eigh

ted

or o

ther

wis

e fi

nish

ed a

t bot

tom

. Tak

e a

knif

e or

raz

or b

lade

. spl

itth

eca

rdbo

ard

stri

ps a

long

thre

ads

and

tear

aw

ay.

Run

apo

le. d

owel

. cur

tain

rod

thro

ugh

the

loop

s at

top

and

atta

ch c

ord

fur

hang

ing.

Eva

luat

e

...T

3:91

-111

1"11

TI

RU

G H

OO

KIN

G, 5

-6Pr

epla

nnin

g

Obj

ectiv

esT

o be

com

e ac

quai

nted

with

a s

impl

e f"

-m

of

rug

hook

ing.

To

enjo

y cr

eatin

g te

xtur

e an

d pa

ttern

.

Mat

eria

lsB

urla

p or

cot

ton

mon

k's

clot

h, y

arn

hook

, thi

ckw

ool y

arn,

pen

cil.

pape

r, c

arbo

n, m

aski

ng ta

pe.

Prep

arat

ion

Cut

12"

squ

ares

of

fabr

ic.

Let

pupi

lsta

peed

ges

to p

reve

nt r

avel

ing

and

draw

a tw

o in

chm

argi

n in

side

- th

e- ta

pe. C

ut p

aper

for

des

ign

10"

by 1

0"

Mot

ivat

e

Proc

edur

eG

ive

each

chi

ld a

she

et o

f ca

rbon

, a s

quar

e of

pap

er a

nd a

pen

cil.

Stre

ss th

at th

ede

sign

mus

t be

larg

e, h

ave

a bo

ld o

utlin

e, a

nd n

o fi

ne d

etai

ls. D

emon

stra

te u

seof

hook

.W

ith le

ft h

and

hold

thre

ad o

n un

ders

ide.

pus

h ho

ok th

roug

h fr

om to

p. p

lace

yar

nin

hoo

k an

d pu

ll to

top

,;.de

aga

in. L

engt

h of

loop

abo

ve s

urfa

ce n

ot 'A

yr o

ne-

inch

.K

eep

snug

aga

inst

fab

ric

on u

nder

side

. Con

tinue

. pla

cing

loop

, abo

ut tw

oth

read

sap

art.

Let

pup

ils e

xper

imen

t on

a sc

rap

of b

urla

p. H

ave

them

hoo

kth

e ou

tline

sfi

rst.

In l-

ep p

atte

rn. W

ith y

arn.

two

or th

ree

row

, are

nee

ded

for

the

outli

ne. T

hen

fill

in w

ith a

ppro

pria

te c

olor

-.

Wor

king

inci

rcul

ar d

irec

tions

mak

es th

e th

read

hold

bet

ter.

Whe

n fi

nish

ed. t

he m

argi

n ca

n be

turn

ed u

nder

and

whi

pped

.Pi

eces

may

be

stitc

hed

toge

ther

for

a r

ug o

r w

all h

angi

ng.

113

Page 117: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

00117

Page 118: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

FO

RM

ULA

S

"It i

s by

way

of

com

mun

icat

ion

that

art

bec

omes

the

inco

mpa

rabl

eor

gan

of in

stru

ctio

n."J

ohn

Dew

ey

(

Page 119: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

1V

erm

icul

ite a

nd c

emen

t2

part

s ve

rmic

ulite

1 pa

rt P

ortla

nd c

emen

t11

20 Add

wat

er u

ntil

crea

my,

stir

ring

con

stan

tly. P

our

into

milk

car

ton.

Whe

n se

t, te

ar a

way

car

ton.

Sta

yaw

ay f

rom

sin

k. C

lean

up

out-

of-d

oors

.

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

2C

emen

t and

Saw

dust

4 pa

rts

cem

ent

16 p

arts

saw

dust

1120 M

ix in

larg

e pa

n an

d po

ur in

to m

ilk c

arto

ns to

hard

en.

Mix

dry

ingr

edie

nts

and

add

H2O

toac

hiev

e a

moi

st m

ixtu

re b

efor

e al

low

ing

to s

et u

p.St

ay a

way

fro

m s

ink,

and

was

h up

out

-of-

door

s.

Asb

esto

s M

odel

ing

3 cu

ps a

sbes

tos

1 cu

p fl

our

1 ta

bles

poon

whi

te g

lue

Add

eno

ugh

wat

er to

mak

e a

stif

f do

ugh

for

mod

el-

ing.

Asb

esto

s C

emen

t

3 ga

llons

asb

esto

s9

cups

112

02%

cup

s R

eady

-Mix

whe

at p

aste

Add

112

0 to

asb

esto

s an

d kn

ead

wel

l. L

eave

asb

esto

ssl

ight

ly d

ry. A

dd lu

mp

free

whe

at p

aste

and

mix

wel

l unt

il no

trac

e of

whe

at p

aste

rem

ains

.

FOR

MU

LA

S

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

3V

erm

icul

ite a

nd P

last

er o

f Pa

ris

3 pa

rts

Ver

mic

ulite

1 pa

rt P

last

er o

f Pa

ris

H2O M

ix. P

our

into

milk

car

ton.

Let

set

. Do

not g

etan

y pl

aste

r in

the

sink

. Cle

an u

p ou

t-of

-doo

rs.

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

4Pl

aste

r of

Par

isPl

aste

r of

Par

is11

20Pa

n Fill

pan

half

way

with

H2O

, sif

t pla

ster

into

112

0un

til p

last

er d

oes

not s

ink.

Put

han

d on

bot

tom

of

pan

and

swis

h ge

ntly

. Tem

pera

may

be

adde

d at

this

poi

nt f

orco

lor.

Kee

pal

l pla

ster

or

plas

ter

dust

aw

ay ir

om s

ink.

Saw

dust

No.

13

cups

saw

dust

1 cu

p w

heat

pas

tew

ater

Add

eno

ugh

1120

toit

stif

f.

Saw

dust

No.

2

mix

ingr

edie

nts.

Do

not m

ake

2 cu

ps s

awdu

st1

cup

Plas

ter

of P

aris

1,4

cup

whe

at p

aste

,ups

Ad;

H2O

gra

dual

lyun

tilm

oldi

ngco

nsis

tenc

yre

ache

d.

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

5D

irt a

nd P

last

erD

irt

Mol

ding

Pla

ster

H2O Si

ft e

qual

am

ount

s di

rt a

nd m

oldi

ng p

last

er.

wel

l.A

dd w

arm

H2O

and

mix

.Po

ur in

toca

rton

s. K

eep

plas

ter

away

fro

m s

ink.

Car

ving

Mix

ture

No.

6Z

onol

ite (

Ver

mic

ulite

) an

d Pl

aste

r2

part

s pl

aste

r1

part

san

d1

part

Zon

olite

H2O M

ix. P

our

into

milk

car

tons

. Allo

wdr

y. N

o pl

aste

r in

the

sink

.

Mix

milk

48 h

ours

to

Papi

er M

ache

Pul

pT

ear

new

spap

er in

to s

mal

l pie

ces.

Cov

er w

ith b

oilin

gw

at--

and

let s

tand

for

24 h

ours

.Sq

ueez

e ou

t as

muc

h 11

20 a

s po

ssib

le. U

se 3

par

ts p

ulp,

1 p

art f

lour

and

Ids

part

sal

t. M

ay b

e us

ed f

or c

onto

ur m

odel

ing

on h

eavy

car

dboa

d.D

ry, t

hen

pain

t.

To

mak

e ve

ry s

mal

l or

delic

ate

obje

cts

of p

apie

r m

ache

use

tissu

e in

sm

all s

trip

s so

aked

in 4

sm

all q

uant

ity o

fis

wat

er.

Mix

w:th

libr

ary

or h

omem

ade

past

e. W

orks

easi

ly a

nd h

as s

moo

th s

urfa

ce.

116

Page 120: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Dou

gh N

o. I

2 cu

ps f

lour

2 cu

ps s

alt

H2O A

dd e

noug

h H

2O to

flo

ur a

nd s

alt t

o m

ake

a cr

eam

yco

nsis

tenc

y.

Dou

gh N

o. 2

1 cu

p sa

lt12

cup

cor

nsta

rch

I»s

cup

boili

ng w

ater

Bea

t mix

ture

ove

r sl

ow h

eat u

ntil

thic

k.K

nead

unt

il it

is th

e ri

ght c

onsi

sten

cy f

or m

odel

ing.

Stor

e in

clo

sed

jars

.Sh

ella

c th

e fi

nish

ed p

rodu

ct.

CD

ough

No.

3

4 cu

ps u

nsif

ted

flou

r1

cup

salt

P.. c

ups

H2O

(Rec

ipe

shou

ld n

ot b

e do

uble

d or

hal

ved.

)

Mix

then

kne

ad f

or 5

min

utes

. Mol

d in

to d

esir

edsh

apes

.In

sert

pap

er c

lip f

or f

igur

es if

han

ging

isde

sire

d. F

igur

es s

houl

d be

bak

ed a

t 350

deg

rees

for

at le

ast 1

hou

r. P

lace

on

cook

ie s

heet

to b

ake.

Pai

ntaf

ter

baki

ng.

Ges

so

10 ta

bles

poon

s w

hitin

gM

ix w

ith w

ater

to a

cre

amy

cons

iste

ncy.

Add

6 ta

bles

poon

s liq

uid

glue

.A

dd 1

tabl

espo

on v

arni

sh.

Boi

l in

doub

le b

oile

r 10

min

utes

.

Whe

n al

mos

t thr

ough

, add

3 ta

bles

poon

s lin

seed

oil.

For

colo

r, u

se te

mpe

ra o

r pa

int.

FOR

MU

LA

S

Bre

ad P

aste

Fres

h w

hite

bre

adG

lue

Gly

ceri

ne a

nd w

ater

Cru

mbl

e an

d kn

ead

insi

deof

2 s

lices

of

brea

d.R

oll i

nto

a ba

ll, p

ush

the

thum

b in

to th

e ce

nter

. In

the

depr

essi

on ju

st m

ade

put 4

dro

ps o

f gl

ue,

1 dr

opgl

ycer

ine.

Kne

ad th

e gl

ue a

nd g

lyce

rine

into

the

mas

san

d w

ork

until

sm

ooth

and

fre

e fr

om lu

mps

.T

his

can

be u

sed

as a

cem

ent f

or je

wel

s on

pap

ier

mac

he.

Itis

als

o fi

ne f

or m

akin

g sm

all f

low

ers

and

frui

ts to

be

appl

ied

to p

apie

r m

ache

pro

duct

s su

ch a

sbr

acel

ets.

pen

dant

s, b

oxes

and

pla

ques

.

Play

Cla

y1

cup

corn

star

ch2

cups

bak

ing

soda

1% c

ups

wat

er

Mix

thor

ough

ly in

sau

cepa

n. H

eat t

o bo

iling

, stir

ring

cons

tant

ly. C

ook

to a

dou

gh-l

ike

cons

iste

ncy.

Coo

l and

knea

d.St

ore

in p

last

ic b

ag o

r in

cov

ered

jar.

Col

orin

por

tions

bef

ore

knea

ding

, or

brus

h co

lor

on d

ried

form

. She

llac

wel

l whe

n th

orou

ghly

dry

. Thi

s cl

ay is

soot

hing

to th

e sk

in.

Flam

epro

ofin

g So

lutio

n9

oz. b

orax

and

4 o

z. b

oric

aci

d in

1 g

allo

n w

arm

wat

er.

App

ly to

fab

rics

, str

eam

ers,

oth

er in

flam

mab

le it

ems

by b

rush

ing,

dip

ping

or

spra

ying

.W

ashi

ng r

emov

esso

lutio

n.

Fing

er P

aint

Mix

one

box

col

d st

arch

suc

h as

Arg

o an

d on

ecu

pso

ap f

lake

s in

fou

r qu

arts

wat

er. C

ook

until

cle

ar.

Add

one

oz.

oil

of c

love

s or

win

ter-

gree

n (p

rese

rvat

ive)

.U

se n

on-t

oxic

pow

der

pain

t, fo

od c

olor

ing,

or

tem

pera

for

colo

r.

Fabr

ic P

aint

Put t

he w

hite

of

an e

gg o

r po

wde

red

albu

min

(on

e to

thre

e pa

rts)

with

tem

pera

wat

erco

lor.

Add

% te

aspo

onvi

nega

r. P

aint

des

ign

on f

abri

c.Pl

ace

fabr

ic b

etw

een

two

pape

rs. S

team

with

hot

iron

dam

p cl

oth.

Thi

sse

ts th

e co

lors

and

mak

es th

em f

ast.

Tex

tile

Pain

t Sub

stitu

te

Mix

12

drop

s vi

nega

r, 6

dro

ps le

mon

juic

e, 3

oz.

turp

en-

tine

with

tem

pera

or

oil p

aint

s.A

fter

mat

eria

l has

been

pai

nted

and

dri

ed, t

he c

olor

sm

ay b

e se

t by

usin

ga

pres

sing

clo

th s

atur

ated

with

dilu

ted

whi

te v

ineg

aran

d pr

esse

d w

ith a

hot

iron

.

Silk

Scr

een

Pain

tB

eat a

sm

all a

mou

nt o

fso

ap f

lake

s in

wat

er w

ith a

neg

g be

ater

unt

il th

ick.

Col

or w

ith s

mal

l am

ount

s of

pow

der

pain

t or

tem

pera

.

Prin

ting

Ink

from

Tem

pera

Flak

e So

apT

empe

ra

Add

fla

ke s

oap

to li

quid

or

dry

tem

pera

and

H2O

.M

ix to

a p

uddi

ng-l

ike

cons

iste

ncy.

117

Page 121: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Can

dle

Wax

: For

mul

a N

o. 1

Wax

fro

m a

n ol

d ca

ndle

(par

afin

or

bees

wax

will

sub

stitu

te)

60(,

,-, b

y w

eigh

t of

para

f in

35%

ste

aric

aci

d5%

bee

swax

Can

dle

Wax

: For

mul

a N

o. 2

10 o

z. m

utto

n ta

llow

4 oz

. bee

swax

2 oz

. alu

mlF

l oz.

gum

cam

phor

CSo

ap P

araf

in f

or C

andl

es

IAM

ix 1

cup

of

soap

pow

der

with

1 c

up o

f w

ater

. Foo

dco

lori

ng m

ay b

e ad

ded

for

colo

r.B

eat a

t hig

h sp

eed

for

10 m

inut

es w

ith h

and

beat

er u

ntil

a th

ick

foam

yla

ther

pile

s up

. Sav

e ca

rdbo

ard

spoo

ls o

r to

ilet p

aper

rolls

. Coa

t the

spo

ol w

ith a

hea

vy la

yer

of f

oam

de-

cora

ted

with

sea

sona

l odd

ities

.E

x. h

olly

leav

es a

ndbe

rrie

s fo

r C

hris

tmas

.

Plas

tic F

oam

6 ta

bles

poon

s of

pla

stic

sta

rch

1 cu

p dr

y de

terg

ent (

for

tintin

g ad

d po

wde

r pa

int)

.

Mix

with

wat

er a

nd w

hip

to c

onsi

sten

cy o

f m

arsh

-m

allo

w c

ream

.

FOR

MU

LA

S

Fixa

tives

1pa

rt s

hella

c -A

ith 2

par

ts d

enat

ured

alc

ohol

.Sp

ray

on c

halk

,ch

arco

al,

past

el, w

ith a

tom

izer

or

inse

ctsp

ray

gun.

Use

ski

m m

ilkno

cre

am).

Lay

cha

lk p

aint

ing

flat

on

a ta

ble,

fro

nt d

own.

Pain

t the

bac

k si

de w

ith s

kim

milk

. Kee

p in

fla

t pos

ition

till

dry.

Fixa

tive

(Pol

ymer

sub

stitu

te)

Mix

4 p

arts

wat

er to

1 p

an E

lmer

's G

lue.

Use

in th

esa

me

way

(s)

as P

olym

er is

use

d.N

ote:

Por

tions

may

var

y to

get

var

ious

con

sist

ency

.

Saw

dust

Tex

ture

Saw

dus

tPo

wde

r Pa

int

H2O M

ix p

owde

r pa

int a

nd H

2O to

cre

amy

cons

iste

ncy.

Spre

adit

over

saw

dust

and

wor

k w

ell.

Use

itto

spri

nkle

on

a gl

ued

surf

ace

for

text

ured

eff

ect.

Dry

ing

Flow

ers

Bea

ch s

and,

cle

an a

nd d

ry, s

ifte

d, o

r B

orax

and

whi

teco

rnm

ealh

alf

and

half

Hav

e sa

ndor

bor

axm

ix r

eady

bef

ore

gath

erin

gfl

ower

s. A

lso

have

a s

hoe

box

or s

hirt

box

rea

dy.

Pick

flo

wer

s at

noo

n on

a d

ry d

ay. S

tem

leng

th is

unim

port

ant (

wir

e ca

n be

sub

stitu

ted

late

r). C

hoos

elig

ht b

righ

t col

ors.

Be

sure

blo

oms

are

dry.

Stri

pof

f le

aves

. Fill

box

2"

with

san

d, p

lace

rad

ial b

loom

sfa

ce d

own

(zin

nias

, ast

ers,

dai

sies

). G

ently

sif

t san

dov

er p

etal

s un

til th

ey a

re ju

st c

over

ed. R

emov

e in

4 or

5 d

ays

if th

e fl

ower

s ar

e no

t hea

vya

wee

kot

herw

ise.

Han

g up

side

dow

n to

fin

ish

dryi

ng.

118

Page 122: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

CD

ISP

LAY

"The

art

s ar

e so

clo

se to

our

bio

logi

cal a

nd p

hysi

olog

ical

cor

e.

..

we

mus

t cea

se to

thin

k of

them

as

a lu

xury

. The

y m

ust b

ecom

e ba

sic

expe

rien

ces

in E

duca

tion.

"Abr

aham

Mas

low

Page 123: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DIS

PLA

YD

ispl

ay is

vis

ual t

each

ing.

It in

form

s

?la

otiv

ate

s

enri

ches

evai

vate

s

Kee

p it

in te

rms

of th

e le

arni

ng le

vel.

Dis

play

ing

art

Chi

ldre

ns a

rt n

eeds

dis

play

ing_

Chi

ldre

n sh

ould

hel

p th

e te

ache

r in

arr

angi

ng d

ispl

ays,

whe

n po

ssib

le.

Lc

the

clas

sroo

m--

Eve

ry c

hild

's w

ork

shou

ld b

e vi

ewed

upo

t, co

mpl

etio

nof

a p

roje

ct. A

n es

sent

ial p

art o

f ev

alua

tion.

The

reaf

tt r.

sev

eral

pi..

ces

may

be

put o

n di

spla

y at

a ti

me.

Pie

ces

may

be c

hang

ed e

very

day

or

so tn

til th

e ne

xt p

roje

ct_

By

usin

g a

stan

dard

siz

e, th

e te

ache

r m

ay c

ut 5

6 m

ats

whi

chm

ay b

e us

ed :.

ad r

euse

d.Pi

tt th

e m

at o

n th

e ta

ck-̀ .

oars

, and

sim

ply

slip

the

art p

iece

und

erne

ath.

The

n fo

r ch

angi

ng, k

eth

e m

at in

plac

e an

d sw

ap th

e' a

rt.

Eac

h ch

ild's

wor

k sh

ould

be

disp

laye

d in

term

itten

tly. E

very

pie

ce h

ecr

eate

s dt

irs

not h

ave

to h

e us

ed.

MA

TT

ING

A P

ICT

UR

E1_

fat a

.eet

angl

e la

rge

enou

gh to

mat

the

pict

ure.

Cen

ter

pict

ure

on it

and

light

ly m

ark

corn

ers.

2. D

raw

an

open

ing

whi

ch is

1/4

' sm

alle

r on

eve

ry s

ide

than

the

pict

ure.

Lay

card

boar

d on

thic

knes

ses

of n

ewsp

aper

a7:

1 cu

t the

red

uced

ope

ning

.

3. C

utan

othe

rre

c-ta

ngle

tom

atch

oute

r ed

ges

of th

em

at.

4.H

inge

the

two

card

boar

ds. C

lose

the

fram

e av

er th

epi

ctur

e an

d m

ove

the

pict

ure

toits

best

posi

tion.

Ope

nth

efr

ame

and

tape

the

pic-

*cue

inpl

ace.

Clo

se f

ram

e an

der

ase

penc

il m

arks

.

I.

Fanc

y m

ount

ings

, off

cen

ter

back

grou

nds,

brig

htly

col

ored

mat

s st

eal a

ttent

ion.

Avo

idth

em. u

nles

s th

e w

ork

you

have

to e

xhib

it is

colo

rles

s an

d la

ckin

g in

cha

ract

er.

The

pla

in m

at is

clas

sic.

If h

andl

edca

refu

lly it

can

be

reus

ed. D

ry A

jax

.rub

bed

light

lyov

er w

hite

pos

terb

oard

will

ofte

nde

an r

esis

tant

sm

udge

s.

Use

pos

terb

oard

or

mat

boar

d of

whi

te o

rne

utra

l ton

e. 2

1/2"

to 3

" bo

rder

s, in

crea

sing

bone

r, w

idth

slig

htly

.

Whe

n sm

all o

ddsh

aped

item

s ar

e to

be

tack

ed to

a b

ackg

roun

d a

unif

ied

look

may

be o

btai

ned

by p

laci

ng th

em u

pon

iden

tical

cuto

ut s

hape

s.

The

sam

e ap

plie

s to

item

s di

spla

yed

on a

tabl

e.

2.

4

.3

120

Page 124: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

A M

UST

Acr

oss

the

top

on th

e ba

ck s

ide,

glu

e a

heav

y st

rip

of c

ardb

oard

, per

fora

ted

near

the

mid

dle

and

stru

ng f

or h

angi

ng. D

o no

tle

t str

ing

com

e ab

ove

edge

of

mat

.

DIS

PLA

Y

M01

7NT

ING

ST1T

CH

ER

Y

shee

t of

corr

ugat

edca

rdbo

ard

back

ing

stitc

hery

glu

ed o

rta

ped

on c

ardb

oard

corr

ugat

ed c

ardb

oard

mat

cut

to f

it ex

actly

arou

nd s

titch

ery

pain

t thi

sor

cov

er w

ith w

hite

post

erbo

ard.

Occ

asio

nally

the

tan

colo

r of

the

card

-bo

ard

may

look

ver

y w

ell

unpa

inte

d.

PRE

PAR

ING

AR

T W

OR

K F

OR

EX

HIB

ITIO

N

All

flat

wor

k m

ust h

ave

a 3"

mat

of

whi

te o

r of

f-w

hite

car

dboa

rd. N

o co

lors

.It

is a

ll ri

ght t

o la

y th

e w

ork

on p

oste

r bo

ard

and

glue

it f

irm

ly, b

ut th

e ef

fect

is n

ot a

s ni

ce a

s a

mW

hen

you

mat

the

wor

k, c

over

the

back

sid

e w

ith a

dditi

onal

car

dboa

rd to

kee

p th

e w

ork

rigi

d, a

ndpu

nctu

res. Be

sure

that

all

3dim

ensi

onal

wor

k ha

s a

base

so

that

it lo

oks

fini

shed

and

can

be

mov

ed a

bout

with

min

imum

hand

ling. M

ake

ever

y ef

fort

to a

void

ent

e.in

g fl

imsy

, eas

ily d

amag

ed p

iece

s.St

itche

ry c

an b

e st

retc

hed

over

a p

iece

of

corr

ugat

ed c

ardb

oard

. Allc

w m

ough

edg

e to

lap

over

the

card

boar

d,an

d ta

pe o

r st

aple

on

the

back

. A n

ice

way

of

pres

entin

g st

itche

ry is

to f

ram

e it

as s

how

n ab

ove.

at. to

SEL

EC

TIN

G W

OR

K F

OR

EX

HIB

ITIO

N

Whe

n ex

hibi

ting

for

the

publ

ic, s

elec

t the

mos

t cha

rmin

g, th

e m

ost o

rigi

nal o

f th

e ch

ildre

n's

wor

k. A

n ex

-hi

bit h

a.. t

he r

espo

nsib

ility

of

bein

g ed

ucat

iona

l, of

bei

ng a

ppea

ling,

and

of

dem

onst

ratin

g ai

ms.

Try

to r

epre

sent

as

man

y in

divi

dual

s as

pos

sibl

e.

SOM

E C

RIT

ER

IA

Avo

id a

nyth

ing

that

sug

gest

s co

pyw

ork.

See

k or

igin

ality

and

uni

quen

ess.

Avo

id p

iece

s sh

owin

g re

petit

ious

han

dlin

g of

the

sam

e su

bjec

t.Se

lect

a v

arie

ty o

f m

edia

.C

hoos

e co

lorf

ul w

ork.

Loo

k fo

r go

od c

ompo

sitio

n. T

his

mea

ns a

mpl

eco

nten

t, re

late

d ite

ms,

goo

d ba

lanc

e, e

sthe

tic a

ppea

l.

If th

ere

is s

omet

hing

irre

sist

ible

abo

ut s

ome

part

of

a pi

ctur

e, tr

im it

dow

n an

d us

e a

smal

ler

mat

.

All

scul

ptur

e, c

onst

ruct

ions

, and

mob

iles

mus

tbe

ar h

andl

ing

with

out b

eing

dam

aged

.

See

that

3 d

imen

sion

al s

truc

ture

s ha

ve r

hyth

man

d de

sign

.

121

Page 125: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Sele

ct a

rt w

ork

that

is f

ull a

nd e

xpre

ssiv

e

1. P

ictu

re c

onte

nt n

ot r

elat

ed to

siz

e of

she

et.

...."

""- .0

000"

"mm

....

3.M

eage

r ex

pres

sion

of

idea

s.

5. A

pai

nted

bac

kgro

und

cove

rs b

lank

spa

cebu

t it h

as li

ttle

to a

dd to

the

pict

ure

stor

y.

DIS

PLA

Y

2.i3

ette

r us

e of

spa

ce.

4.R

iche

r as

soci

atio

n of

idea

s ab

out s

ubje

ct.

6.T

he r

elat

ions

hips

sho

wn

here

giv

e ev

iden

ceof

mor

e as

soci

ativ

e th

inki

ng.

Mob

iles

are

mos

t eas

ily m

ade

by ta

ping

agai

nst a

wal

l and

est

imat

ing

bala

nce

asyo

u as

sem

ble.

Rem

ove

care

fully

whe

nco

mpl

eted

and

then

mak

e fi

ner

adju

st-

men

ts a

s ne

eded

.

Be

sure

that

pap

ier

mac

he e

ntri

es a

re s

ubst

antia

lly p

utto

geth

er, a

re w

ell p

aint

ed a

nd h

ave

no b

roke

n i..

;:eas

. Spr

ay-

ing

with

cle

ar m

at v

arni

sh h

elps

kee

p th

em c

lean

.D

o no

t for

get t

o ta

g ev

ery

piec

e. U

se s

tand

ard

iden

tifi-

catio

n ta

g an

d if

mat

ted,

sta

ple

or g

lue

to lo

wer

rig

ht h

and

corn

er o

n fr

ont.

Oth

erw

ise

glue

tag

to a

pie

ce o

f ca

rdbo

ard

and

fast

en o

n w

ith f

ine

wir

e.Pl

an f

or p

icki

ng u

p w

ork

and

retu

rnin

g it

to p

upils

. To

negl

ect t

his

is to

impl

y to

the

child

that

his

eff

orts

wer

e no

tim

port

ant.

Pare

nts

care

too.

Dis

appo

intm

ents

are

oft

en a

c-ce

pted

sile

ntly

but

they

are

rem

embe

red,

and

som

etim

esre

sent

ed.

122

Page 126: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DIS

PLA

Y

in th

e bu

ildin

gD

ispl

ay a

reas

may

be

foun

d in

the

libra

ry, c

afet

oriu

m,

loun

ge, o

ffic

e. h

allw

ays,

and

foy

er.

The

re a

re d

ispl

ays

whi

ch w

ill b

enef

it fr

om a

them

e. E

x-am

ples

: ''W

e sa

w th

e Pa

rade

," "

At t

he C

ount

y Fa

ir,"

"It

'sSn

owin

g,"

We

Lik

e to

Pla

y."

"Whe

n I

Lik

e to

Stu

dy,"

etc

.

A s

hort

, typ

ed e

xpla

natio

n, q

uote

d fr

om th

e ch

ild g

ives

mea

ning

to e

ach

wor

k, e

spec

ially

for

vis

itors

. Whe

reve

r po

s-si

ble

use

mat

s. S

how

ii.g

the

tool

s us

ed a

dds

inte

rest

to th

efi

nish

ed w

ork.

Goo

d ar

rang

emen

t of

art w

ork

usua

lly f

ollo

ws

one

oftw

o pl

ans.

Lin

e up

the

top

edge

s ev

enly

, or

the

botto

m e

dges

.If

ther

e ar

e tw

o ro

ws,

wor

k th

epi

eces

into

a b

alan

ced

arra

ngem

ent,

keep

ing

the

oute

r ed

ges

in li

ne, t

op, b

otto

m, a

nd s

ides

. Hea

vyor

nam

enta

tion

of a

dis

play

bor

der

detr

acts

.

[off

123

Page 127: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DIS

PLA

Y

LE

TT

ER

ING

Let

teri

ng s

houl

d be

rea

dabl

e! H

oriz

onta

l or

slig

htly

dia

gona

l. A

void

ver

tical

arra

ngem

ent.

The

sim

ples

t ans

wer

to le

tteri

ng f

or a

bus

y te

ache

r is

the

com

mer

cial

lette

ring

mad

e w

ith p

in b

acki

ngs.

Sten

cils

are

app

licab

le h

ere.

A n

ew p

rodu

ct. s

tick-

on le

tters

will

pee

l off

. rea

dy to

mou

nt.

(A b

itex

pens

ive)

.

TO

MA

KE

YO

UR

OW

NIn

form

al le

tteri

ng c

an b

e ra

pidl

y la

id o

ut b

etw

een

para

llel l

ines

that

con

trol

heig

ht. U

se c

olor

ed c

halk

on

the

side

. bro

ken

to r

ight

wid

th. d

raw

or

wri

teyo

ur le

tters

and

cut

them

out

.

A 2

" ho

use

pain

ting

brus

h di

pped

in te

mpe

ra c

an d

o th

e sa

me

task

.O

r Cov

er a

sui

tabl

e st

rip

of p

aper

with

fin

ger

pain

t znd

scr

ape

out l

ette

rs w

ithsm

all p

iece

of

card

boar

d.U

se a

n op

aque

pro

ject

or.

Cut

out

blo

ck le

tters

.U

se s

peed

ball

stee

l bru

sh.

t Mus

t be

clea

ned

and

care

fully

sto

red)

.O

t tlin

e le

tters

can

be

mad

e w

ith b

ottle

cap

s. c

olor

ed c

ircl

es o

r sq

uare

s.H

eavy

yar

n. d

isca

rded

rec

ordi

ng ta

pe. m

ystic

tape

. col

ored

Sco

tch

tape

can

be u

sed.

Goo

d le

tter

text

ures

can

be

had

by c

uttin

g le

tters

fro

mco

rrug

ated

car

d-bo

ard,

san

dpap

er. c

loth

. gif

t wra

p fo

il. S

tyro

foam

.In

form

atio

nal D

ispl

ays

A b

ulle

tin b

oard

is o

nly

a la

rge

post

erD

on't

over

crow

dSp

otlig

ht th

e m

ain

idea

Subo

rdin

ate

even

thin

g el

seR

emem

ber

you

are

dram

atiz

ing

Kee

p w

ords

to a

min

imum

Vei

lical

layo

ut o

f le

tteri

ng d

oes

not r

ead

wel

lU

se a

rres

ting

colo

rslim

it fo

r un

ity. o

ne c

olor

dom

inan

tL

se s

tron

g co

ntra

sts

Lse

sim

ple

arra

ngem

ent

Bal

ance

vis

ual m

ater

ial a

nd v

erba

l mes

sage

Ach

ieve

em

phas

is b

y pl

acem

ent.

dom

inan

t col

or. d

omin

ant s

hape

. lea

ding

arra

ngem

ent.

nove

lty o

f id

ea. a

nd s

ize

Subd

ue th

e ba

ckgr

ound

col

ors

124

Page 128: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

lWtt

11.1

1" a

tl

ir%

%IM

O%

Ibile

lA

ft%

pipA

rVIA

MO

O

flm

timm

x

1111

1MItt

iMT

riarib

do

Ira

$11Z

i

.ii,W

l

BU

LLE

TIN

BO

AR

DS

Plan

the

bnlle

tin b

oard

.D

ecid

efi

rst u

pon

a lin

e or

arr

ange

men

tto

bre

ak u

p th

e re

ctan

gle.

The

nde

cide

whe

re to

pla

ce th

e ce

nter

of in

tere

st. A

rran

ge e

very

thin

g to

wor

k ar

ound

this

. The

acc

om-

pany

ing

illus

trat

ions

are

only

sugg

estio

ns. T

hey

are

give

n he

reto

dem

onst

rate

the

impo

rtan

ce o

fsi

mpl

icity

. The

sty

ling

can

be a

d-ju

sted

to s

ize

and

shap

e of

bul

le-

tin.

The

re a

re m

any

way

s of

vary

ing

the

desi

gn.

125

Page 129: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BU

LLE

TIN

BO

AR

DS

(C

ont'd

)

OT

HE

R D

ISPL

AY

ID

EA

S

Box

es, p

aint

ed o

r co

vere

d, c

an b

e us

edas

ped

esta

ls, c

an h

ang

over

head

, or

can

be s

tack

ed to

mak

e co

lum

ns.

.11

118.

TY

, ZA

,

","'

.-fr

erd

.'))

11)E

inal

l mat

s pl

aced

und

er li

ttle

piec

eshe

lp to

dra

mat

ize

and

unif

y th

e di

s-pl

ay.

W/W

7/17

.471

1./A

fffi

g/71

1

Cer

amic

pie

ces

disp

lay

wel

l in

tray

of

pebb

les,

san

d, g

rave

l.

Cor

ruga

ted

card

boar

d, w

rapp

edO

il dr

ums

cove

red

with

a c

ircl

e of

arou

nd a

tabl

e w

ill p

rovi

de a

nic

eca

rdbo

ard

and

a cl

oth

mak

epe

dest

al.

good

dis

play

tabl

es.

126

Page 130: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Lar

ge c

ardb

oard

box

es c

anse

rve

as h

angi

ngdi

spla

yun

its. D

o no

t cut

off

.lap

s;fo

ld th

em in

side

to h

elp

tobr

ace

the

box,

and

tape

inpl

ace

A p

lum

bing

fla

nge

scre

wed

to a

boa

rd m

akes

a g

ood

base

for

an

upri

ght t

hrea

d-ed

plu

mbi

ng p

ipe.

Ins

ert a

woo

den

p-_,

g in

the

top

for

fast

enin

g ho

oks,

nai

ls,

etc.

The

pol

e th

us f

orm

ed c

ansu

ppor

t a v

arie

tyof

dis

-pl

ays.

Oth

er p

rops

for

exh

ibits

:m

ason

ite c

ircl

es o

f va

riou

s si

zes

adju

stab

le f

ram

es f

or f

lat w

ork

reed

and

str

aw m

attin

gbr

icks

, blo

cks

of w

ood,

tow

els,

dri

ftw

ood

pane

ls o

f gl

ass

or p

last

ic, b

ambo

o sc

reen

spo

tted

plan

ts a

nd in

tere

stin

g fu

rnitu

reen

larg

ed p

hoto

s of

chi

ldre

n at

wor

kca

talo

gue

of e

xhib

itors

OT

HE

R D

ISPL

AY

ID

EA

S

For

new

sch

ools

bul

letin

boa

rds

in h

alls

and

cla

ssro

oms

may

be h

ung

from

4 p

ictu

re h

ooks

, usi

ng 1

she

et o

f C

elot

ex s

us-

pend

ed b

y co

rd.

Dow

els

to w

hich

hea

vy f

abri

c le

ngth

s ha

vebe

en a

ttach

ed.

Rem

ove

out o

f da

te m

ater

ial,

4 w

eeks

is lo

ng e

noug

h.

127

Page 131: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

OT

HE

R D

ISPL

AY

ID

EA

S

On

cem

ent b

lock

wal

ls -

---u

se d

oubl

e fa

ced

tape

for

ligh

t pie

ces.

Fou

r st

rong

cem

ent n

ails

will

sus

pend

an

inex

pens

ive

full

leng

th s

heet

of

celo

tex

onw

hich

art

wor

k ca

n be

tack

ed.

Whe

re n

ailin

g is

pos

sibl

e,a

leng

th o

f bu

rlap

tigh

tlyst

retc

hed

over

a f

ram

ew

ill d

o fo

r lig

ht w

eigh

tw

ork.

Or

it ca

n be

tape

din

plac

e w

ithel

ectr

ical

tape

.

G F

rom

box

man

ufac

ture

rs. l

arge

6' s

heet

s of

car

dboa

rd c

an b

e ob

tain

ed a

ndjo

ined

zig

-zag

fas

hion

to s

tand

on

the

floo

r. T

hese

do

not l

ast t

oo lo

ng.

tie rink

To

tr,e

sm

all w

all s

pace

s, a

car

dboa

rd b

ox c

an b

e cu

t dia

gona

lly, l

ined

with

pape

r or

fab

ric

and

pain

ted

on th

e ou

tsid

e to

sup

port

sm

all 3

-d o

bjec

ts.

Cei

ling

hook

s sh

ould

be

plac

ed o

verh

ead

for

susp

endi

ng m

obile

s.

128

Page 132: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

OT

HE

R D

ISPL

AY

ID

EA

S

On

tabl

es. a

zig

-zag

arr

ange

men

t of

;min

ed c

ardb

oard

she

ets

will

pro

vide

pan

els

for

smal

l art

wor

k.

I

Smal

l stit

cher

} pi

eces

can

be

asse

mbl

ed o

n a

burl

ap w

all h

angi

ng. I

f th

e st

itche

ries

are

uni

form

insi

ze, c

ut c

ardb

oard

back

ing.

tape

raw

edg

es to

bac

k an

d co

ver

back

sid

e w

ith m

atch

ing

piec

e of

pla

in c

ardb

oard

. The

nha

ng p

iece

s fr

oma

dow

el.

Dis

play

she

lves

are

bene

fitte

d by

ligh

t pai

nt. l

ight

wal

l pap

er.

light

fab

ric

or s

helv

ing

pape

r to

cou

nter

act s

hado

ws.

Mur

al s

ettin

gs c

an b

e pr

ovid

ed f

or b

ackg

roun

ds. a

ddin

g gl

ass

for

unde

rwat

er e

ffec

ts.

Shel

f or

cab

inet

dis

play

s sh

ould

hav

e gr

oups

of

rela

ted

item

s.

129

Page 133: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Thi

s gu

ide

has

purp

osel

y av

oide

d so

phis

ticat

ed m

ater

ials

.ar

e m

any

de-

light

ful p

rodu

cts

avai

labl

e w

ith s

ingu

lar

qual

ities

muc

h to

be

desi

red.

How

ever

, for

the

sake

of

cost

s, m

ore

exot

ic m

edia

hav

e be

en b

v-pa

ssed

. It i

sho

ped

that

in ti

me

thes

e m

ater

ials

may

als

o jo

in th

ose

now

with

in th

e bu

dget

.

130

Page 134: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BA

SIC

MA

TE

RIA

LS

-Exp

lori

ng a

nd e

xplo

iting

the

natu

re o

f an

y m

ater

ial w

ill in

evita

bly

lead

to th

e th

rill

of d

i,rov

ery

of it

pote

ntia

l.-

Nit

Kre

vits

ky

/11

0

Page 135: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BA

SIC

MA

TE

RIA

LS

With

out a

dequ

ate

mat

eria

ls th

ere

is n

o ar

t pro

gram

.T

he f

ollo

win

g lis

ts a

re c

ompi

led

to c

over

maj

or a

rt n

eeds

in g

rade

s K

-6. T

he it

ems

avai

l-ab

le f

rom

the

loca

l sch

ool d

istr

ict w

areh

ouse

hav

e be

en n

umbe

red

for

the

teac

her's

con

ven-

ienc

e.It

ems

star

red

(*)

have

to b

e pu

rcha

sed

from

loca

l sto

res.

Qua

ntiti

es a

re n

ot in

dica

ted

beca

use

of v

aria

tions

in p

upil

assi

gnm

ents

at d

iffe

rent

sch

ools

,as

wel

l as

vari

atio

ns in

pup

il ab

ilitie

s.M

ost o

f th

e ba

sic

tool

s in

the

firs

t lis

t may

, and

sho

uld

be a

lrea

dy o

n h

.t.d

in s

uffi

cien

tqu

antit

y to

mee

t the

nee

ds o

f ev

ery

child

for

30

art l

esso

ns p

er y

ear.

EX

PE

ND

AB

LE M

AT

ER

IALS

Ava

ilabl

e Fr

om:

SCH

OO

L D

IST

RIC

T W

AR

EH

OU

SE C

AT

AL

OG

UE

Req

uest

thro

ugh

Prin

cipa

l51

00A

pplic

ator

stic

ks (

6")

7065

Bur

lap

(whi

te, 5

yar

ds to

pac

kage

)70

66B

urla

p (n

atur

al, 5

yar

ds to

pac

kage

)70

67fi

urla

p (b

lack

, 5 y

ards

to p

acka

ge)

7098

-1. 7

098-

12C

eram

ic g

laze

s (a

ssor

ted

colo

rs)

7100

Cha

lk (

colo

red,

12

stic

ks p

er b

ox)

7101

Cha

rcoa

l (pr

esse

d, 1

doz

en s

ticks

per

box

)71

04C

lay

(mod

elin

g, p

last

icen

e, 5

lb. p

acka

ge)

7110

Cla

y (m

oist

, nat

ural

, 10

lb. b

ag)

7111

Cle

aner

s (p

ipe,

6"

asso

rted

col

ors)

7112

Cle

aner

s, (

pipe

, 10"

ass

orte

d co

lors

)71

40C

rayo

ns (

oil,

12 to

box

)71

45C

rayo

ns (

wax

, 16

to b

ox)

7180

Cra

yons

(pr

esse

d, n

on-w

ax, 8

to b

ox)

7182

Cri

nolin

e, (

38"

wid

e)86

40 C

ord

(hea

vy w

hite

twin

e)86

45C

ord

(lig

ht w

eigh

t, 3

ply)

7850

-11

Cot

ton

( ru

g ha

nks

for

wea

ving

, 18

colo

rs)

Dow

el S

ticks

7230

Era

ser

(art

gum

)72

60Fi

xatif

f (f

or c

harc

oal a

nd c

halk

)73

02Fo

il (a

lum

inum

in c

utte

r bo

x)73

03G

enal

ite (

shee

ts, 1

8 by

24,

6 s

heet

s pe

r bo

x)73

09In

k (P

elik

an d

raw

ing

ink,

ass

orte

d co

lors

)73

12In

k (s

peed

ball

blac

k dr

awin

gInd

ia)

7340

-1. 7

340-

8In

k (l

inol

eum

pri

ntin

g, w

ater

sol

uble

, ass

orte

d73

60K

iln c

emen

t (po

wde

red,

5 lb

s.)

7361

Kiln

stil

ts (

11/2

")

7362

Kiln

stil

ts (

2")

7363

Kiln

stil

ts (

3")

7364

Kiln

was

h (p

owde

red

5 lb

.)71

20-3

Kiln

con

es (

03)

7120

4 K

iln c

ones

(05

)71

20-5

Kiln

con

es (

06)

BA

SIC

TO

OLS

7010

Bra

yer;

for

blo

ck p

rint

ing,

4"

size

7020

Bru

sh; e

asel

pai

nt, A

-1/4

"70

30B

rush

; eas

el p

aint

, B-3

/4"

or70

40B

rush

; eas

el p

aint

, C-1

"86

30C

lips,

Bul

ldog

; siz

e 3c

8677

Ext

ensi

on c

ord

(25

feet

)87

28K

nife

, util

ity (

card

boar

d cu

tter)

Gar

vey

No.

301

2, a

djus

tabl

e18

60 H

amm

er, b

ellf

ace,

cur

ved

claw

8820

Pun

ch, h

and

size

*Pan

, lar

ge r

ecta

ngul

ar b

akin

g73

68L

inol

eum

cut

ter,

bla

des

and

hand

leL

inoz

ip c

utte

r (c

onta

ct a

rt d

irec

tor)

*Muf

fin

tins

Plas

tic to

te tr

ays

2640

Plie

rs, c

ombi

natio

n, s

lip jo

int,

6"R

ollin

g pi

n30

40Sc

rew

driv

er, 7

/32"

bla

de, 8

"Sa

ws

5790

Nee

dles

7397

Nee

dles

, blu

nt (

for

yarn

)88

16Pi

ns (

mou

ntin

g, b

ulle

tin b

oard

, 300

per

box

)77

42Pi

ns (

stra

ight

, 300

per

box

)77

56Sc

isso

rs (

shar

p po

int 5

")77

57Sc

isso

rs (

shar

p po

int 6

")77

58Sc

isso

rs (

teac

her's

she

ars

8")

'Spo

ons

(sta

inle

ss s

teel

)88

45St

aplin

g M

achi

ne88

47St

aple

s (s

t--i

dard

and

Sw

ingl

ine)

colo

rs)

7779

Spon

ges

(cel

lulo

se 3

1/2

by 5

1/2)

7780

Spon

ges

(silk

for

cer

amic

wor

k)88

70Y

ards

tick

*Pap

er C

utte

r73

04 G

un (

spat

ter

with

bot

tle)

Kiln

(co

ntac

t art

dir

ecto

r)73

65K

nife

(X

-Act

o N

o. 1

, Han

dle

with

bla

de)

7365

-1K

nife

bla

des

*Loc

al p

urch

ase

132

Page 136: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

7366

Lin

oleu

m I

unm

ount

ed 1

2" b

y 12

")73

67L

inol

eum

I un

mou

nted

24"

by

36")

8735

-38

Mar

kers

(sm

all.

non-

refi

llabl

e. b

lack

, red

, blu

e, g

reen

)87

40M

arke

rs I

Mag

ic. j

umbo

. bla

ck)

8745

-48

Mar

kers

I la

rge,

non

-ref

illab

le. b

lack

, red

, blu

e,i)

2410

-244

0N

ails

1 co

mm

on s

teel

)24

50-2

470

Nai

ls1

fini

shin

g88

10Pa

ste

(sch

ool.

pint

jar)

7696

Past

eI

Whi

te h

ouse

hold

. 1 g

allo

n)76

97Pa

ste

t Whi

te h

ouse

hold

. 1 q

uart

)77

05Pa

ste

I R

obbe

r C

emen

t, 4

oz. b

ottle

)77

15Pa

ste

I W

heat

flo

ur. 2

lb. b

ag)

7724

-1Pe

n 1

felt

mar

king

. bla

ck)

7724

-2Pe

n I

felt

mar

king

. blu

e77

24-3

Pen

(fel

t mar

king

. red

)77

24-4

Pen

I fe

lt m

arki

ng_

gree

n 1

felt

mar

king

, fin

e-lin

e. n

ylon

tip)

fing

er, r

ed)

fing

er, y

ello

w)

fing

er, b

lue)

ange

r. g

reen

)fi

nger

. ora

nge)

( fi

nger

, pur

ple)

I fi

nger

, bla

ck)

( fi

nger

, bro

wn)

( fi

nger

. whi

te)

post

er. t

empe

ra. s

ee a

ssor

ted

cc,lo

rs)

pow

dere

d te

mpe

ra. s

ee a

ssor

ted

colo

rs)

Tex

ture

pai

nt, s

ee a

ssor

ted

colo

rs)

I w

ater

col

or s

ets)

(wat

er c

olor

ref

ills)

(col

ored

des

ign

pape

r, m

att s

urfa

ce, 8

col

ors)

(but

cher

18"

rol

l, w

hite

)(b

utch

er 2

4" r

oll,

whi

te)

I co

nstr

uctio

n. 9

" by

12"

sin

gle

pack

ages

-757

7)I

cons

truc

tion

9" x

12"

ass

orte

d co

lors

)(c

onst

ruct

ion

12"

by 1

8" s

ingl

e pa

ckag

es-7

598)

7724

Pen

7406

Pain

t74

07Pa

int

7410

Pain

t74

15Pa

int

7420

Pain

t7

-125

Pain

t74

30Pa

int

7435

Pain

t74

40Pa

int

7445

Pain

t74

90Pa

int

7504

-1 P

aint

7510

Pain

t75

13Pa

int

7522

Pape

r75

30Pa

per

7535

Pape

r75

65Pa

per

7578

Pape

r75

85Pa

per

BA

SIC

MA

TE

RIA

LS

7608

Pape

r (c

onst

ruct

ion

18"

by 2

4" s

ingl

e pa

ckag

es-7

623)

7624

Pape

r (c

onst

ruct

ion

24"

by 3

6" s

ingl

e pa

ckag

es-7

634)

7645

Pape

r (f

inge

r pa

int,

100

shee

ts p

er p

acka

ge)

7650

Pape

r (M

anila

dra

win

g, 1

2" b

y 18

")76

51Pa

per

(Man

ila d

raw

ing,

18"

by

24")

7670

Pape

r (n

ewsp

rint

, 18"

by

24")

7671

Pape

r (n

ewsp

rint

, 9"

by 1

2")

7691

Pape

r (a

rt ti

f..s

ue, a

ssor

ted

colo

rs 1

2" b

y 18

" sh

eets

)76

92Pa

per

(art

tiss

ue `

pom

ps,"

6"

by o

", a

ssor

ted

colo

rs)

7097

-1-7

097-

12 P

aper

(co

rrug

ates

1 si

ngle

rol

l, 48

" by

25"

, ass

orte

d co

lors

,lis

ted

unde

r C

orru

gate

d)70

90Pa

per

(car

dboa

rd p

oste

r bo

ard,

14"

by

22")

7810

Pape

r (o

ak ta

g ca

rdbo

ard,

24"

by

36")

7841

Pape

r (w

ax p

aper

in c

utte

r bo

x)77

43Pl

aste

r (m

oldi

ng, 1

00 lb

. bag

)77

44Pl

astic

bag

s (h

eavy

dut

y, 1

0 by

8 b

y 24

)77

45Pl

astic

dis

pens

er b

ottle

s77

49R

azor

bla

des

(sin

gle

edge

)77

48R

affi

a (a

ssor

ted

colo

rs, 1

lb. p

acka

ges)

7751

Sand

pap

er (

9 by

10,

fin

e)77

52Sa

nd p

aper

(9

by 1

0, m

ediu

m)

7759

Shel

lac

(cle

ar w

hite

, 1 q

ua *

.)77

60Sh

ella

c th

inne

r (1

qua

rt c

an)

7811

Tan

drot

ine

(pai

nt th

inne

r)88

56 T

ape

(mas

king

)88

58-8

862

Tap

e (M

ystic

, ass

orte

d co

lors

)88

64 T

ape

(cel

loph

ane

"Sco

tch,

" la

rge

roll)

8866

Tap

e (c

ello

phan

e "S

cotc

h,"

med

ium

rol

l)59

70T

ooth

pick

s78

13V

arni

sh (

Hyp

lar

glos

s, 1

qua

rt)

7815

Var

nish

(H

ypla

r m

atte

, 1 q

uart

)78

42W

ire

(Alu

min

um, b

lack

, 19

gaug

e, 5

0 ft

. rol

l)78

43W

ire

(Alu

min

um, b

lack

, 30

gaug

e, 5

0 ft

. rol

l)78

40 W

ood

scra

ps (

asso

rted

sha

pes

in b

ox)

7844

-1-7

844-

13Y

arn

(mer

ceri

zed

pear

l cot

ton,

2 o

z. tu

be)

asso

rted

col

ors

7846

-1-7

846-

11Y

arn

(fill

er, a

ssor

ted

colo

rs)

133

Page 137: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BA

SIC

MA

TE

RIA

LS

In th

e ag

e of

tech

nolo

g:. a

rt.

card

ed a

fter

ser

ving

a c

omm

erci

alho

wev

er, t

hat t

he, p

rcdu

cts

alon

eva

riet

y.

The

follo

win

r. a

rem

ater

ials

whi

ch c

an b

eco

llect

ed b

y te

ache

r. s

tude

nts.

Loc

al P

. T. A

.'s m

ayhe

lp w

ith p

etty

cas

h fu

nds.

etc

.

ballo

ons

bottl

e ca

psbo

xes

(all

size

s)ce

ram

ic a

nd g

lass

tile

pie

ces

chili

scr

aps,

woo

d sc

raps

( w

hite

pin

e1co

at h

ange

rsci

lore

d ce

lloph

ane

elec

tric

iron

enam

el a

nd w

ood

stai

nsfo

il pi

e tin

s

FOU

ND

MA

TE

RIA

LS

like

scie

nce,

has

exp

ande

d its

hor

izon

s. M

any

purp

ose,

are

fill

ed w

ith c

reat

i:e p

ossi

bilit

ies.

serv

e th

e ne

eds

of a

n ar

t pro

gram

. The

y

free

zer

pape

rliq

uid

dete

rgen

tm

agaz

ines

mas

onite

milk

car

tons

nets

fro

m v

eget

able

s an

d fr

uits

new

spap

ers

oran

ge ju

ice

cans

with

lids

pape

r ba

gspa

raff

inpl

astic

bot

tles

plas

tic b

owls

and

foo

d co

ntai

ners

plyw

ood

saw

dust

scre

en w

ire

( w

ire

mes

h)

SU

GG

ES

TIO

NS

FO

RS

TO

RA

GE

AN

D C

AR

E O

F M

AT

ER

IALS

IN T

HE

CLA

SS

RO

OM

PAIN

T. P

EN

CIL

S. M

AG

IC M

AR

KE

RS.

. ET

C..

PAST

E A

ND

CL

UE

,C

HA

LK

. CH

AR

CO

AL

CR

AY

ON

S

Pain

t can

be

stor

ed in

qac

kabl

e to

te tr

ays

of th

e pl

astic

var

iety

. Tot

e tr

ays

may

also

be

impr

ovis

ed f

rom

gro

cery

car

tons

.Pe

ncils

and

pen

s m

ay b

e st

ored

in o

rang

e ju

ice

cont

aine

rs.

Past

e m

ay b

e ui

vide

dan

d pl

aced

in s

mal

l bab

y fo

od ja

rs f

or in

divi

dual

use

. Chi

ldre

n m

ay k

eep

this

at t

heir

desk

or

stor

e in

tote

tray

s. W

ood

Coc

a-C

ola

boxe

s al

so m

ake

hand

y to

te tr

ays.

Whi

te li

quid

glu

e ca

n be

dilu

ted

for

pape

r w

ork.

Thi

s ca

n be

dilu

ted

*-!:

: wat

er to

glue

and

sto

red

inpl

astic

milk

con

tain

ers

with

a ti

ght f

ittin

g lid

.Pl

as:ic

tem

pera

con

tain

ers,

plas

ticm

usta

rdco

n-ta

iLrs

and

glu

e bo

ttles

with

cap

s ca

n ho

ld g

lue

for

grou

p or

indi

vidu

al w

ork.

Loo

se c

rayo

ns, c

halk

s, c

harc

oals

,et

c. m

ay b

eso

rted

in m

uffi

n tin

s. ti

n ca

ns, o

r cu

t-do

wn

milk

cart

ons.

Egg

car

tons

, cig

ar b

oxes

, pla

stic

mar

gari

neco

ntai

ners

. sm

all c

ardb

oard

boc

s m

ake

good

con

-ta

iner

s fo

r di

vidi

ng u

p m

ater

ials

for

gro

ups.

Ban

d ai

d or

toba

cco

tins

mak

e go

od in

divi

dual

cont

aine

rs.

new

mat

eria

ls, d

is-

It d

oes

not f

ollo

w,

can

only

enr

ich

the

styr

ofoa

m p

acki

ngst

yrof

oam

cup

sth

read

(ny

lon

fish

ing

fila

men

t)tu

bes

(pap

er)

verm

icul

ite (

zono

lite)

smoo

th r

iver

roc

ksce

men

tol

d co

stum

e je

wel

ryfe

athe

rsol

d m

ovie

film

spoo

lsol

dol

d C

hris

tmas

bal

lsdr

ied

gras

s. a

nd o

ther

thin

gs f

rom

nat

ure

light

bul

bs BR

USH

ES

Bru

shes

sho

uld

alw

ays

be c

lean

ed a

nd s

tore

d up

side

dow

n. A

sho

ebox

wi-

h bo

les

spac

ed p

rope

rly

will

ser

ve a

s a

tem

pora

ry b

rush

hol

d.k

ble

nk o

f w

ood

abou

t 2."

by

4" w

ith h

oles

dri

lled

larg

e en

ough

to s

uppo

rt b

rush

es :n

akes

a d

urab

le c

onta

ins

r. A

eytin

can

with

san

d in

it w

ill s

uppo

rt b

rush

es. J

ars

or la

rge

tin c

ans

will

hol

d br

ushe

serect. The

cle

anin

g an

d ca

re o

f br

ushe

s is

impo

rtan

t.D

o no

t use

them

as

mix

ing

spoo

ns o

r al

low

them

to s

tand

in w

ater

for

a lo

ng ti

me.

The

fol

low

ing

sugg

estio

nsar

e m

ade

for

the

clea

ning

of

brus

hes:

Use

Sol

ox (

woo

d al

coho

l) w

hen

clea

ning

she

llac

from

bru

shes

.U

seta

ndro

tine

:whe

ncl

eani

ngva

rnis

hfr

ombr

ushe

s.U

se d

eter

gent

and

wat

er w

hen

clea

ning

tem

pera

and

glue

fro

m b

rush

es.

Use

nai

l pol

ish

rem

over

(A

ceto

ne)

whe

n cl

ean-

ing

acry

lic p

aint

s fr

om b

rush

es.

Was

h ag

ain

all b

rush

es in

soa

p an

d w

ater

. Sha

kebr

ushe

s fr

ee o

f w

ater

and

with

fin

ger

tips

shap

eth

e br

ush

tips.

Stor

e up

side

dow

n in

a c

onta

iner

.

Page 138: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

si R

AP

TIS

SUE

. CO

NST

RU

CT

ION

PA

PER

.M

AG

AZ

INE

CL

IPPI

NG

s, E

TC

.Iw

o la

rge

card

boar

d sh

eets

15"

by

zr c

ut f

rom

a gr

,cer

y ca

rion

and

join

ed a

long

one

leng

th w

itha

-tri

p .d

tvbr

ic. m

ystic

tape

, or

wid

e m

ailin

g ta

pean

d fa

ced

frt,r

it th

e in

side

with

the

sam

e m

akes

adu

rabl

e fo

hler

toto

re p

aper

. Scr

ap p

aper

may

al-

SO b

e st

ored

this

way

_

SCIS

SOR

SH

ang

_sci

ssor

s on

nai

ls in

side

tif a

clo

set o

n a

woo

d bo

ard.

Inse

rt in

to s

lots

mad

e in

thic

k st

yro-

foam

pac

king

mat

eria

l.In

sert

into

inve

rted

egg

cart

ons.

Scis

sors

may

be

inse

rted

beh

ind

elas

tic.

stap

led

at c

lose

inte

rval

s on

a w

all s

trip

.

CL

AY Kee

p cl

ayin

tight

ly c

k.se

d pl

astic

bag

s. C

lay

may

be

stor

ed in

pla

stic

tras

h ca

ns w

ith c

over

s.If

'gay

pro

jett

has

not b

een

com

plet

ed d

urin

g w

ork

time

the

proj

ect s

houl

d be

wra

pped

and

sto

red

inpl

astic

bag

s an

d pu

t upo

n a

shel

f or

tabl

e til

l nex

tw

ork

peri

od.

FOR

TA

CK

S. N

MIL

S. P

APE

R C

LIP

S, S

HE

LL

S,04

PEA

S. B

EA

NS.

BU

TT

ON

S A

ND

OT

HE

R".

;MA

LL

IT

EM

ST

ake

a bo

ard

and

firm

ly n

ail l

ids

of s

mal

l jar

sC

r,in

2 r

ows

on u

nder

side

.Pu

t sm

all i

tem

s in

and

scre

w ja

rs in

n.lid

s.L

eave

5"

exte

ndin

g at

eac

hen

d of

boa

rd. C

an b

e pl

aced

bet

wee

n to

ps o

f tw

ota

bles

whi

le in

use

on s

helf

, cab

inet

, or

in c

entr

alst

orag

e w

hen

not n

eede

d.

FOR

SC

RA

PS A

ND

"FO

UN

D M

AT

ER

IAL

S"It

poss

ible

a c

entr

alst

orag

e sp

ace

shou

ld b

eav

aila

ble.

Ifno

t. a

larg

e ca

rdbo

ard

box

cove

red

with

inco

nspi

cuou

s pa

per

such

as

woo

d gr

ain

wal

l-pa

per,

is a

n an

swer

. As

smal

ler

item

s ac

cum

ulat

eth

ey c

an b

e as

sem

bled

toge

ther

aad

sto

red

in p

arti-

riun

ed-o

ff s

ectio

ns o

f th

e ca

rdbo

ard

box,

or

stor

edin

sm

alle

r bo

xes

and

labe

led.

For

inst

ance

, jun

kje

wel

ry, c

loth

scr

aps,

yar

n, e

tc_

Stor

ing

in p

last

icba

gs w

ill m

ake

itpo

ssib

le to

lift

out

and

see

at

a gl

ance

wha

t you

hav

e.T

he f

ollo

win

g su

gges

tions

app

ly to

sch

ools

that

have

mag

netic

wal

ls:

On

met

allic

wal

lscl

othe

s lin

es c

an b

e st

rung

usin

g m

agne

tic h

ooks

or

clip

s. M

obile

s, e

tc.,

can

besu

spen

ded

from

the

ceili

ng b

y at

tach

ing

mag

netic

hook

s to

the

met

al p

art o

f th

e lig

ht f

ixtu

re.

UN

FIN

ISH

ED

WO

RK

For

3-D

wor

k, s

helv

ing

of s

ome

kind

is e

ssen

tial.

Boa

rds

rest

ing

on c

emen

t blo

cks

or b

rick

s or

app

lecr

ates

can

ser

ve th

is p

urpo

se.

For

flat

wor

k, a

fol

ding

clo

thes

-dry

ing

rack

can

be u

sed

to la

y pa

per

over

the

dow

els

for

dryi

ng.

Put n

ewsp

aper

s be

twee

n pi

eces

of

wor

k.A

noth

erso

lutio

n, e

spec

ially

goo

d fo

r pr

ints

, is

a cl

othe

s-lin

ean

d ck

thes

-pin

s.T

he c

loth

es-l

ine

may

be

stru

ngac

ross

the

top

of a

cha

lk b

oard

.

FIN

ISH

ED

WO

RK

Con

stru

ct f

olde

rs ir

on. c

ardb

oard

box

es.

Eac

hch

ild's

wor

k sh

ould

be

kept

in s

eque

ntia

l ord

er f

orth

e ye

ar. E

valu

atio

n of

pro

gres

s is

impo

rtan

t. T

hefo

lder

s ca

n be

alp

habe

tized

. Pos

terb

oard

sep

arat

ors

may

als

o he

lp to

kee

p ch

ildre

n's

wor

k ap

art.

A b

info

r ho

ldin

g ar

t pie

ces

can

be m

ade

from

a la

rge

card

boar

d ca

rton

.C

over

car

ton

with

wal

lpap

er o

rfa

bric

.

3-D

IME

NSI

ON

AL

Bec

ause

of

the

bulk

invo

lved

, it i

s m

ore

diff

icul

tto

kee

p th

is w

ork.

Top

s of

cab

inet

s, s

helv

ing,

libr

ary

disp

lay,

ove

rhea

d su

spen

sion

, will

pro

vide

tem

por-

ary

acco

mm

odat

ions

. Aft

er th

e w

ork

has

been

suf

-fi

cien

tly d

ispl

ayed

, sel

ect a

few

of

the

mos

t eff

ectiv

epi

eces

to r

eser

ve f

or c

omm

unity

exh

ibiti

ng a

nd le

tth

e re

st b

e ta

ken

hom

e.

135

Page 139: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

DE

ALE

RS

IN A

RT

SU

PP

LIE

S

Spa

ce h

as b

een

left

for

addi

tiona

l not

atio

ns

LOC

AL

AR

T S

UP

PLY

DE

ALE

RS

Acm

e Q

ualit

y Pa

ints

306

Wad

e H

ampt

on B

oule

vard

Cra

ft S

hack

1220

-A L

aure

ns R

oad

Glid

den

Pain

t and

Dec

orat

ing

Cen

ters

626

Nor

th M

ain

Hob

by H

ouse

1715

Aug

usta

Roa

d

Mun

ford

Do-

It Y

ours

elf

Stor

e21

18 A

ugus

ta R

oad

Pain

tin' P

lace

2111

Aug

usta

232-

5608

232-

7175

242-

6192

235-

6181

239-

3014

235-

6824

Pied

mon

t Pri

ntm

aker

s an

d Su

pply

Co.

, Inc

.35

3 W

est M

cBee

Ave

nue

233-

5371

Rei

d O

ffic

e Su

pply

and

Pri

ntin

g C

o.Pl

easa

ntbu

rg S

hopp

ing

Cen

ter

Rid

dle'

s Pi

ctur

e Fr

ame

Shop

421

Sout

h M

ain

Subu

rban

Pai

nt C

o.L

ake

Fore

st S

hopp

ing

Cen

ter

The

Fra

mer

,:Pl

easa

ntbu

rg S

hopp

ing

Cen

ter

239-

5U3

232-

5001

244-

1375

232-

9185

NA

TIO

NA

L S

OU

RC

ES

OF

AR

T S

UP

PLI

ES

Am

eric

an H

andi

craf

ts41

0 Pe

acht

ree

Stre

et, N

. E.

Atla

nta,

Geo

rgia

And

erso

n C

eram

ics

Com

pany

1950

Sou

th M

cDuf

fie

Stre

etP.

0. B

ox 3

227

And

erso

n, S

. C. 2

9621

Art

s an

d C

raft

s M

ater

ials

Cor

p.95

20 B

altim

ore

Ave

nue

Col

lege

Par

k, M

aryl

and

2074

0

Aud

io-V

isua

l Lib

rary

Stat

e D

epar

tmen

t of

Edu

catio

n15

13 G

erva

is S

tree

tC

olum

bia,

S. C

. 292

01

Dic

k B

hck

P. 0

. Box

126

7G

ales

burg

, Illi

nois

614

01

J. L

. Ham

met

t Com

pany

Box

412

5L

ynch

burg

, Vir

gini

a 24

502

J. C

. Lar

son

Com

pany

, Inc

.73

30 N

orth

Cla

rk S

tree

tC

hica

go, I

llino

is 6

0626

Pyra

mid

Pap

er C

ompa

ny31

0 So

uth

Mor

gan

Stre

etT

ampa

, Flo

rida

336

02

Sax

Art

s an

d C

raft

sD

ivis

ion

of S

ax B

roth

ers,

Inc

.20

7 N

orth

Milw

auke

e St

reet

Milw

auke

e, W

isco

nsin

532

02

Tri

arco

Art

s an

d C

raft

sD

epar

tmen

t 660

2, P

. 0. B

ox 1

06N

orth

fiel

d, I

llino

is 6

0093

The

abo

ve li

stin

g is

not

inte

nded

to b

e ex

clus

ive.

Loc

al li

stin

gco

mes

from

the

yello

w p

ages

of

the

tele

phon

e di

rect

ory.

Nat

iona

l lis

ting

com

esfr

om c

atal

ogue

s re

ceiv

ed.

Page 140: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BIB

LIO

GR

AP

HY

Art

edu

catio

na

%ha

l par

t of

a pr

ogra

m f

or y

oung

peo

ple.

"

Sout

h C

arol

ina

Stat

e D

epar

tmen

t of

Edu

catio

nO

O

13:

C)

Page 141: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

Cr ;.1 I"

BIB

LIO

GR

APH

Y

AM

IN.

With

a f

ew e

xcep

tions

, the

fol

low

ing

list o

f bo

oks

and

peri

odic

als

can

be f

ound

inth

e Pr

ofes

sion

al L

ibra

ry o

f th

e Sc

hool

Dis

tric

t of

Gre

rn'.i

lle C

ount

y. T

his

list

is th

ere

sult

of c

aref

ul e

xam

inat

ion

by th

e co

mm

ittee

on a

rt.

Itis

rec

omm

ende

d th

at e

ach

scho

ol li

brar

y pu

rcha

se th

ese

book

s, a

s fu

nds

perm

it.

And

erso

n, M

ildre

d.O

rigi

nal C

reat

ions

with

Pap

ier

Mac

he, N

ew Y

ork,

Chi

lton

Boo

kC

o., 1

968.

And

erso

n, W

arre

n H

.A

rt L

earn

ing

Situ

atio

ns f

or E

lem

enta

ry E

duca

tions

.C

alif

orni

a, W

adsw

orth

Pub

lishi

ng C

o., 1

965.

Bal

linge

r, L

ouis

e B

owen

and

Tho

mas

F. V

rom

an.

Des

ign,

New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

kC

orp.

, 196

8.B

odor

, Joh

n.C

reat

ing

and

Pres

entin

g H

and

Pupp

ets,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Co.

, New

Yor

k, 1

967.

Bod

or, J

ohn.

Rub

bing

and

Tex

ture

s. N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

"old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8.B

oehn

, Peg

gy. K

nitti

ng W

ithou

t Nee

dles

, New

Yor

k, S

terl

ing

Publ

ishi

ng, 1

968.

Bon

anza

.C

ooki

es a

nd B

read

, New

Yor

k, B

onan

za B

ooks

, 196

7.C

ampb

ell,

Ann

. Sta

rt to

Dra

w, N

ew Y

ork,

Fra

nklin

Wat

ts, I

nc.,

1968

.C

arlis

, Joh

n.H

ow to

Mak

e Y

our

Ow

n G

reet

ing

Car

ds, W

atso

n-G

uptil

l Pub

lishe

rs.

New

Yor

k, 1

968.

Coo

ke, R

ober

t F.

Des

igni

ng w

ith L

ight

, Wor

cest

er, M

assa

chus

etts

, Dav

is P

ublic

atio

ns,

Inc.

, 196

9.C

onan

t. H

owar

d, a

nd R

anda

ll A

rne.

Art

in E

duca

tion,

Peo

ria,

Illi

nois

, Cha

rles

A.

Ben

nett,

196

3.C

urt'c

ulum

Bul

letin

. Pup

petr

y in

the

Cur

ricu

lum

, New

Yor

k, N

. Y.,

Boa

rd o

f E

duca

tion,

1954

.d'

Arb

elof

f, N

atal

ie. .

4n A

rtis

t's W

orkb

ook:

Lin

e, S

hape

, Vol

ume,

Lig

ht, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d C

o., 1

969.

d'A

mat

o, J

anet

and

Ale

x.A

fric

an C

raft

s fo

r Y

ou to

Mak

e, N

ew Y

ork,

Jul

ian

Mes

sner

,19

69.

Elli

s, M

ary

Jack

son

and

Gen

e W

atso

n.C

reat

ive

Art

Ide

as, 3

rd a

nd 4

th g

rade

s.T

. S_

Den

ison

and

Com

pany

, Inc

., M

inne

apol

is, 1

959.

Ent

hove

n, J

acqu

elin

e.St

itche

ry f

or C

hild

ren,

New

Yor

k, V

an N

ostr

and

Rei

nhol

d C

o.,

1968

.G

aits

kell.

Art

Edu

catio

n fo

r Sl

ow L

earn

ers,

Peo

ria,

Illi

nois

, Cha

rles

A. B

enne

tt C

o.,

1953

.G

irdl

er R

eyno

lds,

Jr.

Cra

yon

Tec

hniq

ues,

New

Yor

k, P

itman

Pub

lishi

ng C

o.,

1969

.G

rans

trom

, K. E

.C

reat

ing

with

Met

al, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Co.

, 196

8.G

rate

r, M

. Pap

er F

aces

, Tap

linge

r Pu

blis

hing

Co.

, 196

8.G

reen

berg

, Pea

rl.

Chi

ldre

n's

Exp

erie

nces

in A

rt, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Co.

.19

66.

Guy

ler,

Viv

ian

V.

Des

ign

in N

atur

e, W

orce

ster

, Mas

sach

uset

ts, D

avis

Pub

licat

ions

, Inc

.;19

70_

Har

t, Fl

oren

ce M

. Wha

t Sha

ll W

e D

o in

Art

? M

aple

woo

d, N

ew J

erse

y, C

. S. H

ar,.;

.,;:v

ian

d C

o., 1

961.

Bel

mon

t,

Har

tung

, Rol

f.C

reat

ive

Tex

tile

Des

ign.

New

Yor

k. R

einh

old

Boo

k C

o., 1

968.

Har

tung

, Rol

f.M

ore

Cre

ativ

e T

extil

e D

esig

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Co.

. 196

5.H

ayet

t, W

illia

m.

Dis

play

and

Exh

ibit

Han

dboo

k, N

ew Y

ork.

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Co.

, 196

7_H

orn,

Geo

rge

F.B

ulle

tin B

oard

s, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

, 196

2.Ja

ckso

n, S

heila

.Si

mpl

e T

oym

akin

g, W

atso

n-G

uptil

l Pul

ishe

rs, N

ew Y

Grk

, 196

6.Ja

mes

on, K

enne

th.

Art

and

the

You

ng C

hild

, New

Yor

k. T

he V

ikin

g Pr

ess.

196

8.Je

ffer

son,

Bla

nche

.T

each

ing

Art

to C

hild

ren,

Bos

ton,

Mas

sach

uset

ts, A

llyn

and

Bac

on,

Inc.

, 195

9.Jo

hnso

n, L

illia

n.Pa

pier

Mac

he, D

avid

McK

ay C

o.. N

ew Y

ork,

195

8.K

ampm

ann,

Lot

har.

Cre

atin

g w

ith C

olor

ed I

nk, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

.19

68.

Kam

pman

n, L

otha

r.C

reat

ing

with

Col

ored

Pap

er, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Cor

p..

1968

.K

ampm

ann,

Lot

har.

Cre

atin

g w

ith P

oste

r Pa

ints

, New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

. 196

8.K

ampm

ann

Lot

har.

Cre

atin

g w

ith C

rayo

ns, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Cor

p.. 1

968.

Kam

pman

n, L

otha

r.C

reat

ing

with

Pri

ntin

g M

ater

ial,

New

Yor

k, V

an N

ostr

and

Rei

n-ho

ld C

o., 1

968.

Ken

ny, C

arla

and

Joh

n.T

he A

rt o

f Pa

pier

Mac

he, N

ev Y

ork,

Chi

lton

Boo

k C

o., 1

968.

Knu

dsen

and

Chr

iste

nsen

.C

hild

ren'

s A

rt E

duca

tion,

Peor

ia,

Illin

ois,

Cha

rles

A.

Ben

nett

Co.

, Inc

.. 19

57.

Kor

neru

p, A

nn-M

ari.

Em

broi

dery

for

Chi

ldre

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

,19

69.

Kre

vits

ky, N

ik.

Bat

ik, A

rt a

nd C

raft

, New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8.K

revi

tsky

, Nik

.St

itche

ry, A

rt a

nd C

raft

, New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8.K

rins

ky. N

orm

an.

Art

for

City

Chi

ldre

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

, 197

0.K

rins

ky, N

orm

an a

nd B

ill B

erry

. Pap

er C

onst

ruct

ion

for

Chi

ldre

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

dB

ook

Cor

p.. 1

968.

Kro

ncke

, Cre

te.

Wea

ving

with

Can

e an

d R

eed,

New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8.L

alib

erte

' and

.McI

lhan

y. B

anne

rs a

nd H

angi

ngs,

New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

9.L

amm

er, J

utta

.M

ake

You

r O

wn

Gif

ts,

Was

on-G

uptil

lPu

blis

hers

, New

Yor

k,M

CM

LX

I V

.

Lar

k, H

orov

itz, a

nd L

uca,

Lew

is. U

nder

stan

ding

Chi

ldre

n's

Art

for

Bet

ter

Tea

chin

g,C

olum

bus,

Ohi

o, C

harl

es E

. Mer

rill

Boo

k C

ompa

ny. 1

967.

Lau

ry, J

ean

Ray

.A

ppliq

ue S

titch

er"-

, New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8L

inde

rman

, Ear

l and

Hen

kerh

olz.

Dev

elop

ing

Art

istic

and

Vis

ual A

war

enes

s, D

ubuq

ue,

Iow

a, W

. C. B

row

n, 1

964.

Lin

dsto

ne, J

ohn.

Self

Exp

ress

ion

in C

lass

room

Art

, Wor

cest

er, M

assa

chus

etts

, Dav

is,

Publ

icat

ions

, Inc

., 19

67.

Lou

ghra

n, B

erni

ce B

.A

rt E

xper

ienc

es a

n E

xper

imen

tal A

ppro

ach,

New

Yor

k. H

arco

urt,

Bra

ce a

nd W

orld

, 196

3_L

owen

feld

.Y

our

Chi

ld a

nd H

is A

rt, N

ew Y

ork,

The

Mac

mill

an C

ompa

ny, 1

954.

138

Page 142: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BIB

LIO

GR

APH

Y

Mei

lack

Don

a Z

.C

reat

ing

Art

fro

m A

nyth

ing,

Chi

cago

, Illi

nois

, Rei

lly a

nd L

ee, 1

968.

Mey

ers.

150

Tec

hniq

ues

in A

rt, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Cor

p., 1

963.

Miti

it, A

nna

E. P

auli

and

Mar

gare

t S.

Pape

r Fi

gure

s, P

ee-

:a,

Illin

ois,

Cha

rles

A.

Ben

nett

Co.

, Inc

., 19

57.

Mos

eley

.C

raft

s D

esig

n, B

elm

ont,

Cal

ifor

nia,

Wad

swor

th P

ublis

hing

Co.

, Inc

., 19

62.

Mcl

lhan

y, S

terl

ing.

Art

as

Des

ign:

Des

ign

as A

rt, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

, 197

0.O

rze,

Jos

eph

and

Car

l Ree

d.A

rt f

rom

Scr

aps,

Wor

cest

er, M

assa

chus

e'ts

. Dav

is P

ubli-

catio

ns, I

nc.,

1960

.Pa

ttem

ore,

Arn

el W

.Pr

intm

akin

g A

ctiv

ities

for

the

Cla

ssro

om, W

orce

ster

, Mas

sa-

chus

etts

, Dav

is P

ublic

atio

ns, I

nc.,

1966

.Pa

tters

on a

nd G

erri

ng. E

xplo

ring

with

Pai

nt, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Com

pany

,19

64.

Pear

son,

Haz

el.

Plas

ter

Cas

ting

for

Fun

and

Prof

it, R

osem

ead,

Cal

ifor

nia,

Han

dicr

afts

,19

66.

Rai

ney,

S. R

.W

eavi

ng W

ithou

t a L

oom

, Wor

cest

er, M

assa

chus

etts

, Dav

is P

ublic

atio

ns,

Inc.

, 196

6.R

anda

ll, A

rne

W. M

ural

s fo

r Sc

hool

s, W

orce

ster

, Mas

sach

uset

ts, D

avis

Pub

licat

ions

,In

c., 1

956.

Ran

dall

and

Hai

nes.

Des

ign

in T

hree

Dim

ensi

ons,

Wor

cest

er, M

assa

chus

etts

, Dav

isPu

blic

atio

ns, I

nc..

1965

.R

obin

son,

Stu

art a

nd P

atri

cia.

Exp

orin

g Pu

ppet

ry, T

appl

inge

i Pub

lishi

ng C

ompa

ny,

New

Yor

k, 1

966.

Ros

enbe

rg, L

i lli

Ann

Kill

en.

Chi

ldre

n M

ake

Mur

als

and

Scul

ptur

e, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

n-ho

ld B

ock

Com

pany

, 196

8.R

ottg

er, E

rnes

t.C

reat

ive

Cla

y D

esig

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Cor

p., 1

963.

Rot

tger

, Ern

est.

Cre

ativ

e Pa

per

Des

ign,

New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Publ

ishi

ng C

orp.

, 196

1.R

ottg

er, E

rnes

t.C

reat

ive

Woo

d D

esig

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Cor

p., 1

961.

Scho

new

olf,

Her

ta.

Play

with

Lig

ht a

nd S

hado

w, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d B

ook

Cor

p,19

68.

Scra

se, P

at.

Let

's S

tart

Des

igni

ng, N

ew Y

ork,

Rei

nhol

d Pu

blis

hing

Cor

p., 1

966.

Seid

eLna

n an

d M

into

nye.

Cre

atin

g w

ith C

lay,

New

Yor

k, C

row

ell-

Col

lier

Pres

s, 1

967.

Snow

, Aid

a C

anna

rsa.

Gro

win

g w

ith C

hild

ren

Thr

ough

Art

, New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

kC

orp.

, 196

8.Sp

roul

, Ade

laid

e.W

ith a

Fre

e H

and,

New

Yor

k, R

einh

old

Boo

k C

orp.

, 196

8.St

ate

Dep

artm

ent o

f E

duca

tion.

Art

s an

d C

raft

s, f

or u

se w

ith m

enta

lly r

etar

ded

stu-

dent

s. C

olum

bia,

S. C

. Dep

t. of

Edu

c., 1

966.

Suttl

es, P

atri

cia

H.

Ele

men

tary

Tea

cher

s G

uide

to F

re?

Cur

ricu

lum

Mat

eria

ls, R

an-

dolp

h, W

isco

nsin

, Edu

cato

rs P

rogr

ess

Serv

ice,

196

9.

Tho

mas

, Ric

hard

K.

Thr

ee D

imen

sion

al D

esig

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old

Co.

, 196

9.

Wal

tner

, Will

ard

and

Elm

a.H

olid

ay H

obby

craf

t, L

ante

rn P

ress

, N. Y

., 19

64.

Wan

kelm

an, P

hilip

R. N

4 ig

g, M

arie

tta K

. Wig

g, A

Han

dboo

k of

Art

s an

d C

raft

s, W

m. C

.B

row

n Pu

blis

hing

Co.

, Dub

uque

, Iow

a, 1

968.

Wan

kelm

an, K

arl R

icha

rds,

Mar

ietta

Wig

g. A

rts

and

Cra

fts,

Wm

. C. B

row

n Pu

blis

hinc

Co.

, Dub

uque

, Iow

a, 1

954.

Wei

ss, H

arve

y.C

olla

ge a

nd C

onst

ruct

ion,

New

Yor

k, Y

oung

Sco

tt B

ooks

, 197

0.

Wie

ner

and

Lid

ston

e.C

reat

ive

Mov

emen

t for

Chi

ldre

n, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

ein-

hold

Co.

, 196

9.W

isem

an, A

nn. R

ag T

apes

trie

s an

d W

ool M

osai

cs, N

ew Y

ork,

Van

Nos

tran

d R

einh

old,

1969

.

Yat

es, B

rock

.Pl

astic

Foa

m f

or A

rts

and

Cra

fts,

Ste

rlin

g Pu

blis

hing

Co.

, New

Yor

k,19

65.

Yoc

him

, Lou

ise

Dun

n.Pe

rcep

tual

Gro

wth

in C

reat

ivity

, Scr

anto

n, P

enns

ylva

nia,

Int

er-

natio

nal T

extb

ook

Co.

, 196

7.

AR

T P

ER

IOD

ICA

LS,

JO

UR

NA

LS,

MA

GA

ZIN

ES

Art

ist J

unio

rPu

blis

hed

mon

thly

, Oct

ober

thro

ugh

Apr

il ex

cept

Dec

embe

r. (

Gro

up s

ubsc

ript

ions

only

; 5 o

r m

ore,

$1.

00 e

ach.

)E

dito

r: R

ache

l Bak

er, 1

346

Cha

pel S

tree

t, N

ew H

aven

, Con

nect

icut

065

11.

Cer

amic

Mon

thly

1953

mon

thly

$6.

00.

Edi

tor:

Tho

mas

Sel

lers

,Pr

ofes

sion

alPu

blic

atio

ns,

Inc.

,41

75 N

orth

Hig

h St

reet

,C

olum

bus,

Ohi

o 43

214.

Des

ign 18

99 b

i-m

onth

ly, F

.,:ite

mbe

r-Ju

ne $

4.50

.E

dito

r: B

eurt

R. S

erva

s, R

evie

w P

ublis

hing

Co.

,In

c.,

1100

Wat

erw

ay B

oule

vard

,In

dian

apol

is, I

ndia

na, 4

6207

.

Art

s an

d A

ctiv

ities

1937

, Mon

thly

, Sep

tem

erJu

ne $

7.00

.E

dito

r: M

ary

Col

e E

mer

son,

Art

s an

d A

ctiv

ities

, 814

2 N

. Law

ndal

e A

ve.,

Skok

ie,

Illin

ois

6007

6.

Scho

ol A

rts

Mag

azin

e19

01, m

onth

ly, S

epte

mbe

r-Ju

ne $

7.00

.E

dito

r: G

eorg

e F.

Hor

n, D

avis

Pub

licat

ions

, Inc

., Pr

inte

rs B

uild

ing,

Wor

cest

er, M

ass.

0160

8.

139

Page 143: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

BIB

LIO

GR

APH

Y11

1111

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

GU

IDE

S

A G

uide

for

the

Impr

ovem

ent o

f th

e T

each

ing

of A

rt in

the

Scho

ols

of A

rizo

naB

ulle

tin N

umbe

r se

ven

1951

Stat

e D

epar

tmen

t of

Publ

ic I

nstr

uctio

nPh

oeni

x, A

rizo

na

Enj

oyin

g Pi

ctur

esD

ivis

ion

of in

stru

ctith

ial S

ervi

ces

Los

Ang

eles

City

Sch

ools

, Los

Ang

eles

, Cal

ifor

nia

1961

Art

K-2

An

Inst

ruct

iona

l Gui

deK

inde

rgar

ten,

Fir

st a

nd S

econ

d G

rade

sL

os A

ngel

es C

ity S

choo

ls, L

os A

ngel

es, C

alif

orni

a19

62

Art

Gra

tes

3-6

Los

Ang

eles

City

Sch

ools

, Los

Ang

eles

, Cal

ifor

nia

1964

Cur

ricu

lum

Gui

de f

or A

rtK

inde

rgar

ten,

Pri

mar

y 1-

2-3

Boa

rd o

f E

duca

tion

Chi

cago

Pub

lic S

choo

lsC

hica

go, I

llino

is19

66

Cur

ricu

lum

Gui

de f

or A

rtG

rade

s 4-

5-6

Boa

rd o

f E

duca

tion

Chi

cago

Pub

lic S

choo

lsC

hica

go, I

llino

is

Art

in th

e A

wak

enin

g Y

ears

K, 1

, 2, 3

, 4, 5

, 6T

he B

oard

of

Edu

catio

n of

Pri

nce

Geo

rge'

s C

ount

yU

pper

Mar

lbor

o, M

aryl

and

1963

Art

Aid

sSp

arta

nbur

g C

ity S

choo

lsSp

arta

nbur

g, S

outh

Car

olin

a19

67

Art

Gra

des

3-5

Cur

ricu

lum

Bul

letin

Num

ber

1303

Fort

Wor

th P

ublic

Sch

ools

Fort

Wor

th, T

exas

1969

Art

Ele

men

tary

Gui

des

for

Gra

des

4, 5

and

6. P

orts

mou

th P

ublic

Sch

ools

Port

smou

th, V

irgi

nia

1968

Col

orad

o A

rt G

uide

K-1

2C

olor

ado

Stat

e D

epar

tmen

t of

Edu

catio

n.D

enve

r, C

olor

ado,

1964

Nat

iona

l Art

Edu

catio

n A

ssoc

iatio

nE

xem

plar

y Pr

ogra

ms

inA

rt E

duca

tion,

1969

,W

ashi

ngto

n, D

. C.

Art

Exp

erie

nces

Indi

anap

olis

Ele

men

tary

Sch

ools

. City

of

Indi

anap

olis

Scho

ol C

omm

issi

on,

1952

.

Ele

men

tary

Art

Gui

deA

nn A

rbor

Pub

lic S

choo

ls. A

nn A

rbor

. Mic

higa

n.

Art

Edu

catio

nE

lem

enta

ry S

choo

ls o

f O

hio,

Col

umbu

s 12

. Ohi

o, 1

961.

Chi

ldre

n an

d A

rtPe

nnsy

lvan

ia D

epar

tmen

t of

Edu

catio

n. H

arri

sbur

g,Pe

nnsy

lvan

ia,

1969

.

140

Page 144: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

IN C

ON

CLU

SIO

N

In th

e co

mm

unity

of

Gre

envi

lle. w

here

citi

zens

sho

w a

kee

n aw

aren

ess

and

appr

ecia

tion

of a

rtis

tic e

xpre

ssio

n, m

any

grou

p an

d in

divi

dual

art

act

iviti

es a

boun

d.T

his

inte

rest

has

eng

ende

red

the

grow

th o

f su

ch in

stitu

tions

as

The

Gre

envi

lle A

rtA

ssoc

iatio

n, T

he G

reen

ville

Art

ists

Gui

ld. t

he G

reen

ville

Mus

eum

of

Art

, the

Bob

Jone

s U

nive

rsity

Col

lect

ion

of S

acre

d A

rt, t

he F

urm

an U

nive

rsity

Art

Dep

artm

ent.

Gre

envi

lle is

als

o th

e ho

me

o se

vera

l art

ists

of

natio

nal a

ccla

im a

nd is

the

loca

leof

indu

stri

es a

nd b

usin

esse

s w

hich

hav

e es

tabl

ishe

d a

cust

om o

f sp

onso

ring

one

-man

art s

how

s an

d gr

oup

exhi

bitio

ns.

CIt

is in

the

mid

st o

f th

ese

and

man

y ot

her

evid

ence

s of

gro

win

g ar

tistic

con

scio

us-

ness

that

the

art p

rogr

am o

f th

e G

reen

ville

Cou

nty

Scho

ol D

istr

ict

seek

s to

stim

ulat

esu

cces

sful

ear

ly e

xper

ienc

es in

cre

ativ

e an

d m

enta

l gro

wth

.

The

dev

elop

men

t of

a se

quen

tial a

rt p

rogr

am, g

rade

s K

-6, w

ill b

e a

wel

com

edst

ep to

war

d an

oft

en e

xpre

ssed

nee

d.

It is

hop

ed th

at th

is g

uide

will

enr

ich

art i

nstr

uctio

n in

eve

ry e

lem

enta

ry c

lass

-ro

om in

Gre

envi

lle C

ount

y; th

at th

e se

lf-c

once

ptof

eac

h te

ache

r an

d pu

pil w

ill b

elif

ted

as th

e re

sult

of a

mor

e ac

cept

able

sel

f-ex

pres

sion

.Dr.

M. T

. And

erso

n

141

Page 145: DOCUMENT RESUME ED 103 334 AUTHOR Young, Mildred; And ... · This guide to teaching art in the elementary grades aims to develop art experiences that stimulate visual awareness, personal

The

art

gui

de is

a to

ol, n

otan

end

. It i

s in

tend

ed to

hel

p th

e te

ache

r pl

an a

head

,to

giv

e co

nfid

ence

whe

n ne

eded

, but

not

to r

estr

ict e

ither

imag

inat

ion

or e

xplo

ratio

n.T

here

will

occ

ur m

any

acci

dent

al e

ffec

tsor

del

iber

ate

expe

rim

ents

whi

ch a

dd f

arm

ore

plea

sure

to th

e ba

sic

activ

ities

her

ein

prov

id..1

"L

ose

not t

he n

ight

inga

le."

Whe

n-ev

er a

glo

win

g re

sult

beck

ons,

enc

oura

ge b

reak

ing

away

. If

it do

esn'

tco

me

off,

be

com

fort

ed; a

t lea

st th

ere

has

com

e a

fulle

r kn

owle

dge

of th

e m

ater

ials

.T

he tr

ue a

rtis

t exp

ress

es h

imse

lf w

ell

1.).

eca

use

his

mat

eria

ls a

re f

amili

ar. H

e ha

sle

arne

d w

hat t

hey

will

do

and

how

to m

ake

them

do

it.cr

tD

oing

a p

roje

ct o

nly,

doe

s no

t dev

elop

an in

-dep

th c

ompr

ehen

sion

of

proc

ess

orm

ediu

m. R

epea

t the

pro

ject

and

look

for

new

way

s to

impr

ove

it; tr

y fo

r a

diff

eren

tm

ood,

for

a c

hang

e of

col

ors,

for

say

ing

som

ethi

ng d

iffe

rent

. It t

akes

man

y en

coun

ters

to r

eally

exh

aust

the

pote

ntia

l of

mos

t act

iviti

es.

Mar

gare

t Gill

iam

Art

Dir

ecto

r

142